Structural Geology Compiled

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY QUIZ 3 QUESTIONS
ABRACIA
Chapter 1:
1. Geographic area within which the structural data set is approximately homogenous or where it
shows systematic change.
a. Structural Subarea
b. Subpopulations
c. Gravimetric and magnetic data
d. Experimental data
e. None of the above
2. Analysis which concerns how rock particles moved during deformation
a. Incremental strain analysis
b. Finite strain analysis
c. Kinematic analysis
d. Rheologic analysis
3. A combination of field observations, various geologic maps, aerial photos, satellite images, gravity
data, magnetic data, typically together with a digital elevation model and perform a variety of
mathematical and statistical calculations.
a. Digital Elevation Model
b. Geographical Information System
c. Google Earth
d. Seismic data
Chapter 2:
1. Any change in shape, with or without change in volume, is referred to as:

a. Pure area change
b. Strain
c. Dilation
d. Isochoric deformations
2. Are coaxial deformations where lines along the principal stress axes have the same orientation as
they had in the undeformed state
a. Simple Shear
b. Subsimple shear
c. Pure Shear
d. Both a and b
3. When flow parameters remain constant throughout the deformation history

a. Coaxial deformation history
b. Steady-state flow
c. Vorticity numbers
d. Isochoric deformation
Chapter 3
1. Typically demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed state
a. Wellman Method
method
c. Fry Method
d. Center-to-center method
2. Strain markers with the same mechanical properties as the surrounding are called
a. Active strain markers
b. Passive strain markers
c. Active stress markers
d. None of the above
3. Objects revealing the state of strain in a deformed rock are known as
a. Stress markers
b. Reduction spots
c. Both a and b
Chapter 4
1. What is the difference between the maximum and minimum principal stress called (is also the
diameter of the mohr circle)?
a. Differential stress
b. Deviatoric stress
c. Mean stress
d. All of the above
2. Indicates everything about the state of stress at a given point in a rock, or in a rock volume in
which stress is homogeneous
a. Axes of the stress ellipsoid
b. Stress ellipsoid
c. Orientation of the stress ellipsoid
d. Both a and b
e. Both b and c
f. None of the above
3. Describes the normal stress and the shear stress acting on all planes of all possible orientations
through a point in the rock
a. Hyrdrostatic stress
b. Stress
c. Mohr circle
Chap 5
1. A fault where the vertical stress is the maximum stress

a. Normal fault
b. Strike-slip fault
c. Thrust fault
e. All of the above
2. Stress can be locked in and preserved after the external force or stress field has been changed or
removed and is then referred to as:
a. Terrestrial stress
b. Residual stress
c. Total stress
d. Non-tectonic stress
3. Any attempt to increase the differential stress above the ultimate rock strength will lead to
a. Rupture
b. Deformation
c. Both a and c
Chapter 6
1. Which of the following is true

a. Elastic-plastic or a Bingham material
b. Viscoplastic or Prandtl material
c. Both a and b
2. Varying mineralogical composition through the lithosphere can lead to several layers of
alternating brittle and plastic rheologies, known as,
a. Frictional regime
b. Rheologic stratification
c. Brittle regime
3. Choose the correct statement
a. Ductile deformation preserves continuity of originally discontinuous structures
and layers, and describes a scale-dependent deformation style that form by a
range of deformation mechanisms.
b. Ductile deformation preserves continuity of originally continuous structures and

layers, and describes a scale-dependent deformation style that can form by a range
of deformation mechanisms.
c. Ductile deformation does not preserves continuity of originally continuous
structures and layers, and describes a scale-dependent deformation style that can
form by a range of deformation mechanisms.
Chapter 7

a. Particulate flow involves grain rotation and frictional sliding between grains, while
cataclastic flow also involves grain fracturing or cataclasis. Both can give rise to structures
that appear ductile at the mesoscopic scale.
b. Particulate flow involves grain rotation and frictional sliding between grains, while
cataclastic flow also involves grain fracturing or cataclasis. Both can give rise to structures
that appear ductile at the macroscopic scale.
c. Particulate flow involves grain rotation, while cataclastic flow involves grain fracturing or
cataclasis. Both can give rise to structures that appear ductile at the mesoscopic scale.
2. One of the main reasons for fracture initiation
a. Differential stress that exceeds the strength of the rock
b. The fabric of the rock
c. Rheology of the material
3. How does fluid pressure affect the normal stress
a. Decreases the deviatoric stress
b. Counteracts the normal stress reserved on the fracture, so that the resolved shear stress
may be sufficient for reactivation
c. Counteracts the shear stress reserved on the joint, so that the resolved normal stress
may be sufficient for reactivation
Chapter 8
1. Term for a stratigraphic section missing or repeated in wells drilled through a fault is
a. Stratigraphic separation
b. Horizontal separation
c. Vertical separation
d. All of the above
2. Layers are commonly folded around faults particularly in faulted sedimentary rocks. The classic
term for this behavior is:
a. Overturned folds
b. Drag
c. Fault cut
d. Overturned folds
3. Used for stratigraphic correlations
a. Gamma-ray logs
b. Density logs
c. Neuron logs
d. All of the above
Chapter 9

a. The maximum principal axis bisects the obtuse angle of conjugate fault
b. The maximum principal axis bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults
c. The minimum principal axis bisects the obtuse angle of conjugate faults
a. Striations are typically found on polished surfaces called slickenslides where the striations
are known as slickenlines
b. Striations are typically found on polished surfaces called slickenlines where the striations
are known as slickenslides
c. Striations are typically found on polished surfaces called strike where the striations are
known as slickenlines
3. _______ and ________ are extension structures that initiate perpendicular to the smallest stress
axis and are therefore useful paleostress indicators
a. Joints, Veins
b. Fractures, Veins
c. Joints, Fractures
Chapter 10
1. Rocks deformed by diffusion-driven grain boundary sliding are always fine-grained and can
accommodate large strains without developing any preferred grain shape fabric
a. Superplastic creep
b. Superplasticity
c. Both a and b
2. The process whereby strained and dislocation-rich grains are replaced by unstrained grains with
few or no dislocations
a. Recrystallization
b. Pinning effect
c. Dislocations
d. Subgrain formation
3. Where dislocations migrate further and arrange themselves into more well-defined networks that
outline small patches with few or no dislocations
b. Pinning effect
c. Dislocations
d. Subgrain formation
Chapter 11
1. Occurs when forces act across layers at a high angle unlike buckle folds where the main force acts
parallel to a layer
a. Bending
b. Differential compaction
c. Forceful intrusion
d. Kink bands
2. Are common in well-laminated and anisotropic minerals. Are also characterized by their strong
asymmetry and their class 2 fold geometry
a. Bending
d. Kink bands
3. Due to this the magma and salt can also bend roof layers
a. Bending
d. Kink bands
Chapter 12
1. Choose the best and correct statement:

a. Cleavage forms through growth of minerals with a preferred direction and, most
importantly, wet diffraction of the most solvent in the rock
b. Cleavage forms through grain rotation, growth of minerals with a preferred direction and,
most importantly, wet diffusion of the most solvent in the rock
c. Fracture forms through grain rotation, growth of minerals with a preferred direction and,
most importantly, wet diffusion of the most solvent in the rock
2. Characterized by elongate elements with a preferred orientation
a. Linear fabric
b. Planar fabric
c. Random fabric
3. One where its elements show no preferred orientation

a. Linear fabric
b. Planar fabric
c. Random fabric
Chapter 13
1. Are competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments
a. Boudinage
b. Boudins
c. Ooids
2. Describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the rock
a. Boudinage
b. Boudins
c. Ooids
3. Hard objects or asperities can carve out linear tracks or grooves known as
a. Fault grooves
b. Slickenlines
c. Slickenslides
Chapter 14

a. Thick layers develop wider boudins than thin layers, just as thick buckled layers show
longer wavelength than thin layers
b. Thin layers develop narrow boudins than thin layers, just as thick buckled layers show
longer wavelength than thin layers
c. Thin layers develop wider boudins than thick layers, just as thick buckled layers show
shorter wavelength than wide layers
2. Boudins that are separated by shear fractures or shear bands that tend to die out once they leave
the boudinaged layers
a. Symmetric boudins
b. Asymmetric boudins
c. Rectangular boudins
3. Occurs when there is a strong planar anisotropy (foliation) in deformed rocks
a. Symmetric boudins
Chapter 15
1. Is limited by two perfectly planar boundaries separating it from completely undeformed rocks
a. Ductile shear zones
b. Perfectly ductile shear zones
c. Plastic shear zones
d. Ideal shear zones
2. Covers the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure shear
a. Simple shear zones
b. Ductile shear zones
c. Subsimple shear zones
3. The angle between the mylonitic foliation and the grain shape fabric within mineral aggregates
indicates that the deformation is
a. Co-axial
b. Non-coaxial
c. Both a and b
Chapter 16
1. The sole thrust which separates the entire stack of thrust nappes from a less deformed or
undeformed basement
a. Roof thrust
b. Klippe
c. Detachment
2. An imbrication zone is a series of similarly oriented reverse faults that are connected through a
low-angle floor thrust. If, in addition, a roof thrust bounds the zone upward then the complete
structure is called
a. Imbrication zone
b. Duplex structure
c. Thrust nappes
d. Nappe complex
3. An erosional remnant of a nappe
a. outlier
b. Klippe
c. Both a and b
Chapter 17
1. Generates extensive hanging-wall strain because the hanging wall must adjust to the fault
geometry during fault movements
a. Ramp-flat geometries
b. Extensional duplex
c. Imbrication zones
2. Type of extensional structures that is a series of lenses that form together. They have floor and
roof faults that are similar to contractional duplexes.
b. Extensional duplex
3. Extensional is limited to rift zones and passive margins. Is the statement true?
a. Yes
b. No
c. Maybe
d. I dont know
Chapter 18
1. Transfers displacement between two extensional or contractional faults by means of a strike-slip

motion
a. Strike-slip faults
b. Transform faults
c. Normal faults
d. Transfer faults
2. These are sets of subsidiary slip surface arranged en echelon, each of these being oblique to the
zone or main slip surface
a. Riedel shear fractures
b. Riedel shears
c. P-shear fractures
d. R-fractures
e. All except C
f. All except D
g. All of the above
3. These are faults that form within plates
a. Interplate faults
b. Intraplate faults
c. Transcurrent faults
d. All of the above
Chapter 19
1. Which of the following salt properties are true

a. Mechanically very weak
b. Viscous, behaves like a fluid
c. Causes wide area of deformation
d. Impermeable
e. All of the above
f. None of the above
2. Flow of salt from a salt layer into a salt structure is usually referred to as
a. Salt withdrawal
b. Salt expulsion
c. Salt anticlines
d. Both a and b
e. Both b and c
3. Salt that has been emplaced onto its stratigraphic overburden is known as _______ and is called a
______ if the width is at least five times its thickness
a. Allocthonous, salt sheet
b. Autocthonous, salt nappes
c. Allocthonous, salt nappes
d. Autocthonous, salt sheet
e. Both a and c
f. Both b and d
Chapter 20
1. Is a kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
successively removing sedimentary sequences and balancing isostasy.
a. Backstripping
b. Constant area restoration
c. Constant length restoration
d. Flexural slip
2. Assuming that the marker is restored to its initial length means that it has been extended or
shortened only through the discrete formation of observable separations
a. Backstripping
c. Constant length restoration
d. Flexural slip
a. When deformed line segments are curved, we have a component of brittle strain, and
rigid body rotation can restore the line
b. When deformed line segments are curved, we have a component of ductile strain, and
rigid body rotation cannot restore the line
c. When deformed line segments are curved, we have a component of ductile strain, and
rigid body rotation can restore the line
Chapter 21
1. It implies discrete deformation phases while progressive deformation involves more continuous
and gradual development at a local and regional scale
a. Polyphasal deformation
b. Deformation phases
c. Progressive deformation
2. A time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with a common
expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field or kinematic pattern
a. Polyphasal deformation
3. Deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases is called
a. Polyphasal
b. P-T condition
c. Deformation phases
d. All of the above
CANDIDATO, VINCE RABIN S.

CHAPTER 1.
1. What is the study of Neotectonics all about?
I. The deformation of sediments and bedrock (generally sedimentary rocks) at the
toe of an advancing ice sheet
II. Deals with the deformation caused by the (mostly) vertical movement of salt
through it
Overburden
III. Concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the contemporaneous
stress field
IV. Geometric configuration of rocks, and structural geology deals with the geometry,
distribution and formation of structures
A. I only
B. II only
C. III only
D. IV only
E. All of the above
2. A data that can be used to map large-scale faults and fault patterns in sedimentary
basins, covered crust and subsea oceanic crust
I. Gravimetric and magnetic data
II. Gravimetric and seismic data
III. Numerical and magnetic data

IV. Sub area and magnetic data
a. I only
b. II only
c. III only
d. IV only
e. All of the above
3. A deformation where originally continuous structures such as bedding or dikes remain

continuous after the deformation.
a) Ductile Deformation
b) Brittle Deformation
c) Finite Strain
d) None of the above
CHAPTER 2
1. This a transformation from an initial to a final geometry by means of rigid body
translation,rigid body rotation, strain (distortion) and/or volume change.
I. Finite Strain
II. Shear Stress
III. Normal Stress
IV. Deformation
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. III only
d. IV only
e. All of the above
2. It moves every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and its
displacement field consists of parallel vectors of equal length.
a) Rotation
b) Translation
c) Displacement Vectors
3. Any change in shape, with or without change in volume and it implies that particles in a
rock have changed positions relative to each other.
I. Strain
II. Distortion
III. Dilation
IV. Stress
a. I and II only
b. II and III only
c. III and IV only
d. All of the above
CHAPTER 3
1. As 2 approaches a maximum value of 90 degrees, what is the maximum shear angle?
a) 45
b) 180
c) 360
d) 0
e) None of the above
2. What is wrong with the statement Mohr circle allow us to determine the normal stress
and shear stress across any plane that is normal to four of the principal stresses?
a) Normal
b) Shear
c) Four
d) Principal stress
3. Which is not a strain marker?
a) Boudinaged dikes
b) Linear fossils
c) Graptolites
CHAPTER 4
4. Which is true about a zero-order tensor?
a) Scalar and has one component
b) Scalar and has no component
c) Vector and has one component
d) Vector and has three components
5. What would be the outcome if the differential stress exceeds the strength of the rock
a) Brittle deformation
b) Ductile deformation
c) Permanent Deformation
d) Plastic Deformation
6. In Determining the stress on an inclined plane is more difficult, what is the best way to
solve for the stress?
a) By solving the scalar components
b) By solving the vector components
c) By solving the vertical component of stress
d) By solving using tensors
CHAPTER 5
1. A strain relaxation method where, in principle, a sample (core or block) is extracted
from a rock unit, measured, and then released so that it can freely expand
I. Overcoring
II. Dipmeter tools
III. Borehole breakouts
IV. Hydraulic fracturing
a. I only
b. II only
c. III only
d. IV and III only
e. All of the above
2. This reduces the effective stress, which is the stress at grain contacts in porous rocks.
I. Hydrothermal Gradient
II. Overpressure
III. Temperature
IV. Pore Fluid Pressure
a. I and II only
b. II only
c. III and I only
d. IV only
e. All of the above
3. What is formed when formation fluid in porous formations is trapped between non-
permeable layer?.
a) Overcoring
b) Hydrothermal Gradient
c) Overpressure
d) Hydraulic fracturing
CHAPTER 6
1. When the applied stress is removed it returns to its original shape

I. Viscous Material
II. Plastic Material
III. Elastic Material
V. ViscoElastic Material
a. I only
b. II and III only
c. III only
d. IV and III only
e. All of the above
2. This means that if it flattens twice as much under two tons weight as under
one, it will flatten four times as much under four tons weight
I. Linear PlasticViscous Material
II. Linear Plastic Material
III. Linear Viscous Material
IV. Linear Elastic Material
a. I and II only
b. II and III only
c. III only
d. IV only
e. All of the above
3. A material that relates to the fact that the material perfectly recovers to
its original shape
a) Perfectly Elastic
b) Perfectly Viscous
c) Perfectly Plastic
d) Non-Perfect Plastic
CHAPTER 7
1. The grains translate and rotate to accommodate frictional grain boundary slip, and the
whole process
I. Flexural Flow
II. Cataclastic FLow
III. Granular Flow
IV. Particulate Flow
a. I and II only
b. II and III only
c. III only
d. III and IV only
e. All of the above
2. This involves grain rotation and frictional sliding between grains
a) Flexural Flow
b) Cataclastic Flow
c) Linear Flow
d) Particulate Flow
3. A joint in an opening mode where displacement is perpendicular to the walls of the crack
I. Mode 1
II. Mode 2
III. Mode 3
V. Mode 4
a. I only
b. II and III only
c. III and IV only

d. IV only
e. All of the above
CHAPTER 8
1. What is a tear fault?
I. A strike slip fault
II. A thrust fault that reaches the surface
III. Strike slip fault that bound the edges of thrust sheets
IV. A dip slip fault
a) I only
b) II only
c) III only
d) IV only
2. Sinistral is to Left-lateral as dextral is to?
a) Right-lateral
b) Dexter lateral
c) Strike slip
3. What is en echelon?
I. Faults that converge at a point
II. Faults that form concentrically around some point
III. Parallel short, unconnected fault segments
IV. Follow bedding planes
a) I and II only
b) II and III only
c) III only
d) IV only
e) All of the above
CHAPTER 9
1. A name often used for small extension fractures in this setting
I. T-fractures
II. M-fractures
III. P-fractures
IV. C-fractures
a) I only
b) II only
c) III and IVonly
d) IV only
e) All of the above
2. This is the polished slip surfaces in striations

a) Smooth Sides
b) Slickenlines
c) Slickencurve
d) Slickenslides
3. Where does reconstructing the orientation and shape of the stress ellipsoid
Is based on what data?
I. Measured fault dip slip data.
II. Measured reversed fault data.
III. Measured fault slip data.
IV. Measured Strike slip data.
a) I and II only
b) II and III only
c) III only
d) IV only
e) All of the above
CHAPTER 10
1. At low-angle boundaries, the misorientation of less than at what angle with respect to the
nearest boundary of crystal?
I. 10
II. 30
III. 45
IV. 90
a) I only
b) II only
c) III and II only
d) IV and II only
2. Which is not a mechanism for creep processes?

a) Mass transport
b) Diffusion of atoms
c) Overpressure solution
d) Climb of dislocations within a lattice
3. A specific plane along which offset occurs

a) Slip systems
b) Diclocation glidining
c) Dislocation lines
d) Annihilation
CHAPTER 11
1. This is sometimes called to Symetric folds
I. S-folds
II. Z-folds
III. X-folds
IV. M-folds
a) I and III only
b) II and III only
c) III only
d) IV only
2. A fold process that can initiate when a layer is shortened parallel to the layering.
a) Active Folding
b) Passive Folding
c) Flexural Folding
d) Kinking
3. This is a sedimentary sequence compacts more in one area than in another due to
different degrees of compaction of the underlying layers.
a) Fault-bend folds
b) Forceful intrusion
c) Deposition
d) Differential compaction
CHAPTER 12
1. A relationship between texture and structure of the rock
I. Fabric
II. Lineation
III. Bulking
IV. Facies
V. None of the above
a) I only
b) II only
c) III and IV only
d) IV and II only
2. Where do foreland fold thrust belt formed?

I. Formed at the end of Wilson cycle
II. Formed at the end of Geochemical cycle
III. Formed at the beginning of Wilson cycle
IV. Formed at the beginningof Geochemical cycle

a) I only
b) II only
c) III only
d) IV only
e.) None of the above
3. What are S-tectonites?
I. Linear elements
II. Planar elements dominate
III. Dominated by foliation
IV. None of the above
a) I and III only
b) II and III only
c) III only
d) IV only
e.) None of the above
CHAPTER 13
1. This describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest
of the rock.
a) Stretching lineations
b) Shape fabric
c) Intersection lineation
d) Rodding
2. This contributes in change of the shape of minerals and mineral aggregates during
deformation.
a) Cataclasis
b) Pressure solution
c) Recrystallization
d) All of the above
3. A competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments
a) Boudins
b) Mullion
c) Pencil structures
d) Mineral lineations
CHAPTER 14
1. What does Rectangular boudins imply?
a) Higher competence contrast and Less brittle deformation than barrel-shaped
boudins
b) higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation than barrel-
shaped boudins
c) Lower competence contrast and more brittle deformation than barrel-shaped

boudins
d) Lower competence contrast and less brittle deformation than barrel-shaped
boudins
2. Boudins that tend to rotate with the shear direction
a) Short Boudins
b) Symmetric Boudins
c) Rigid Boudins
d) All of the above
3. Where do Foliation boudinage occurs?
a) In weak planar anisotropy (foliation) in deformed rocks
b) In strong planar isotropy (foliation) in deformed rocks
c) In strong planar anisotropy (foliation) in deformed rocks
d) In weak planar isotropy (foliation) in deformed rocks
CHAPTER 15
1. Zone where markers can be traced continuously through the zone
a) Shear zone walls
b) ductile shear zones
c) subsimple shear zones
d) Simple shear zones
2. What is a brittle shear zone?
a) tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock.
b) A shear zone is bounded by two margins or shear zone walls that separate the
shear zone from its wall rock
c) Shear zones forming predominantly by brittle deformation mechanisms
d) All of the above
3. In the perfectly ductile shear zone, it contains no ______ so that marker layers crossed
by the shear zone can be traced continuously through the zone at the mesoscopic scale.
a) Outer discontinuities
b) Internal discontinuities
c) Internal continuities
d) Outer continuities
e) All of the above
CHAPTER 16
1. What is an Oblique-Slip Faults?
a) Have predominantly vertical motion
b) Have predominantly horizontal motion
c) Have components of both horizontal and vertical motion
d) The total amount of motion measured parallel to the direction of motion
2. Normal Fault is to Dip-Slip Faults as Wrench Fault is to?

a) Dip-slip Fault
b) Net-slip Fault
c) Oblique-slip Fault
d) Strike-slip Fault
3. What is a Listric Fault?
a) A block that remains high between two normal faults dipping away from each
other Dip-Slip faults, hanging wall drops down
b) A block that has dropped down between two sub parallel normal faults that dip
toward one another
c) A normal fault that exhibit a concave-up geometry where they flatten at
depth
CHAPTER 17
1. The model that describes the series of rigid fault blocks that rotate simultaneously in a
uniform sense.
a) Rigid Bookshelf Model
b) Freelance Model
c) Rigid Deck Cards Model
d) Rigid Domino Model
2. What does the rolling hinge model represent?
a) Series of rigid fault blocks that rotate simultaneously in a uniform sense
b) Formation of low-angle faults requires low-angle mechanically weak structures or
layers in the crust, or anomalous stress orientations
c) a soft (ductile) fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the
footwall as it is progressively unroofed.
3. A ramp-flat-ramp geometries generate extensive hanging-wall strain because?
a) Because the hanging wall must adjust to the fault geometry during fault
movements
b) Because the hanging wall must adjust to the fault geometry after fault
movements
c) Because the Foot wall must adjust to the fault geometry after fault movements
d) Because the Foot wall must adjust to the fault geometry during fault movements
CHAPTER 18
1. This is a strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault
to another.
a) Transform Fault
b) Sinistral strike slip Fault
c) Dextral Strike slip fault

d) Transfer Fault
2. What is the motion of the San Andreas fault?

a) Vertical motion
b) Left-lateral strike slip
c) Right-lateral strike slip
d) Horizontal motion
3. A deformation that occurs in Conjugate strike-slip faults
a) pure shear
b) simple shear
c) subsimple shear
d) progressive shear
e) All of the above
CHAPTER 19
1. These are mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the
overburden.
a) Salt anticlines
b) Diapers
c) Salt Synclines
d) Salt Diapirs
e) All of the above
2. This effect causes the salt to flow faster in the central part of the salt layer than along the
top and bottom.
a) Poiseuille flow
b) salt withdrawal
c) salt expulsion
d) boundary drag
3. Another term for Isolated salt bulbs.
a) Teardrop diapirs
b) Salt walls
c) Salt stock
d) Poiseuille flow
e) All of the above
CHAPTER 20
1. What are the Requirements in Section balancing?
a) rigid rotation and translation
b) contractional and extensional regimes that line
c) plane strain and orientation in the main displacement direction
d) balanced section or map

2. When deformed line segments are curved, we have a component of ductile strain, and
rigid body rotation, could we restored the line segments?
a) Yes
b) Maybe
c) No
d) No one knows
3. It preserves the layer length and bed thickness, and therefore also area
a) Flexural flow and flexural stress
b) Flexural slip and flexural shear
c) Granular slip and flexural shear
d) Flexural Flow and flexural shear
CHAPTER 21
1. This is the time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with
a common expression that can be linked to a particular
stress or strain field or kinematic pattern.
a) Overprinting relations
b) Polyphasal deformation
c) Progressive deformation
d) Deformation phase
e) All of the above
2. What does syntectonic sedimentary record preserves?
a) history of the area with regard to timing of fault movements
b) salt growth or collapse
c) exhumation metamorphic events or other local or regional tectonic events.
d) All of the above
3. This where growth can be shown to have occurred between two phases of deformation.
a) pretectonic
b) syntectonic
c) posttectonic
d) intertectonic
e) All of the above
CASTILLANES, JOBERT
CHAPTER 1
1. The word structure is derived from the Latin word?

a. Strueree
b. Strueere
c. Struerre
d. Struere
2. Is concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the contemporaneous stress field?
a. Gravity Tectonics
b. NeoTectonics
c. Salt Tectonics
d. Glaciotectonics
3. Is the deformation of sediments and bedrock at the toe of an advancing ice sheet?
a. Gravity tectonic
b. Glaciotectonics
c. Salt Tectonics
d. Neotectonics
Chapter 2
1. The following are components of Deformation. Which is not?

a. Translation
b. Rotation
c. Strain
d. None of the Above
2. Determine which statement is false?
a. Straight lines remain straight, parallel lines remain parallel, and identically shaped and
oriented objects will also be identically shaped and oriented after the deformation.
b. Deformation applied to a rock volume is identical throughout that volume.
c. A deformation that is homogeneous on one scale may be considered heterogeneous on a
different scale.
3. A measure of the internal rotation during the deformation and describes how fast a particle
rotates in a soft medium during the deformation?
a. Vorticity
b. Velocity Field
c. Flow Apophyses
d. Steady state flow
Chapter 3
1. Objects revealing the state of strain in a deformed rock are known as?
a. Stress Markers
b. Strain Markers
c. Stretch Markers
2. This method dates back to 1962 and is a geometric construction for nding strain in two
dimensions (in a section).
a. Breddin graph
b. The Rf/ Method
c. Center-to-center method
d. Wellman Method
3. This method is based on the assumption that circular objects have a more or less statistically
uniform distribution in our sections.
a. Wellman Method
b. Breddin graph
c. The Rf/ Method
d. Center-to-center method
Chapter 4
1. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface is called?

a. Normal Stress
b. Shear Stress
c. Stress
d. Principal Stress
2. Has both magnitude (length) and direction, such as force, traction (stress vector) or velocity?
a. Scalar
b. Vector
c. Tensor
d. Matrix
3. Stress ellipsoid has ______ axes?
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
Chapter 5
1. The gravitational pull exerted by the sinking slab on the rest of the plate?
a. Ridge Push
b. Slab Push
c. Basal Drag
2. Which statement is false?
a. The lithostatic reference state is the simplest general stress model for the interior of the
Earth.
b. The lithostatic reference state is an isotropic state of stress, where the vertical and horizontal
stresses are equal.
c. It is based on an idealized situation where the rock has no shear strength (s=0).
3. It forms when formation uid in porous formations is trapped between non-permeable layers.
a. Hydrostatic Pressure
b. Overpressure
c. Pore fluid pressure
d. Lithostatic Pressure
Chapter 6
1. Is a measure of how fast a rock object changes length or shape?

a. Deformation rate
b. Strain rate
c. Rate of Elongation
d. Stress rate
2. Which does not describe Linear viscous?
a. Stress depends on strain rate
b. Permanent strain
c. Constant stress regardless of strain rate
d. Linear stressstrain rate relationship
3. The resistance of layers or objects to ow. The term is qualitative and relative to that of its
neighboring layers or matrix.
a. Relative Viscosity
b. Viscosity
c. Non-linear viscous
d. Competency
Chapter 7
1. Fractures that extend across a number of grains and characterize brittlely deformed low-porosity
or non-porous rocks?
a. Cataclastic
b. Intergranular Fractures
c. Shear Fracture
d. Contraction Fracture
2. Mineral-lled extension fractures are called?
a. Fissure
b. Veins
c. Dikes
d. Cracks
3. Mode IV fractures
a. Opening
b. Closing
c. Sliding
d. Tearing
Chapter 8
1. Determine which statement is not true about faults?
a. A fault is any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone.
b. A fault is a discontinuity with wall-parallel displacement dominated by brittle deformation
mechanisms.
c. A fault is a discontinuity in the velocity or displacement eld associated with deformation.
d. a, b and c are all true
2. A fault that attens downward is called
a. Listric faults
b. Low angle faults
c. Steep faults
d. Thrust fault
3. If the dip angle is less than 30 the fault is called?
a. Steep faults
b. Low angle faults
c. Listric faults
d. Thrust faults
Chapter 9
1. Striations are typically found on (but not restricted to) polished slip surfaces?
a. Slickenlines
b. Slickensides
c. Corrugations
d. Asperities
2. Determine which statement is not true?
a. The maximum principal stress axis bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults.
b. A lineation on a slip surface may represent only the last of several slip events, and does not
have to be parallel to the nite (total) displacement vector.
c. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur parallel to the greatest resolved shear
stress.
3. A linear stylolitic structures sometimes form?
a. Slickolites
b. Chatter Marks
c. Slickenlines
d. Asperities
Chapter 10
1. Migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices is called?

a. Volume diffusion
b. Diffusion mass transfer
c. Wet Diffusion
d. Grain boundary Diffusion
2. Diffusion of vacancies through crystals is known as?
a. Diffusion mass transfer
b. Wet Diffusion
c. Grain boundary diffusion
d. Volume Diffusion
3. Migration of vacancies occurs preferentially along grain boundaries.?
a. Diffusion mass transfer
b. Grain boundary Migration
c. Volume Diffusion
d. Wet Diffusion
Chapter 11
1. In multilayered rocks, folds may be repeated with similar shape in the direction of the axial trace,
such folds are called?
a. Disharmonic Folds
b. Harmonic Folds
c. Cylindrical folds
d. Non-Cylindrical Folds
2. Folds differ in wavelength and shape along the axial trace or die out in this direction they are said
to be?
a. Harmonic Folds
b. Disharmonic Folds
c. Cylindrical folds
d. Non-Cylindrical Folds
3. A fold process that can initiate when a layer is shortened parallel to the layering.
a. Buckling/Active Folding
b. Passive Folding
c. Bending
d. Flexural Folding
Chapter 12
1. Is characterized by elongate elements with a preferred orientation?

a. Planar Fabric
b. Linear Fabric
c. Random Fabric
d. Primary Fabrics
2. A fabric that contains tabular or platy minerals or other at objects with a common
orientation?
a. Planar Fabric
b. Linear Fabric
c. Random Fabric
d. Primary Fabrics

a. A tectonic foliation is a planar structure formed by tectonic processes, and includes cleavages,
schistosity and mylonitic foliations.
b. A foliated rock is by denition cohesive, although rocks may split preferentially along the
foliation.
c. Cleavage is the low-temperature version of foliation and is best developed in rocks with
abundant platy minerals.
Chapter 13
1. Determine which of the following does not contribute to change the shape of minerals and
mineral aggregates during deformation?
a. Cataclasis
b. Pressure Solution
c. Recrystallization
2. Lineation found on shear fractures and form by physical abrasion of hanging-wall objects into the
footwall or vice versa.
a. Slickenside
b. Striations/Slickenlines
c. Fault Grooves
d. Intersection Lineations
3. Linear deformation structures that are restricted to the interface between a competent and an
incompetent rock.
a. Boudins
b. Mullions
c. Crenulation Lineation
d. Pencil Structures
Chapter 14
1. He was the first person used the term Boudins/Mullions?

a. Maxx Lohest
b. Max Lohest
c. Max Loest
d. Maxx Boudines
a. Boudins are extensional structures formed by layer-parallel extension.
b. Boudinage is the process that leads to the formation of boudins from originally continuous
layers.
c. Short, asymmetric and rigid boudins tend to rotate with the shear direction, while long boudins
back-rotate.
d. Foliation boudinage occur where there is a strong planar anisotropy (foliation) in deformed
rocks.
3. Which is not a type of boudin geometry?

a. Rectangular
b. Weak Plastic Component
c. Marked plastic component along lower margin
d. Pronounced plastic component along upper margin.
Chapter 15
1. It is a tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock.
a. Wall Zone
b. Shear Zone
c. Ductile Shear zone
d. Fault Zone

a. A general shear zone is one that deviates from the ideal ductile shear zone.
b. It takes less strain to reach a given offset by means of subsimple shear than by pure or simple
shear.
c. Passive markers can be traced continuously through a perfectly ductile shear zone.
3. Fragments of single crystals or minerals are called?
a. Porphyroblast
b. Porphyroclast
c. Protolithic Lenses
d. Boudins
Chapter 16
1. Is a low-angle fault or shear zone where the hanging wall has been transported over the footwall.
a. Reverse fault
b. Thrust Fault
c. Normal fault
d. Steep fault
2. Slices of basement and perhaps its sedimentary cover thrust only a few kilometers or so are
called?
a. Autochthonous
b. Parautochthonous
c. Allochthonous
d. Aulocogen
3. The area in the central portion of the collision zone?
a. Foreland
b. Basin
c. Accretionary Wedge
d. Hinterland
Chapter 17

a. A reverse fault can also be an extensional fault if a tectonic or sedimentary layering is used for
reference.
b. The rigid domino model describes a series of rigid fault blocks that rotate simultaneously in a
uniform sense.
c. The soft domino model allows for strain within domino fault blocks.
2. Determine which statement does not describe rigid domino model?
a. No block-internal strain.
b. Faults and layers rotate simultaneously and at the same rate.
c. Faults end up with the same offset, which is constant along the faults.
3. Active rifting is controlled by?
a. Mantle plumes
b. Plate motion
c. Erosion
d. Stretching
Chapter 18
1. Faults where the displacement vector is parallel to the strike of the fault and thus parallel to the
surface of the Earth?
a. Oblique Fault
b. Strike Slip Fault
c. Normal Fault
d. Transfer Fault
2. San Andreas represents what kind of fault?
a. Continental Thrust Fault
b. Continental Transform Fault
c. Transfer Fault
d. Transcurrent Fault
3. Faults having free tips and grow in length as they accumulate strike-slip displacement.
a. Transfer fault
b. Transcurrent Fault
c. Intraplate faults
d. Interplate faults
Chapter 19
1. What is the density of salt?
a. 1.160 g/cm2
b. 3.160 g/cm2
c. 2.160 g/cm2
d. 4.160 g/cm2
2. A mass of salt that has owed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the overburden.
a. Salt diapir
b. Salt expulsion
c. Salt withdrawal
d. Poiseuille Flow
3. A term used for exposed or very shallow diapirs that rise continually at a rate that more or less
keeps pace with sedimentation.
a. Passive Diapirism
b. Downbuilding
c. Reactive Diapirism
d. Active Diapirism
Chapter 20
1. Determine which is not a condition for balancing of cross sections?

a. Geologically sound interpretation
b. Plane Strain
c. The section must contain the tectonic transport direction
a. A geologic section is not proven balanced until an acceptable restored version is presented.
b. A balanced section or map is not necessarily correct, but is likely to be more correct than a
section that cannot be balanced.
c. Section balancing generally requires plane strain and orientation in the main displacement
direction.
d. a and b is true
3. Kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
a. Trishear
b. Backstripping
c. Constant Displacement
d. Constant fault heave
Chapter 21
expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain eld or kinematic pattern.
a. Deformation Phase
b. Deformation Time
c. Deformation Sequence
d. Deformation progression
2. It is a deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases is called?
a. Uniphasal
b. Polyphasal
c. Multiphasal
3. Large metamorphic crystals

a. Porphyroclast
b. Porphyroblast
c. Protolith
d. Megablast
DOROTEO, STEPHEN
Chapter 1
1. What is concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the contemporaneous stress field?
a. Glaciotectonics
b. Structural Geology
c. Neotectonics
d. Salt tectonic
2. What is describes microscale deformation and deformation structures visible under the
microscope?
a. Micrites
b. Microcontinental
c. Microtectonics
d. Microdeformation
3. It is a digital representation of the topography or shape of a surface, typically the surface of the
Earth, but a _____ can be made for any geologic surface or interface that can be mapped in three
dimensions.
a. EDM
b. DEM
c. IBM
d. MDE
Chapter 2
1. It moves every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and its
displacement field consists of parallel vectors of equal length.
a. Simple shear
b. Sub-simple Shear
c. Translation
d. Rotation
2. Any change in shape, with or without change in volume, is referred to as ______, and it implies
that particles in a rock have changed positions relative to each other.
a. Strain
b. Stress
c. Shear
d. Shenenigan
3. What describes the change in angle between two originally perpendicular lines in a deformed
medium.
a. Shear strain
b. Angular stress
c. Angular shear
d. Angular metamorphosis
Chapter 3
1. Shortening in a direction Z compensated for by identical stretching in all directions perpendicular
to Z.
a. Universal stretching
b. Uniform flattening
c. Uniform shortening
d. Universal extension
2. Which are good strain markers
I. Columnar joint
II. Fossils
III. Burrows
IV. Rain imprints
a. I and II only
b. I only
c. II and III only
d. II only
e. All of the above
3. In the Flinn diagram, as k approaches infinity, the shape of a deformed object begins to resemble a
________ and involves ___________.
a. Prolate spheroid ; biaxial elongation
b. Oblate spheroid; axial elongation
c. Prolate spheroid; axial elongation
d. Oblate spheroid; triaxial elongation
Chapter 4
1. A stress tensor for zero shear stresses may be written as:

2. The difference between the mean stress and the total stress: sdev = stot- sm, or stot = sm + sdev.
b. Integral stress
c. Lithostatic stress
d. Deviatoric stress
3. It is useful to put the nine components of stress into a matrix (second-order tensor).
a. Strain matrix
b. Stress matrix
c. Dilation matrix
d. String matrix
Chapter 5
1. Give information about the Earths immediate response to stress release along new or preexisting
fractures.
a. Landslide focal mechanisms
b. Earthquake focal mechanisms
c. Earthquake epicenter mechanisms
d. Landslide focal point
2. The simplest general stress model for the interior of the Earth.
a. Lithostatic state of stress
b. Lithostatic reference point
c. Lithostatic focal pint

d. Lithostatic reference state
3. It forms when formation fluid in porous formations is trapped between non-permeable layers.
Sandstones sandwiched between shale layers typically become overpressured during burial because
the pore fluid is trapped at the same time as the sandstone carries an increasingly heavy load.
a. Rupture
b. Overpressure
c. Dissolution
d. Jointing
Chapter 6
1. It deals with the way rocks respond to stress by brittle faulting and fracturing.
a. Continuum mechanics
b. Rock mechanics
c. Rheology
2. Elastic strain is _______ because it involves stretching rather than breaking of atomic bonds. Choose
the best answer.
a. Plastic
b. Recoverable
c. Unbreakable
d. Stretchable
3. What is an example of incompressible material?
a. Rubber
b. Granite
c. Salt
d. Plastic
Chapter 7
1. It is where the physical conditions promote brittle deformation mechanisms such as frictional sliding
along grain contacts, grain rotation and grain fracture.
a. Ductile regime
b. Brittle regime
c. Spanish-ductile regime
d. Viscous regime
2. What is the difference between the applied or remote stress and the fluid pressure?
c. Effective stress
d. Normal stress
3. A law that describes the vertical increase in critical shear stress (stress required for faulting) through
the frictional upper crust.
a. Byerlees law
b. Griffiths law
c. Andersons law
d. Martial law
Chapter 8
1. It consists of dark glass or microcrystalline, dense material. It forms by localized melting of the wall
rock during frictional sliding.
a. Psuedotrachyte
b. Pseudptachylyte
c. Psuedotachalyte
d. Pseudotrachyte
2. Rocks that characterized by their large fragments. They all have less than 10% matrix and are
cohesive and hard rocks. The fragments are glued together by cement (typically quartz or calcite)
and/or by microfragments of mineral that have been crushed during faulting.
a. Fault breccia
b. Crush breccia
c. Volcanic breccia
d. Sedimentary breccia
3. It is measured continuously along the wellbore by the three or more (usually 16) electrodes of a
dipmeter tool.
a. Microsensitivity
b. microresistivity
c. microconductivity
d. none of the above
Chapter 9
1.
What are in the figure?

a. Rocks; normal fault
b. Minerals; thrust fault
c. Minerals; stylolites
d. Rocks; stylolites
2. The __________________axis bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults.
a. X-axis
b. Minimum principal axis
c. Y-principal axis
d. Maximum principal axis
3. _________ , which form the most commonly used type of kinematic criterion, are based on the acute
angle between R and M.
a. M-criteria
b. Trescas criterion
c. R- criteria
d. R-M criteria
Chapter 10
1. It is the hypothetical representation of the arrangement of the constituents of a crystalline solid
that permits us to describe the symmetry of the crystal structure.
a. Crystal framework
b. Crystalline Solid
c. Crystal lattice
d. Crystal model
2. It is the line on a crystallographic slip plane that separates the slipped from the unslipped portion
of a crystal.
a. Fracture
b. Fracture line
c. Dislocation
d. Cleavage line
3. A convenient means of describing either edge or screw dislocation is by the _______________.
a. Burgers vector and Burgers circuit
b. Burgers vector and fries circuits
c. Hotdogs vector and Burgers circuit
d. Crystalline vector and crystal circuit
Chapter 11
1. One set of folds that overprints another.

a. Combination folds
b. Artificial folds
c. Interference folds
2. Type 2 fold is
a. Egg-carton structure
b. Dome and basing pattern
c. C-strain pattern
d. Boomerang pattern
3. Sheath folds may be confined to a planar zone of ductile shear or to a large fault zone.
a. Always true
b. Absolutely No
c. Not always correct
Chapter 12
1. A ____________ is characterized by elongate elements with a preferred orientation.
a. Linear fabric
b. Elongate fabric
c. Gneissic fabric
d. Foliation fabric
2. What cleavage is in the figure below?
a. Pencil cleavage
b. Acicular cleavage
c. Slaty cleavage
d. phyllitic cleavage
3. The type of cleavage in the figure below is ___________.
a. Crenulation cleavage
b. Foliation cleavage
c. Pencil cleavage
d. Phyllitic cleavage
Chapter 13
1. What structure is in the figure?
a. Boudinage
b. Flute marks
c. Groove marks
d. Mullions
2. Lineation can be seen in this figure. What type of lineation is that?
a. Acicular lineation
b. Fiber lineation
c. Transform lineation
d. Pencil structure
3. They relate to the irregular or corrugated shape of a slip surface. Such irregularities may have a
preferred orientation or axis in the slip direction and appear as lineations on an exposed wall.
a. Geometric cleavage
b. Geometric lineation
c. Geometric grooves
d. Geometric striae
Chapter 14
1. What do you call the structure on A in the figure below?
a. Pinch
b. Neck
c. Swell
d. Kink
2. Formula below is called _______ ?
a. Huftons formula
b. Byerlees formula
c. Biots classic formula
d. Elongation formula
3. Asymmetric boudins can form by _________across shear fractures.
a. Extension
b. Contraction
c. Sliding
d. Fracturing
Chapter 15
1. A ________ is a tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock.
a. Shear zone
b. Biozone
c. Strain zone
d. Fracture zone
2. The ____________ is limited by two perfectly planar (straight in cross-section) boundaries
separating it from completely undeformed wall rocks (undeformed by the shear-zone forming
deformation.
a. Ideal fracture zone
b. Perfect fracture zone
c. Perfect shear zone
d. Ideal shear zone
3. It cover the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure shear.
a. Pure shear zone
b. Simple shear zone
c. Subsimple shear zone
d. Ideal shear zone
Chapter 16
1. A collection of thrust nappes that share common lithological and/or structural features are referred to
as a __________.
a. Nappe complex
b. Nappe system
c. Both A and B
2. What is the orientation of the duplex system in the figure below?
a. Left lateral
b. I cant distinguish
c. Right lateral
d. Down shift
3. Contractional faults in the foreland of an orogenic zone typically form _________.
a. Imbricated thrust
b. Roof thrust
c. Imbricated zones
d. Roof zone
Chapter 17
1. Pure shear model is called _____________.
a. Wernicke model
b. Mckenzie model
c. Griffith model
2. __________ is then established on each side of the rift, which is now located in oceanic crust.
a. Active margin
b. Passive margin
c. Transform margin
d. Contractional margin
3. The extrusion of light and hot basement material in the hinterland by means of low-viscous flows
toward the foreland is commonly referred to as _________________.
a. Ideal fluid
b. Channel bar
c. Fluid flow
d. Channel flow
Chapter 18
1. They are strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
a. Transform fault
b. Transcurrent fault
c. Transpression fault
d. Transfer fault
2. What is the orientation of the fault?
a. Dextral
b. Reverse
c. Sinistral
d. Combination of a, b, and c.
3. Dig dig fault located in Luzon is what kind of fault?
a. Reverse fault
b. Thrust fault
c. Dextral strike-slip fault
d. Sinistral strike-slip fault
Chapter 19
1. It occurs when salt flows into a salt structure during the growth of a salt anticline or diaper.
a. Channel flow
b. Poiseuille flow
c. Viscous flow
2. It is used in geology to describe a body, usually of salt, magma or water-saturated mud or sand, that
gravitationally moves upward and intrudes the overburden.
a. Salt mechanics
b. Diaper
c. Diaper
d. Salt intrusion
3. Lateral variations in overburden thickness and/or density are known under the term __________.
a. Differential buckling
b. Differential loading
c. Differential diaper

Chapter 20
1. Flexural slip and flexural shear __________layer length and bed thickness, and therefore also area.
a. Conserve
b. Preserve
c. Destroy
2. It is a kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
a. Backmorphing
b. Backstrippng
c. Backstabbing
d. Backthrusting
3. ___________ generally requires plane strain and orientation in the main displacement direction.
a. Section parting
b. Secton balancing
c. Section thrusting
Chapter 21
expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field or kinematic pattern.
a. Deformation phase
b. Stress phase
c. Lineation phase
d. Fracturing phase
2. It implies discrete deformation phases, while progressive deformation involves more continuous and
gradual development at a local or regional scale.
a. Simple shear deformation
b. Polyphasal deformation
c. Static deformation
3. Metamorphism that involves decrease in temperature and pressure
a. Prograde metamorphism
b. Retrograde metamorphism
c. Contact metamorphism
d. Regional metamorphism
DRUZ ALI
CHAPTER 1
1.) Which of the following is concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the
contemporaneous stress field?
a. Plate Tectonics
b. Glaciotectonics
c. Neotectonics
d. Salt tectonics
2.) It concerns the changes in shape from the initial state to the very end result of the
deformation.
a. Strain
b. Finite Strain Analysis
c. Incremental Strain Analysis
d. Geometric Analysis
3.) A set of lines which are orthogonal to inlines are called as ________.
a. Crosslines
b. Inlines
c. Random Lines
d. Time Slices
CHAPTER 2
4.) Which of these statements is incorrect?
a. Deformation is the distortion (strain) that is expressed in a (deformed) rock.
b. Deformation is a change in form or shape.
c. Deformation the movement of every particle in the rocks in the same direction and distance.
d. Deformation is the transformation from an initial to a final geometry.
5.) A component of deformation defined as any change in shape, with or without change in
volume.
a. Strain
b. Rotation
c. Translation
d. Volume change
6.) This is a type of deformation wherein a marker that is parallel to one of the principal axes
has not rotated away from its initial position.
a. Rotational Deformation
b. Non-coaxial Deformation
c. Isochoric Deformation
d. Coaxial Deformation
CHAPTER 3
7.) A quicker and visually more attractive method for finding two-dimensional strain at the end of
1970s.
a. Fry method
b. Center-to-center method
c. Wellman method
d. Rf/ method
8.) Which of the following statement is incorrect?

a. One-dimenstional strain analyses are concerned with changes in length and is the most
simples form of strain analysis.
b. In two-dimensional strain analyses we look for sections that have objects of known initial
shape or contain linear markers with a variety of orientations.
c. Three-dimensional describes the shape of the strain ellipsoid.
d. None of the above.
9.) A type of strain marker with anomalous mechanical properties responding differently than the
surrounding medium to the overall deformation.
a. Active Strain Markers
b. Passive Strain Markers
c. All of the above
CHAPTER 4
10.) It affects the entire volume of a rock, both inside and outside.
a. Surface Forces
b. Body Forces
c. Frictional Forces
d. Kinematic Forces
11.) A stress vector oriented parallel to a surface is called ______; while the stress vector
perpendicular to a surface is ______. The ______ has three axes, denoted 1, 2 and 3.
These axes are called as ______.
a. shear stress; normal stress; stress ellipsoid; principal stresses;
b. shear stress; normal stress; stress ellipsoid;
principal stresses;
c. shear stress; principal stresses; normal stress;
stress ellipsoid;
12.) It is the difference between the mean stress and total stress.
a. Differential Stress
b. Deviatoric Stress
c. Normal Stress
d. Shear Stress
CHAPTER 5
13.) What is the simplest general stress model for the Earths interior?
a. Lithostatic reference state
b. Hydrostatic reference state
c. All of the above
14.) This is a strain relaxation method wherein a sample (core or block) is extracted from a rock
unit so it can expand.
a. Borehole breakouts
b. Dipmeter tools
c. Well-imaging tools
d. Overcoring
15.) A stress that is preserved after the external force or stress field has been changed or
removed.
a. Residual Stress
b. Tectonic Stress
c. Differential Stress
d. Deviatoric Stress
CHAPTER 6
16.) Which is defined as the study of mechanical properties of solid materials as well as fluids
and gases?
a. Rock Mechanics
b. Continuum Mechanics
c. Rheology
17.) This is known as the permanent change in shape or size of a body without fracture
accumulated over time.
a. Plastic deformation
b. Plastic strain
c. Plastic behaviour
d. All of the above
18.) Which statement is/are correct?
a. Elastic material resists a change in shape, but strains as more stress is applied.
b. Elastic material returns to its original shape once the applied stress is removed.
c. All of the above
CHAPTER 7
19.) It is the fracture along which the relative movement is parallel to the fracture.
a. Extension Fracture
b. Shear Fracture
c. Fault
d. Joint
20.) Listed below are examples of extension fractures except _____.
a. Joints
b. Anticracks
c. Veins
d. Fissures
21.) The ____ into the brittle part of the crust, the _____ the rock, and the _____ the differential
stress required to fracture it.
a. nearer; stronger; larger
b. nearer; weaker; smaller
c. deeper; stronger; smaller
d. deeper; stronger; larger
CHAPTER 8
22.) Which of the following statement is/are correct?
i. A fault is any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone.
ii. A fault is a discontinuity with wall-parallel displacement dominated by brittle deformation
mechanisms.
iii. A fault is a discontinuity in the velocity or displacement field associated with deformation.
a. I only
b. II and III
c. All of the above
23.) What is the angle between the strike of the slip surface and slip vector?
a. Rake
b. Pitch
c. All of the above
24.) The _____ is the separation of layers observed on a horizontal exposure while _____ is
observed in vertical section. The horizontal dip-slip component is referred to as ____ while its
vertical component is _____.
a. heave; throw; horizontal separation; dip separation
b. throw; heave; horizontal separation; dip separation
c. dip separation; horizontal separation; heave; throw
d. horizontal separation; dip separation; heave; throw
CHAPTER 9
25.) A set of shear fractures representing low-angle normal faults.
a. R-fractures
b. T-fractures
c. P-fractures
d. R-fractures
26.) It occurs where undulations of the other main slip surface create a systematic pattern with
striations on the side facing the movement of the contractional side.
a. T-criteria
b. P-criteria
c. R-criteria
27.) Polished slip surfaces are called as ____ where the striations are known as ____.
a. slickenlines; slickensides
b. slickensides; slickenlines
c. corrugation; plane strain
CHAPTER 10
28.) Which type of deformation usually occurs during brittle deformation and produces
microstructures affecting more than one grain?
b. Intracrystalline deformation
c. Intercrystalline deformation
29.) This is the intergranular deformation in the sense that there is no permanent internal
deformation of the grains.
a. Particulate flow
b. Granular flow
c. Flow parameters
d. Both A and B
30.) The migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices is called _______.

a. Diffusion
b. Diffusion creep
c. Diffusion mass transfer
d. All of the above
CHAPTER 11
31.) Folds are made up of ____ that connects two usually differently oriented ____.
a. limbs; hinge
b. hinge; limbs
c. axial plane; axial trace
d. axial trace; axial plane
32.) Repeated folds with similar shape in the direction of the axial trace in multilayered rocks is
called ______,
a. Hinge
b. Harmonic
c. Disharmonic
d. Hinge point
33.) A/an _____ is a structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone while
____ is the opposite.
a. antiform; synform
b. synform; antiform
c. anticline; syncline
d. syncline; anticline
CHAPTER 12
34.) Which fabric is characterised by elongate elements with a preferred orientation?
a. Random fabric
b. Primary fabric
c. Linear fabric
d. Planar fabric
35.) These foliations are bedding in sedimentary rocks, flow banding in lavas and magmatic
layering in intrusive rocks.
a. Random foliation
b. Planar foliation
c. Tectonic foliation
36.) The term ____ is commonly used about early tectonic domainal cleavage in previously
unfoliated rocks.
a. slaty cleavage
b. compaction cleavage
c. stylolitic cleavage
d. disjunctive cleavage
CHAPTER 13
37.) Lineation that builds up a linear fabric.
a. Surface Lineation
b. Penetrative Lineation
c. Geometric Lineation
38.) A process that reshapes minerals and mineral aggregates.

a. Synkinematic Recrystallization
b. Dissolution
c. Precipitation
39.) The process that contributes to change the shape of minerals and mineral aggregates
during deformation.
a. Cataclasis
b. Pressure Solution
c. All of the above
CHAPTER 14
40.) Classic boudins form under what type of deformation?
b. Brittle deformation
c. All of the above
41.) These boudins are commonly found in deformed metamorphic rocks separated by shear
fractures.
a. Fish-mouth boudins
b. Barrel-shaped boudins
d. Asymmetric boudins
42.) Which type of boudins imply higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation than
barrel-shaped boudins?
b. Barrel-shaped boudins
CHAPTER 15
43.) It is a brittle shear zone influenced by plastic defomation mechanism.
a. Brittle-plastic shear zone
b. Semi-brittle plastic shear zone
c. Plastic shear zone
d. Pure shear zone
44.) A shear zone which contains no internal discontinuities so that marker layers crossed by
the shear zone can be continually traced through the mesoscopic scale.
a. perfectly ductile shear zone
b. plastic shear zone
c. frictional shear zone
d. ideal shear zone
45.) A shear zone deviating from the ideal shear zone model.
a. General shear zone
b. Pure shear zone
c. Ductile shear zone
d. Simple shear zone
CHAPTER 16
46.) It is a thrust nappe bounded by a basal fault.
a. Roof Thrust
b. Floor Thrust
c. Klippe
d. Outlier
47.) Slices of basement and its sedimentary cover only thrust a few kilometres.
a. Autochthonous
b. Parautochtonous
c. Allochthonous
48.) What are the ramps that form parallel to the movement direction of the thrust sheet?
a. Frontal ramps
b. Oblique ramps
c. Lateral ramps
d. Flat ramps
CHAPTER 17
49.) A fault that causes crust extension or some reference layering in deformed rocks.
a. Extensional fault
b. Compressional fault
c. Transform fault
d. Normal fault
50.) It is a series of faults or fault blocks similar to contractional regime.

a. Ramp-flat-ramp geometries
b. Imbrication zone
c. Extensional duplex
51.) The _____ is controlled by plate tectonic stress while ______ is controlled by mantle
plumes.
a. postrift; synrift
b. synrift; postrift
c. active rifting; passive rifting
d. passive rifting; active rifting
CHAPTER 18
52.) Free strike-slip faults form within plates and are defined as _____.
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
d. Transcurrent fault
53.) Which of the following refers to as large strike-slip faults that segment plates form plate
boundaries?
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
54.) These faults have free tips and grow in length as they accumulate strike-slip displacement.
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
CHAPTER 19
55.) The process wherein the material is dissolved and transported along grain boundaries by
means of a thin fluid film is called _______.
a. salt tectonics
b. halokinesis
c. dislocation creep
d. wet diffusion
56.) It is referred as a mass of salt that has flowed ductility upward and discordantly pierced the
overburden.
a. Salt pillow
b. Salt diapir
c. Salt withdrawal
d. Salt expulsion
57.) These are the elongated salt structures that appear as stocks in perpendicular cross-
sections.
a. Salt pillow
b. Salt stocks
c. Salt stock canopies
d. Salt walls
CHAPTER 20
58.) A process which involves taking a section or map and working back in time to undeform it.
a. Restoration
b. Balancing
c. Shear
d. Trishear
59.) This involves a triangular deformation zone and has no fixed shear angle.
a. Antithetic shear
b. Synthetic shear
c. Vertical shear
d. Trishear
60.) It is a kind of restoration that focuses on the subsidence history of a basin by successively
removing sedimentary sequences and balance isostasy.
a. Balancing
b. Backstripping
c. Flexural slip
d. Constant fault heave
CHAPTER 21
61.) Porphyroblast wherein growth occurred between two phases of deformation.
a. Syntectonic
b. Intertectonic
c. Posttectonic
d. Pretectonic
62.) Large metamorphic crystals commonly found in mica-bearing schists and gneisses are
called ______.
a. Porphyroclast
b. Porphyroblast
c. A and B
d. Neither A nor B
63.) This implies that two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so their
relative age can be determined.
b. Structural style
d. Overprinting relations
JUAN, FATIMA TYREZA JOY

CHAPTER 1
1. What is the most useful technique to analyze and map structures in the field of neotectonics?
a. InSAR
b. DEM
c. LIDAR
d. GPS
2. Which is/are TRUE about DEM?

i. it is a representation of the topography or shape of a surface
ii. it is made for any geologic surface or interface mapped in three dimensions
iii. it is a representation of surfaces that has mapped from cubes of seismic data
a. i and ii only
b. i and iii only
c. ii and iii only
d. all of the above
e. none of the above
3. Match.
F - Finite strain analysis
I - Incremental strain analysis
K - Kinematic analysis
D - Dynamic analysis
1. considers and describes a portion of deformation history when there is a sequential

increase in strain
2. concerns with the forces that cause motion of particles
3. concerns changes in shape from initial state to the very end result of deformation
4. concerns how rock particles have moved during deformation
a. F4, I3, K2, D1

b. F3, I1, K4, D2
c. F2, I4, K3, D3
d. F1, I2, K3, D4
CHAPTER 2
1. Which is/are TRUE about deformation?
i. It is the distortion that is expressed in a rock
ii. It is the difference between the deformed and undeformed states
iii. It is conveniently and accurately described and modeled by means of elementary
linear algebra
iv. It is the sum of strain, rigid rotation and translation
a. I and II
b. II and III
c. IV only
d. All of the above
2. The fastest and slowest stretching directions (ISA1 and ISA3) are fixed at what angle to the shear
plane for progressive simple shear?
a. 30
b. 45
c. 60
d. 90
3. Flow apophyses separate different fields of flow, or different domains of particle paths. They are
______ for coaxial strain, ________ for simple shear and _______ for subsimple shear.
a. oblique, orthogonal, parallel

b. parallel, oblique, orthogonal
c. orthogonal, parallel, oblique
d. orthogonal, oblique, parallel
CHAPTER 3
1. A source of error causing objects to deform differently from the matrix resulting to the strain
partitioning between the matrix and the strain objects.
a. Volume changes
b. Variations in pebble composition
c. Viscosity contrast
d. Pre-deformational shape and orientation of the pebbles
2. A strain analysis wherein we look for sections that have objects of known initial shape or contain
linear markers with a variety of orientations.
a. One-dimensional
b. Two-dimensional
c. Three-dimensional
d. All of the above
3. Match.
W Wellman Method
B Breddin Graph
C Center-to-center Method
F Fry Method
1. Based on assumption that circular objects have a more or less statistically uniform
distribution in sections.
2. Done manually by placing a tracing overlay with a coordinate origin and pair of
reference axes on top of a sketch of the section.
3. Demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed state.
4. Shows that angular shear changes with the orientation and strain magnitude R
(ellipticity of the strain ellipse).
a. C1, F2, W3, B4

b. C2, F3, W4, B1
c. C1, F4, W2, B3
d. C4, F1, W3, B2
CHAPTER 4
1. Match.
H Hydrostatic stress
D Deviatoric stress
I Differential stress
L Lithostatic stress
1. Difference between the mean stress and the total stress

2. Controlled by burial depth and density of overlying rock column
3. Difference between the maximum and minimum principal stresses
4. State of stress where the stress is the same in all directions
a. H1, D2, I3, L4

b. H3, D1, I4, L2

c. H4, D1, I3, L2
d. H2, D3, I2, L1
2. Which is TRUE about Mohr Diagram/Circle in three-dimension?
a. The value of the maximum and minimum principal stresses are plotted on the horizontal axis
and the intermediate is on the vertical axis
b. The value of the maximum, intermediate, and minimum principal stresses are plotted
on the horizontal axis.
c. The value of the maximum and minimum principal stresses are plotted on the vertical axis
and the intermediate is on the vertical axis
d. The value of the maximum, intermediate, and minimum principal stresses are plotted on the
vertical axis.
3. For Mohr circle construction, _____ stresses consistent with clockwise rotation are ______.
a. normal, positive
b. normal, negative
c. shear, positive
d. shear, negative
CHAPTER 5
1. What are the three end-member states or regime that ideally classifies tectonic stress?
a. Normal, shear, thrust

b. Normal, strike-slip, thrust
c. Shear, strike-slip, thrust
2. Which is/are NOT true about Overcoring?

i. Done to map the state of stress at or near the surface
ii. Strain relaxation method where a sample is extracted from a rock unit
iii. Gives information about the earths immediate response to stress release
iv. Frequently applied to petroleum reservoirs to increase near-well permeability
a. I only
b. I and II
c. II and III
d. III and IV
3. Match.
N Normal fault regime stresses
S Strike-slip fault regime stresses
T Thrust fault regime stresses
1. Himalayan orogenic belt

2. Tibetan Plateau
3. Dead Sea fault in Middle East
a. N1, S2, T3
b. N2, S3, T1
c. N3, S1, T2
CHAPTER 6
1. A material that flows as a perfectly viscous material, but only above a certain yield sress.
a. Bingham material
b. Prandtl material
c. Kelvin material
d. Maxwell material
2. A deformation which does not involve a permanent strain.
a. Viscous
b. Plastic
c. Elastic
d. Brittle
3. Elasticity wherein the stress-strain path deformation is non-linear and follows different path in
loading (straining) and unloading (unstraining).
a. Perfect elastic
b. Elastic with hysteresis
c. Both a and b
CHAPTER 7
1. Match.
PF Particulate flow
F Frictional Sliding
C Cataclastic flow
P Pulverization
1. A certain friction-controlled resistance against sliding must be overcome to occur

2. Strong grain crushing without evidence of shear offset
3. Fragments resulting from grain crushing flow during shearing
4. Grains translate and rotate to accommodate frictional grain boundary slip
a. PF1, F2, C3, P4

b. PF1, F3, C2, P4
c. PF3, F4, C1, P2
d. PF4, F1, C3, P2
2. Features that have contractional displacements across them and are filled with immobile residue
from the host rock.
a. Anticracks
b. Stylolites
c. Fissures
d. Both a and b
e. Both b and c
3. Which of the following is/are NOT a mechanism for producing deformation bands?
a. Cataclasis b. Particulate flow c. Pulverization d. Both a and b

CHAPTER 8
1. Which of the following is the CORRECT sequence for the development of a fault?
a. Isolated segments, overlapping segments, hard-linked segments, coalesced segments
b. Isolated segments, hard-linked segments, overlapping segments, coalesced segments
c. Coalesced segments, isolated segments, overlapping segments, hard linked segments
d. Overlapping segments, isolated segments, hard-linked segments, coalesced segments
2. How thick is a seismogenic zone?
a. 2km 15km
b. 3km 13km
c. 2km 14km
d. 3km 15km
3. A strongly reworked clay or shale in the core of faults in sedimentary sequences.
a. Fault breccia
b. Mylonite
c. Fault gouge
d. Crush breccia
CHAPTER 9
1. An assumption which states that if the largest shear stress is in the dip direction we will get normal
or reverse faults. If the maximum shear stress is horizontal, strike-slip faulting results. Any other
case results in oblique-slip movement.
a. Wallace Mohr hypothesis
b. Wallace - Bott hypothesis
c. Bott Mohr hypothesis
d. Mohr Coulomb hypothesis
2. These are extension structures that initiate perpendicular to the smallest stress axis, and are
therefore useful paleostress indicators.
a. Joints and fissures

b. Fissures and veins
c. Joints and veins
d. Fissures and dikes
3. Match.
t T Fractures
m M- Fractures
p P Fractures
r R Fractures
1. Set of shear fractures

2. Small extension fractures
3. Characterizes sense of slip
4. Represent low-angle normal faults
a. t3, m4, p1,r2

b. t2, m3, p1, r4
c. t1, m2, p3, r4
d. t4, m1, p2, r3
CHAPTER 10
1. Which of the following does not accomplish annealing?
a. Dislocation glide and climb

b. Annihilation
c. Grain-boundary formation and migration
d. Grain-boundary migration and sliding
2. Which of the following describes a macroscopic behavior that results from sliding along grain
boundaries and probably involves both Coble creep and grain-boundary sliding?
a. Flexural flow
b. Superplasticity
c. Cataclasis
d. Superplastic flow
3. Involves diffusion of point defects through crystals toward points of high stress and occurs at high
temperature and low differential stress.
a. Nabarro-Herring creep
b. Coble creep
c. Dislocation creep
d. All of the above
CHAPTER 11
1. Folds that are strongly noncylindrical and closed at one end, they also commonly occur in shear
zones where rocks have been deformed by a strong component of inhomogeneous simple shear.
a. Recumbent
b. Isoclinal
c. Ptygmatic
d. Sheath
2. Folds that can form during parallel folding by the overtightening and crumpling of thinner layers
between thicker layers.
a. Supratenuous
b. Disharmonic
c. Parallel
d. Similar
3. Direction of leaning of the axial surface or the direction of overturning.
a. Competence b. Consistency c. Vergence d. Concave
CHAPTER 12
1. Which of the following formations does pressure solution removes large volumes of rock?
a. Cleavage
b. Mylonitic foliations
c. Schistosity
d. Both b and c
2. The different types of foliations usually reflect variations in
a. Lithology
b. Temperature of burial
c. Depth of burial
d. All of the above
3. A point where the cleavage vanishes
a. Neutral point b. crenulation point c. axial plane point d. none of the above
CHAPTER 13
1. It is the most reliable when estimating the transport directions in the orogenic belt.
a. Intersection lineations
b. Stretching lineations
c. Fold hinges
d. Both a and b
2. Linear deformation structures that are restricted to the interface between the competent layer and
incompetent layer which also occurs on the surface of quartz pods in micaschists.
a. Mullions
b. Boudins
c. Slickolites
d. Slickenlines
3. Slickenlines are formed by
a. Mechanical abrasion
b. Fibrous growth
c. Mineral lineation
d. Both a and b
e. Both a and c
CHAPTER 14
1. A boudinage controlled by layer thickness and viscosity contrast which is also an extensional
counterpart to buckling.
a. Foliation boudinage
b. Classic boudinage
c. Lithospheric boudinage
d. Chocolate tablet boudinage
2. He found that the extended competent layers developed into boudins or formed pinch-and-swell
structures during his experiment in a laboratory.
a. Henry Ramberg
b. Harry Ramberg
c. Hans Ramberg
d. Heinz Ramberg
3. He first used the term boudins which is the French word for sausage for shortened boudins or
mullions in Bastogne, Belgium.
a. Max Lohest
b. Mark Lohest
c. Matt Lohest
d. Michael Lohest
CHAPTER 15
1. Shear zones which preserve the original continuity of passive layers.
a. Brittle shear zones

b. Ductile shear zones
c. Plastic shear zones
d. All of the above
2. Shear zones that develop a fixed thickness, and the entire zone keeps deforming without any sign
of internal localization.
a. Type I
b. Type II
c. Type III
d. Type IV
3. Which of the following is/are TRUE about shear zones?
I. Contains internal structures that reflect their deformation type and history
II. Zones where strain is higher than in surrounding rock
III. Directly tell whether they formed in an extensional, contractional or strike-slip regime
IV. Subdivided based on ductility and deformation mechanism
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All except IV
CHAPTER 16
1. It separates the entire stack of thrust nappes from a less deformed or undeformed basement.
a. Floor thrust
b. Roof thrust
c. Decollement
d. Back thrust
2. Which of the following is the major controlling factor in the shape of an orogenic or accretionary
wedge?
a. Basal friction
b. Strength of wedge material
c. Erosion
d. Both a and c
3. What is the dominant driving force during orogenic thrusting toward the foreland?
a. Stress
b. Shear
c. Gravity
d. Strain
CHAPTER 17
1. Which of the following is controlled by the extensional deformation structures?
a. Rift structures
b. Mountain belt cycles
c. Orogeny
d. All of the above
2. A model in which the total contribution of individual faults in the rift creates a symmetric
thinning in the crust.
a. McKenzie model
b. Wernicke model
c. McDenver model
d. William model
3. The extrusion of light and hot basement material in the hinterland by means of low-viscous flow
toward the foreland.
a. Passive flow
b. Active flow
c. Channel flow
d. Superplastic flow
CHAPTER 18
1. What is true about positive flower structure?
a. Pull-apart, restraining bend

b. Pull-apart, releasing bend
c. Push-up, restraining bend
d. Push-up, releasing bend
2. Shear fractures that make a low angle with the overall shear zone and show the same sense of slip,
a. P-shear b. T-shear c. S-shear d. R-shear
3. Involves a balance between the amount of strike slip or simple shear in one hand, and the amount
of perpendicular shortening or extension on the other.
a. Strain partitioning
b. Shear partitioning
c. Stress partitioning
d. Both and b
CHAPTER 19
1. Occurs when salt flows into a salt structure during the growth of a salt anticline or diapir.
a. Couette flow
b. Poiseuille flow
c. Nettleton flow
d. Dasht-e flow
2. Match.
A Active Diapirism
P Passive Diapirism
R Reactive formation
C - Contraction
1. Sediments are deposited around the salt structure
2. Salt structure formed by thrusting
3. Salt structure formed by extension
4. Driven by density contrast and forceful ascent of salt
a. A4, P3, R2, C1
b. A4, P1, R3, C2
c. A3, P2, R1, C4
d. A2, P4, R1, C3
3. A salt sheet is called a salt sheet if the width is at least _____ times its thickness.
a. Five
b. Four
c. Three
d. Two
CHAPTER 20
1. Which is NOT true about restoration?
i. Gives regional strain estimates and explores how well different strain
mechanisms can explain observed structures.
ii. Compromises the complexities of natural deformation and will always be correct
in all detail.
iii. The interpretation and assumptions used should be critically evaluated if a
section does not restore.
iv. The interpretation is balanced and sound, but not necessarily correct if a section
is fully restored to a geologically viable state.
a. I only
b. II only
c. III only
d. IV only
2. Adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems geologically reasonable in its present
state but also is restorable to its pre-deformational state.
a. Restorating
b. Modelling
c. Balancing
d. Mapping
3. Convenient when modelling or balancing contractional structures such as fault-bend folds and
fault-propagation folds.
a. Flexural slip
b. Flexural shear
c. Passive slip
d. Passive flow
CHAPTER 21
1. Which of the following is the most important aspect of structural geology?
a. Making careful observations

b. Collecting and recording thorough and detailed notes
c. Treating data as objectively as possible
d. All of the above
2. Implies that the relative age of two or more structures that are found in the same outcrop or
sample can be determined.
a. Overprinting relations
b. Structural relations
c. Stratigraphic relations
d. Offset relations
3. The ________ sedimentary record present in rifts, orogens and strike-slip settings reflects the
tectonic history of the area with regard to timing of fault movements, slat growth or collapse,
exhumation, metamorphic events or other local or regional tectonic events.
a. Pretectonic
b. Syntectonic
c. Post-tectonic
d. Intertectonic
MAGNAYE, ARIELLE
CHAPTER 1:
1. It is the analysis of how rocks break or fracture.

a. Rheologic analysis
b. Mechanical analysis
c. Kinematic anlaysis
2. It is concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the
contemporaneous stress field.
a. Salt tectonics
b. Neotectonics
c. Gravity tectonics
d. Plate tectonics
3. Ductile deformation occurs when rocks ______ while Brittle deformation occurs
when rocks ______.
a. Fracture; flow
b. Break; fracture
c. Fracture; break
d. Flow; fracture
CHAPTER 2:
1. What does the figure suggest?
a. Uniaxial extension
b. Plane strain
c. Uniaxial contraction
2. What does steady-state flow suggest?
a. Only the flow parameters remain constant throughout deformation history.
b. Only the flow pattern remains constant throughout deformation history.
c. The flow pattern and flow parameters remain constant throughout
deformation history.
3. Which of the following is true about simple shear?
I. Co-axial deformation
II. Special type of constant-volume plane strain deformation

III. No internal rotation component
IV. Symmetric deformation matrices
a. All except II
b. All except IV
c. II only
d. IV only
CHAPTER 3:
1. This method is based on the angular distortion of reference lines originally aligned
90 to each other.
a. Fry method
b. Mohrs method
c. Center to center method
d. Wellmans method
2. Strain markers with the same mechanical properties as the surroundings are
called ______.
a. Active strain markers
b. Passive strain markers
c. Dynamic strain markers
3. Which of the following is not true about 2D strain analyses?

I. Simplest form of strain analysis
II. Concerned with changes in length
III. Revealed when the horizon, fossil, mineral or dike is restored to its pre-
deformational state.
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. I,II,III
d. II and III
CHAPTER 4:
1. Which of the following describes a stress ellipsoid?
I. Allows us to determine the normal and shear stresses across any plane
that is normal to two of the principal stresses
II. Graphic means of showing the relationships between the principal stresses
III. Triaxial
a. I only
b. I and II only
c. II and III only
d. All of the above
2. It represents an isotropic state of stress

a. Mean stress
b. Hydrostatic stress
c. Lithostatic stress
d. Mean stress
3. Normal stress is _____.

a. Acting parallel to the surface
b. Acting perpendicular to the surface
c. Difference between mean and total stress
CHAPTER 5:
1. A strain relaxation method where a sample (core or block) is extracted from a
rock unit, measured, and then released so that it can freely expand
a. Overcoring
b. Borehole breakout
c. Hydraulic fracturing
2. An isotropic state of stress, where the vertical and horizontal stresses are equal
a. Hydrostatic reference state
b. Uniaxial-strain reference state
c. Constant-horizontal-stress reference state
3. Which of the following is not true about residual stress?
I. Caused by metamorphic transformations
II. Can be locked in and preserved after the external force has been changed
or removed
III. Cause natural deviations from a reference state
a. I
b. II
c. III
d. II and III
CHAPTER 6:
1. Which is true about perfectly plastic material?

I. stress cannot rise above the yield stress
II. incompressible
III. theres an additional component of elastic deformation
IV. Saint Venant material
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All except IV
2. A Bingham material is _____.
a. one that flows as a perfectly viscous material, but only above a certain yield
stress
b. accumulates strain from the moment a stress is applied, first elastically and
thereafter in a gradually more viscous manner
c. exhibits the combination of elastic and plastic deformation
3. Increasing the strain rate means ___.
a. Decreasing the flow stress level
b. Increasing the flow stress level
c. More plastic strain accumulates
CHAPTER 7:
3. Granular flow involves _____ while cataclastic flow involves _____.
a. Grain fracturing.grain rotation
b. Grain rotation.grain fracturing
c. Deformation of well-consolidated and non-porous rocks..shallow
deformation of porous rocks
4. What does this type of fracture suggest?
a. fracture along which the relative movement is parallel to the fracture

b. have little or no macroscopically detectable displacement
c. fracture filled with air or fluid
3. Represented by one or a few tensile fractures at each end of the main fracture
and are associated with rapid decrease in displacement toward the tip
a. Horsetail fractures
b. Wing cracks
c. Splay
d. Arrest lines
CHAPTER 8:
1. Low-angle reverse faults
a. Listric faults
b. Thrust faults
c. Master faults
4. Zone of microfractures (and mesofractures) ahead of the fracture tip zone
a. Damage zone
b. Process zone
c. Drag zone
d. Deformation band zone
5. Cataclasis is promoted by burial depths of ______, low phyllosilicate content,
well-sorted grains and low pore fluid pressure.
a. < 1 km
b. 10-50 km only
c. > 1 km
d. 50-100 km only
CHAPTER 9:
1. Are polished slip surface that have striations
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenlines
c. Slickenfibers
2. Striations on polished slip surfaces
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenlines
c. Slickenfibers
3. Contractional structures tend to form perpendicular to ______, extensional
fractures form perpendicular or atleast at a high angle to ____.
a. 3 2
b. 2. 3
c. 1 3
d. 3 1
CHAPTER 10:
1. These are represented by either vacancies or, less importantly, impurities in the
form of extra atoms in the lattice
a. Line defects
b. Dislocations
c. Plane defects
d. Point defects
2. This type of diffusion is a bit less energy demanding and is more important in
the deformation of the plastic crust.
a. Nabarro-Herring creep
b. Cobble Creep
c. Grain boundary diffusion
d. B and D
3. A type of recrystallization that tends to produce larger and more equant
grains, typically forming a polygonal pattern.
a. Annealing
b. Hydraulic
c. Dynamic
CHAPTER 11:
1. If the folds differ in wavelength and shape along the axial trace or die out in
this direction they are said to be _____.
a. Harmonic
b. Disharmonic
c. Symmetric
d. Asymmetric
2. A structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone.
a. Antiform
b. Synform
c. Upright
d. Recumbent
3. Maximum slip occurs at the _______ and dies out toward the _______, where it is
zero.
a. Hinge line.inflection points
b. Inflection points.hinge line
c. Axial line.hinge points
d. Hinge points.axial line
CHAPTER 12:
1. It reveals layer competence contrasts, location on the fold structure and is
influenced by prefolding layer-parallel shortening and flexural shear during
folding.
a. Tectonic foliation
b. Cleavage refraction
c. Disjunctive cleavage
2. Cleavage formed at ____ is generally assumed to represent the XY or flattening
plane
a. High metamorphic grades
b. Intermediate metamorphic grades
c. Low metamorphic grades
d. All of the above
3. _____ are typically found in shear zones or thrust zones that involve large
(kilometre scale or more) displacements
a. Mylonite zones
b. Cataclasite zones
c. Passive zones
d. Active zones
CHAPTER 13:
1. _____ are competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments.
a. Boudins
b. Mullions
c. Pencil structures
d. Mylonites
2. Which of the following occurs as a result of discrete interference between
compaction cleavage and a
subsequent tectonic cleavage, or between two equally developed tectonic

cleavages?
a. Boudins
b. Mullions
d. Mylonites
3. Which of the following tend to plot close to the diagonal in the Flinn diagram.
a. L-tectonites
b. S-tectonites
c. LS-tectonites
CHAPTER 14:
1. Symmetric foliation boudins are separated by ____ while asymmetric foliation
boudins are separated by ____.
a. Brittle shear fractures.tensile fractures
b. Tensile fractures.brittle shear fractures
c. Ductile shear fractures.brittle shear fractures
d. Brittle shear fracture.ductile shear fractures
2. If the extension can be shown to be equal in the two directions where X >> Y = Z,
the pattern of boudinage is called ___.
a. Foliation boudinage
b. Chocolate tablet boudinage
c. Classic boudinage
3. Rectangular boudins imply _____ competence contrast and ____ brittle
deformation than barrel-shaped boudins.
a. Lower.less
b. Highermore
c. Higher.less
d. Lower.more
CHAPTER 15:
1. Which of the following is true about simple shear zone?
I. plane strain with 0 < Wk < 1.
II. Shortening or extension perpendicular to the zone.
III. ISA1 oriented at 45 degrees to the shear plane (walls).
IV. Generally non-coaxial deformation
a. Only I
b. Only II
c. Only III
d. Only IV
2. Which type of shear zone develops a fixed thickness, and the entire zone keeps
deforming without any sign of internal localization
a. Type I
b. Type II
c. Type III
d. Type IV
3. Ideal shear zones are perfectly ductile and involve ____ shear with or without
additional compaction/dilation.
a. Pure
b. Simple
c. Subsimple
CHAPTER 16:
1. Means something like formed where found
a. Allochthonous
b. Autochthonous
c. Parautochthonous
2. A series of similarly oriented reverse faults that are connected through a low-
angle floor thrust
a. Imbrication zones
b. Duplex
c. Horse
3. When the material in the wedge only extrudes toward the foreland,
perpendicular to the orogenic front, the model is called _____.
a. Spreading model
b. Gliding model
c. Extrusion model
d. Bulldozer model
CHAPTER 17:
1. Active rifting is controlled by _______ while passive rifting is controlled by _____.
a. Mantle plumes.plate tectonic stress
b. Plate tectonic stress..mantle plumes
c. Brittle deformation.plastic deformation
2. Which of the following is true about rigid domino model?
I. Faults have unequal offset
II. Has block internal strain
III. Faults and layers rotate simultaneously and at the same rate
IV. Layers and faults are not planar
a. I
b. II
c. III
d. IV
3. It is common where huge fault blocks form and rotate in rift systems, and the
elevated crests of these blocks collapse under the influence of gravity and
tectonic forces.
a. Hanging wall collapse
b. Footwall collapse
c. Gravitational collapse
CHAPTER 18:
1. _____ transfer displacement between two extensional or contractional faults by
means of strike-slip motion.
a. Transected folds
b. Tight folds
d. Transfer faults
2. Free strike-slip faults (transcurrent faults) form within plates and are therefore
______.
c. Transfer faults
d. Tight folds
3. _______ form where a sinistral strike-slip fault steps to the left, as in Figure 18.13, or
a dextral fault steps to the right
a. Restraining bends
b. Releasing bends
c. Active margins
d. Passive margins
CHAPTER 19:
1. A _____ is a mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly
pierced the overburden.
a. Salt diapir
b. Salt withdrawal
c. Salt anticline
2. Salt diapirs that have plug-like shapes are known as _____.
a. Salt walls
b. Salt stocks
c. Teardrop diapirs
3. This type of flow involves simple shearing within the salt layer as the overburden is
translated relative to the substrate.
a. Poiseuille flow
b. Salt anticline
c. Salt diapir
d. Couette flow
CHAPTER 20:
1. A kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a
basin by successively removing sedimentary sequences and balancing isostasy.
a. Backstripping
b. Restoration
c. Balancing
2. Involves taking a section or map and working back in time to undeform or
retrodeform it
a. Backstripping
b. Restoration
c. Balancing
3. Which of the following adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems
geologically reasonable in its present state, but also is restorable to its pre-
deformational state according to some assumptions about the deformation?
a. Backstripping
b. Restoration
c. Balancing
CHAPTER 21:
1. Involves temperaturepressure increase
a. Retrograde metamorphism
b. Prograde metamorphism
c. Polyphasal deformation
d. Progressive deformation
2. This involves more continuous and gradual development at a local or regional
scale.
a. Retrograde metamorphism
d. Progressive deformation
3. A time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with a
common expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field or
kinematic pattern.
b. Retrograde phase
c. Polyphasal phase
PACIFICO, NIKKA
CHAPTER 1
1. It is generally restricted to the downward sliding of large portions of rocks and sediments, notably
of continental margin deposits resting on weak salt or over pressured shale layers.
a. Raft tectonics
b. Gravity tectonics
c. Glaciotectonics
2. Which are belong under remote sensing and Geodesy?

a. DEM and GIS
b. GPS and LIDAR
c. InSAR and orthophotos
3. Explores the stresses of forces that cause structures to form and strain to accumulate.
a. Mechanical Analysis
b. Dynamic Analysis
c. Rheologic Analysis
CHAPTER 2
1. Which does not belong about strain ellipsoid?

a. Principal strain axes
b. Principal stretches
c. Principal elongation
2. The lines parallel to the principal strain axes have rotated away from their initial positions.
a. Coaxial deformation
b. Natural elongation
c. Internal rotation
d. Non-coaxial deformation
3. What happens to the principal strain axes during pure shearing?
a. They remain fixed in space and remain constant in length according to the equation X/Z=1.
b. They changed in space while they change length according to the equation Y/Z=1.
c. They remain fixed in space while they change length according to the equation X/Z=1.
CHAPTER 3
1. Which is the most common methods used to find strain from initially orthogonal lines?
a. Center-to-center and Fry methods
b. Rf/f-method and Wellman methods
c. Wellman and Breddin methods
2. A method that handles initially non-spherical markers, but the methods requires a significant
variation in the orientations of their long axes.
a. Rf/f-method
b. Breddin method
c. Fry method
3. A strain marker that have no viscosity contrast with the matrix.
a. Passive strain marker
b. Inactive strain marker
c. Active strain marker
CHAPTER 4
1. Which is not true about body forces?

a. Affects the entire volume of a rock.
b. Gravity
c. Stress at a point
2. How will the shape and orientation of the stress ellipsoid change if we define a different
coordinate system?
a. Sphere
b. None of it will change
c. Isotropic
3. Stress cannot be decomposed in the same way as force, because stress also depends on area.
a. It depends on the situation
b. Always true
c. Definitely false
CHAPTER 5
1. It is a strain relaxation method where, in principle, a sample is extracted from a rock unit,
measured, and then released so that is can freely expand.
b. Overcoring
c. Hydraulic fracturing
2. The effect of ______, which is the frictional resistance or shear force acting at the base of the
lithosphere, is uncertain.
a. Collisional resistance
b. Slab pull
c. Ridge push
d. Basal drag
3. What forces related to plate tectonics that cannot cause tectonic stress?
a. Ridge push
b. Basal drag
c. Uplift
CHAPTER 6
1. A material that deforms so that shear stress and shear strain are linearly related.
a. Newtonian fluid
b. Poissons ratio
c. Hookes law
2. Which is not true about plastic strain?

a. Associated with microscale deformation mechanisms.
b. Permanent change in shape or size of a body without fracture, accumulated over time by a
sustained stress beyond the elastic limit of the material.
c. Implies dependence of stress on strain rate: higher stress means faster flow or more rapid
strain accumulation.
3. Plastic deformation of a material that is subjected to a persistent and constant stress when that
material is at high homologous temperature.
a. Steady-state flow
b. Creep
c. Dislocations
CHAPTER 7
1. The envelope of curve in the Mohr diagram that describes the critical states of stress over a range
of differential stress, regardless of whether it obeys the Coulomb criterion or not.
a. Griffith fracture criterion
b. Coulomb failure envelope
c. Von Mises Criterion failure envelope
d. Mohr failure envelope
2. Tensile fracture forming at the tip of a shear fracture during fracture growth or reactivation,
oriented oblique to the host fracture.
a. Antithetic shear fracture
b. Horsetailing
c. Splaying
d. Wing crack
3. It is developed by shear-related disaggregation of grains by means of grain rolling, gain boundary
sliding and breaking of grain bonding cements.
a. Cataclastic band
b. Disaggregation band
c. Phyllosilicate band
d. Dilation band
CHAPTER 8
1. Shear zone-like geometry where layers flex toward parallelism with the fault.
a. Reverse drag
b. Normal drag
c. Trishear
2. Zones where the fault arrangement and send of displacement cause stretching within the overlap
zone.
a. Restraining overlap zones
b. Releasing overlap zones
c. Both a and b
3. A seal where sand is in complete contact with shale across the fault.
a. Juxtaposition seal
b. Shale smear seal
c. Clay smear seal
CHAPTER 9
1. The name often used for small extension fractures in this setting. They may be open, but are
more commonly mineralized with quartz or carbonates and do not show striations.
a. P-fractures
b. M-fractures
c. L-fractures
d. T-fractures
2. Comprise extension fractures that intersect the striated fault slip surface.
a. R-criteria
b. P-criteria
c. T-criteria
d. M-criteria
3. Cylindrical undulations on shear zones, faults or slip surfaces. Occur from micro- to map scale.
a. Plane strain
b. Ridge-in-groove lineations
c. Corrugation
CHAPTER 10
1. Particles flowing by frictional sliding and rolling. Typical for deformation of loose sand or soil.
a. Cataclastic flow
b. Granular flow
c. Plastic flow
2. Movement of vacancies is called.
a. Solution
b. Diffusion
c. Defects
3. Vacancies move along grain boundaries (temperature and stress controlled).
a. Volume diffusion
b. Grain boundary diffusion
c. Pressure solution
CHAPTER 11
1. The angularity or curvature of folds as observed in cross-sections perpendicular to the hinge line.
a. Hinge
b. Interlimb angle
c. Limb
d. Bluntness
2. Symmetric folds are sometimes called
a. Z-folds
b. M-folds
c. S-folds
d. C-folds
3. A folding mechanism that occurs when layers that are more competent than the matrix are
compressed parallel to the layering.
a. Buckling
b. Passive folding
c. Bend folds
CHAPTER 12
1. Term used for deformed rocks that contain both a linear and planar fabric.
a. L-tectonites
b. S-tectonites
c. LP-tectonites
d. LS-tectonite
2. What is the most important mechanism for cleavage formation?
a. Transecting cleavage
b. Crenulation cleavage
c. Wet diffusion
3. Usually a strong and compositional foliation defined by parallel minerals and mineral aggregates,
lenses and parallel layers reflecting primary structures such as dikes and bedding.
a. Transposition foliation
b. Mylonitic foliation
c. Compositional foliation
CHAPTER 13
1. Sectors on each side of a porphyroclast or other rigid object in a shear zone or mylonite zone
where minerals may crystallize into tails.
a. Dissolution
b. Stain shadows
c. Synkinematic recrystallization
2. Elongated mineral aggregates forming during deformation.

a. Stretching lineations
b. Rodding
c. Shape fabric
3. Linear deformation that are restricted to the interface between a competent and incompetent
rock.
a. Boudins
b. Mullion
c. Lineation
CHAPTER 14
1. Which is not true about Chocolate tablet boudinage?

a. Forming more or less square or rectangular boudins in three dimensions.
b. Indicates extension in two direction.
c. Occur when there is a strong planar anisotropy in deformed rocks.
2. Which is not the shape of boudin?
a. Barrel or fish-mouth shaped
b. Angular
c. None of the above
3. Foliation boudins are commonly ______, indicating sense of shear in zones of non-coaxial strain.
a. Symmetrical
b. Assymetric
c. Spheroidal
CHAPTER 15
1. Which is not true about simple shear zones?

a. No shortening or stretching along or normal to the zone
b. ISA1 oriented at 45 to the shear plane (walls)
c. Shortening or extension perpendicular to the shear zone
2. A type of mylonite that is <50% matrix (new grains).
a. Protomylonite
b. Mylonite
c. Ultramylonite
3. Shear zones develop a fixed thickness, and the entire zone keeps deforming without any sign of
internal localization.
a. Type II
b. Type III
c. Type I
CHAPTER 16
1. Erosional exposure of the rock unit underlying a nappe.

a. Klippe
b. Window
c. Nappe
d. Detachment
2. The rearmost branch line of a nappe of nappe complex.
a. Frontal ramp
b. Branch point
c. Leading branch line
d. Trailing branch line
3. Strain model where rock moves in a uniform direction with no strain along Y (plane strain).
a. Spreading model
b. Extrusion model
c. Gliding model
CHAPTER 17
1. Which is not true about soft domino model?

a. Permits internal strain to accumulate within blocks
b. Allows for variations in fault sizes, fault displacement variations and folding of layers
c. Describes a series of rigid fault blocks that rotate simultaneously in a uniform sense
2. A soft fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the footwall as it is progressively
unroofed.
a. Rolling hinge model
b. Rigid domino model
c. Soft domino model
3. Which is true about passive rifting?
a. Rift dominated by magmatism and not necessarily so much extension
b. Controlled by mantle plumes
c. Controlled by plate tectonic stress
CHAPTER 18
1. Sets of subsidiary slip surfaces arranged oblique to the zone. A thrust-type send of movement.
a. T-shear fractures
b. P-shear fractures
c. R-shear fractures
2. Which is not true about Transpression?
a. Strike-slip zone with an additional and simultaneous shortening across the zone.
b. Usually a three-dimensional deformation where the strain ellipses plot off the k=1 diagonal of
the Flinn diagram.
c. Strike-slip zone with additional simultaneous extension across the zone.
3. Among the choices, what type of setting does Death Valley represent?
a. Releasing bend
b. Restraining bend
c. Both a and b
CHAPTER 19
1. Elongated salt structures that appear as stocks in perpendicular cross-sections

a. Salt stocks
b. Salt walls
c. Salt weld
2. Involves simple shearing within the salt layer as the overburden is translated relative to the
substrate.
a. Pioseuille flow
b. Couette flow
c. Salt flow
3. Salt from several upward-widening diapirs that have merged at a higher stratigraphic level than
their source salt layer.
a. Salt glaciers
b. Salt canopy
c. Salt nappes
CHAPTER 20
1. Which is not true about flexural slip?

a. Slip along bedding interfaces during folding
b. Typical in folded layers of high contrasts in strength
c. Fold mechanism where layers are deformed by layer-parallel simple shear
2. Model for the deformation ahead of a propagating fault tip, where shear fans out into an
upward-widening zone of heterogeneous ductile isochoric deformation expressed by folding of
horizontal layers.
a. Vertical shear
b. Trishear
c. Synthetic shear
3. Which is not true about antithetic shear?
a. Shear acting antithetic to the sense of displacement of a reference fault
b. Used as a sections restoration technique
c. Shear acting synthetically to the sense of displacement of a reference fault
CHAPTER 21
1. Which is not true about deformation phase?

a. A time period during which structures form continuously within an area or region.
b. The structures would show a common expression that can be linked to a particular stress or
strain field or kinematic pattern, although the style may vary.
c. Two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so that their relative age
can be determined.
2. Deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases.
a. Prograde
b. Progressive
c. Retrograde
d. Polyphasal
3. During the deformation phase in question.
a. Pretectonic
b. Intertectonic
c. Posttectonic
d. Syntectonic
PEREZ, HAGGEO M.
Quiz 3 Questions
CHAPTER 1
1. There are important deformation structures that are of non-tectonic origin, and most or all of these are
related to
a. Atmospheric Pressure
b. Temperature
c. Plate boundaries
d. Gravity
2. Strain is only applicable to _____________, a deformation where originally continuous structures
such as bedding or dikes remain continuous also after the deformation.
a. Discontinuous deformation
b. Ductile deformation
c. Plastic deformation
d. Simultaneous deformation
3. Applying stress to syrup gives a different result than stressing a cold chocolate bar. The syrup will
____, while the chocolate bar will _____.
a. flow, break
b. decrease in volume, increase in volume
c. pour, melt
d. increase in volume, decrease in volume
CHAPTER 2
1. The difference between the position, shape and orientation of an object before and after the
deformation has occurred.
a. Strain
b. Change in shape
c. Distortion
d. Deformation
2. Positions of points before and after deformation can be connected with vectors. These
vectors are called
a. Position vectors
b. Displacement vectors
c. Distance vectors
d. Kinematic vectors
3. Large-scale rotations of a major thrust nappe or entire tectonic plates typically
occur about ________ axis. Fault blocks in extensional settings on the other hand
may rotate around ______ axis, and small-scale rotations may occur about ____
axis.
a. any, horizontal, vertical
b. vertical, horizontal, any
c. horizontal, any, vertical
d. vertical, any, horizontal
CHAPTER 3
1. __________strain analyses are concerned with changes in length only and therefore the simplest form
of strain analysis we have.
a. One-dimensional
b. Two-dimensional
c. Three-dimensional
d. Four-dimensional
2. Which of the following is TRUE about Fry method
a. based on the assumption that circular objects have a more or less statistically uniform
distribution in our section(s).
b. as first introduced by John Ramsay in his well known 1967 textbook and has later been
improved.
c. It can be done manually by placing a tracing overlay with a coordinate origin and pair of
reference axes on top of a sketch or picture of the section.
d. It is typically demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the
undeformed state
3. Where the overall strain is distributed unevenly in terms of intensity and/or geometry in a
rock volume
a. Strain marker distribution
b. Strain geometry
c. Strain partitioning
d. Strain tracing division
CHAPTER 4
1. Defined at a single point or collection of isolated points, or it may be defined over a continuum of
points and thus forming a field
a. Vectors
b. Scalar
c. Kinematics
d. Tensors
2. A stress vector acting perpendicular to a surface is called the _______, while a stress vector that acts
parallel to a surface is referred to as the ________.
a. Normal stress, shear stress
b. Stress Ellipsoid, normal stress
c. Shear stress, stress ellipsoid
d. Principal Stress, Normal stress
3. The deviatoric stress tensor represents the ____________ of the total stress and the deviatoric stress is
generally considerably smaller than the isotropic mean stress, but of greater significance when it
comes to the formation of geologic structures in most settings.
a. X-component
b. Y-component
c. Isotropic component
d. Anistropic component
CHAPTER 5
1. Metamorphic petrologists tend to talk about _______ rather than _______ (commonly in terms of
kilobars, where 1 kbar = 100 MPa), while structural geologists reserve the term ________ for fluids.
a. Pressure, stress, stress
b. Pressure, stress, pressure
c. Stress, pressure, stress
d. Stress, pressure, pressure
2. Tensional stresses are variably found along _________ boundaries, but are more pronounced in areas
of rifting and extension.
a. Convergent plate
b. Divergent plate
c. Tranform plate
d. Triple junction
3. The mean stress by definition is the ______ component of the total stress, while the deviatoric stress is
the _______ component at the same point.
a. X, y
b. Y, x
c. Anisotropic, isotropic
d. Isotropic, Anistropic
CHAPTER 6
1. Rheology is derived from the word _____ which means to flow
a. Rhea
b. Rheo
c. Rheao
d. Ryeoa
2. The viscous deformation involves ______ of stress on strain rate: higher stress means more ______
strain accumulation or flow.
a. Independence, rapid
b. Independence, slow
c. Dependence, slow
d. Dependence, rapid
3. Where stress and elastic strain increase until the yield point is reached, beyond which the deformation
is plastic. A material that responds in this way is called an elasticplasticor Prandtl material.
a. Elasticplastic
b. Prandtl material
c. Both a and b
CHAPTER 7
1. During _____________, slip occurs along grain boundaries so that individual grains remain
unfractured.
a. Intragranular brittle deformation
b. Intergranular plastic deformation
c. Intragranular plastic deformation
d. Intergranular brittle deformation
2. Grains ________ to accommodate frictional grain boundary slip, and the whole process is called
particulate or granular flow.
a. Translate and fracture
b. Translate and rotate
c. Rotate and fracture
3. To cover the full range of stress states in the crust, it is necessary to combine different fracture criteria
like
a. Parabolic failure criterion for the tensile field
b. Coulombs criterion for rittle fracturing in the compressive regime
c. Von Mises criterion in the plastic regime
d. All of the above
CHAPTER 8
1. Where the hanging wall is ______ relative to the footwall, the fault is a normal fault.
a. Rotated
b. Translated
c. Lowered
d. Pushed up
2. A ______is thus a strongly ground down version of the original rock, but the term is sometimes also
used about strongly reworked clay or shale in the core of faults in sedimentary sequences.
a. Fault gouge
b. Fault breccia
c. Cataclasite
d. Mylonite
3. Which of the following is FALSE
a. Structures in the damage zone form prior to, during and after the local formation of the slip
surface.
b. Faults are irregular at many scales because the rocks that they grow in are both heterogrenous and
anisotropic
c. Once a certain number of deformation bands have accumulated in the deformation band
zone, posority is least reduced.
d. Slip surfaces are mechanically weak structures and accumulate meters of slip or more.
CHAPTER 9
1. Paleostresses analyses need to be treated with care for several reasons. Reasons like
a. They dont depend on our ability to identify fault populations formed under a stress field that is
constant during the history of faulting.
b. Stress field dont need to be uniform
c. All of the above
2. Because the reduced stress tensor has ____ unknowns we need data from at least ____ different fault
surfaces to find the tensor
a. 6, 5
b. 4, 4
c. 5, 5
d. 5, 4
3. Conjugate fault sets do occur in nature, particularly in rocks that have experienced _____ phase of
brittle deformation.
a. Triple
b. Double
c. Single
d. No
CHAPTER 10
1. Brittle deformation is sudden and violent: atomic lattices are forcefully torn apart and the lattice
structure is _______ damaged and weakened. What is the best answer?
a. Partially
b. Forever
c. Recoverably
d. Totally
2. The characteristic feature of brittle deformation is _______ and ___________.
a. Rotating, crashing
b. Translating, fracturing
c. Frictional sliding, translating
d. Fracturing, frictional sliding
3. The _____ of recrystallized grains is related to differential stress, and can to some extent be used
to estimate paleostress.
a. Shape
b. Volume
c. Crystal system
d. size
CHAPTER 11
1. Folds can be characterized by their opening or ________, which is the angle enclosed by its two
limbs.
a. Suture angle
b. Interlimb angle
c. Angle of repose
d. Hinge angle
2. It is a process that can initiate when a layered rock is shortened parallel to the layering.
a. Passive folding
b. Buckling
c. Undoing
d. Opening
3. Deformation type with its own specific conditions: all lines originally orthogonal to the layering
remain so throughout the deformation history.
a. Longitudinal stress
b. Flexural flow
c. Flexural slip
d. Orthogonal flexuring
CHAPTER 12
1. A structural geology the term that is used to describe penetrative and distributive components of the
rock bodies.
a. Fabric
b. Facies
c. Formation
d. Mapping
2. Close geometric relation between cleavage and folds is seen in most cases, and it is clear that the two
form ________.
a. By partitioning
b. Uninterruptedly
c. Simultaneously
d. Consecutively
3. Even if there are no preexisting planar structures in our magmatic rock, high strain, and particularly
high non-coaxial strain, may result a
a. Pencil cleavage
b. Mylonitic Foliation
c. Transposition foliation
d. Gneissic banding
CHAPTER 13
1. Which of the following is TRUE about Creulation lineations?
a. They are constituted by fold hinges that can only be seen through microscope
b. Composed of numerous mm- to m-scale fold hinges of low-amplitude folds
c. Commonly seen in multiple deformed phyllites, micaschists, and in micaceous layers in

quartz-schists, mylonites and gneisses
2. Mullions are closely related to buckle folds in the sense that
a. They both have shorted wavelengths
b. Their formation is predicted by a contrast in viscosity
c. They are restricted to a layer interface
d. Characteristic wavelength is not related to the viscosity contrast
3. They are found on fractures where the main slip plane is intersected by secondary fractures such as
Riedel fractures or tension fractures.
a. Geometric striae
b. Mineral lineations
c. Slickenlines
d. Intersection lineations
CHAPTER 14
1. Boudins are more or less regularly shaped rectangular fragments formed by stretching of _______ or
foliations.
a. Folded beds
b. Competent layers
c. Cleavages
d. Lineations
2. What Rotated boudins can result from?
a. Coaxial deformation
b. Non-coaxial deformation
c. Both a and b
3. Which of the following is FALSE about Boudins

a. They can occur at even larger scale where the entire middle crust is parted
b. Form when layers rotate from the field of shortening into that of extension
c. They are more irregularly shaped rectangular fragments
d. The word came from the French word of sausage
CHAPTER 15
1. Though most shear zones may be simple shear dominated, there is a full 2-D kinematic spectrum
form compaction zones via simple shear zones to distortion zones What word makes the sentence
wrong?
a. Full 2-D kinematic spectrum
b. Compaction zones
c. Simple shear
d. Distortion zones
2. A Subsimple shear zone cover the plane strain spectrum of ________ simple and pure shear.
a. Simultaneous
b. Subsequent
c. Consecutive
d. Consistent
3. _____ rocks are much more prone to respond to stress in a brittle manner, so variable _____ of the
deforming rock can control its rheologic behavior even in the lower crust.
a. Dry, drying
b. Dry, wetting
c. Wet, drying
d. Wet, wetting
CHAPTER 16
1. Thrust faults bring older rocks on top of younger rocks, and rocks of higher metamorphic grade
below rocks of lower metamorphic grade What word makes the statement wrong?
a. Thrust faults
b. Older rocks
c. Higher
d. Below
2. A duplex consists of ________that are arranged piggy-back, similar to the cards in a tilted card deck
a. Horses
b. Mini duplexes
c. Horsts
d. Mini faults
3. In orogenic belts there is a distinction between structures formed in the _____ foreland area and the
_____ hinterland area.
a. Marginal, marginal
b. Marginal, central
c. Central, central
d. Central, marginal
CHAPTER 17
1. The current interest in extensional faults is also related to what fact?
a. That much of the worlds onshore hydrocarbon resources are located in near rift settings
b. Hydrocarbon traps in such areas are controlled by thrust faults
c. Both a and b
2. A normal fault can be an extensional fault if a tectonic or sedimentary layering is used for reference
what word makes the statement wrong?
a. Normal fault
b. Extensional fault
c. Sedimentary layering
d. Reference
3. In the ________, the rift is generated by a rising hot mantle material or ______ in the asthenospheric
mantle.
a. Passive model, plumes
b. Active model, plumes
c. Passive model, intrusion
d. Active model, intrusion
CHAPTER 18
1. Common deformation types along plate margins and are now recognized from current and paleo-plate
margins from all over the world
a. Transpression
b. Transtension
c. Both a and b
2. Subparallel reverse or oblique-slip contractional faults bounded by the two strike-slip segments can
form and are __________.
a. Tensional strike-slip duplexes
b. Contractional strike-slip duplexes
c. Both a and b
3. A Flower structures that is associated with restraining bends is called ______, and those associated
with releasing bends is called ______ flower structures
a. Positive, Negative
b. Negative, Positive
c. Right step-over, Left step-over
d. Left step-over, Right step-over
CHAPTER 19
1. When sedimentary sequences containing limestone layers are deformed, they develop their own
characteristic styles of deformation. What word makes the statement wrong?
a. Sedimentary
b. Sequences
c. Limestone
d. Deformation
2. The term halokinesis, formed by the greek words for salt or halite (halos) and movement (kinesis), is
merely the study of the ________ and structures caused by ______ salt movement in the upper crust.
a. Deformation, horizontal
b. Deformation, vertical
c. Mechanisms, horizontal
d. Mechanisms, vertical
3. Refers to the fact that hot salt expands and becomes more buoyant.
a. Differential loading
b. Displacement loading
c. Thermal loading
CHAPTER 20
1. To reconstruct how a mapped line was oriented and located before the deformation. What best
describes the statement?
a. Direct estimate of the amount of contraction or extension is the outcome of the restoration.
b. To adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems reasonable
c. The most complicated way of restoration
d. The simplest form of restoration
2. Which of the following statements do you agree?
a. A geologic section is proven balanced until the restored version is presented.
b. A geologic section is proven balanced until the restored version is not yet presented.
c. A perfectly balanced section or map is not necessarily correct, but is likely to be more
correct than a section that cannot be balanced.
d. A perfectly balanced section or map is necessarily correct, but is likely to be more correct than a
3. What best describes True three-dimensional restoration?
a. Does not involve volume
b. Consecutive map view and cross section restoration
c. Involve volume
d. Cross section restoration only
Quimson, Marc Marion Y. GEO130 GEO-3
Chapter 1
1. Is the most important source of remote data for mapping subsurface structures.
a. Geometric Data c. Remote Sensing Data
b. Reflection Seismic Data d. Geophysical Data
2. What type/s of analysis of structural data deal with relative movements and how rocks and
rock objects change shape during deformation?
a. Physical Analysis c. Kinematic Analysis and Strain Analysis
b. Geometric Analysis d. Dynamic Analysis
3. Structural data analysis involved, commonly by means of stereographic projections, maps, and
GIS
a. Physical Analysis c. Kinematic Analysis and Strain Analysis

b. Geometric Analysis d. Dynamic Analysis
Chapter 2
1. The lengthening or shortening in only one or two directions.

a. Homogeneous Strain c. Isotropic Dilation
b. Heterogeneous Strain d. Anisotropic DIlation
2. Describes the change in angle between two originally perpendicular lines in a deformed
medium
a. Elongation c. Shear Strain
b. Angular Strain d. Angular Shear
3. A special type of constant volume plane strain deformation. There is no stretching or

shortening of lines or movement of particles in the third direction.
a. Simple Shear c. Angular Shear
b. Pure Shear d. Subsimple Shear
Chapter 3
1. Is based on the assumption that circular objects have a more or less statistically uniform
-method
b. Center-to-Center Method d. Fry Method
2. He developed the Fry Method

a. Phil Fry c. James Fry
b. Norman Fry d. William Fry
3. An active strain marker has _______

a. an anomalous mechanical property c. no mechanical properties
b. the same mechanical property as the surroundings d. multiple mechanical properties
Chapter 4
1. The following statements are all true, except?

a. is composed of the three principal stress vectors
b. represents the sam state of stress regardless of the choice of coordinate system
c. also called the stress matrix
2. What is the difference between the mean stress and the total stress?
a. Hydrostatic Stress c. deviatoric stress
b. lithostatic pressure d. stress tensor
3. Divides the stress ellipsoid into three

a. principal stresses c. stress matrix
b. stress vector d. principal planes of stress
Chapter 5
1. Means increasing the fluid pressure until the rock fractures

a. overcoring c. earthquake focal mechanisms
b. hydraulic fracturing d. borehole breakouts
2. An isotropic state of stress, where the vertical and horizontal stresses are equal.
a. Lithostatic reference state c. reference state of stress
b. effective stress d. uniaxial-strain reference strain
3. This reference state is based on the boundary condition that no elongation occurs
in the vertical direction, and the stress has to comply with the condition.
a. a. Lithostatic reference state c. reference state of stress
b. constant-horizontal-stress reference state d. uniaxial-strain reference strain
Chapter 6
1. Elastic strain is _______ because it involves stretching rather than breaking of atomic bonds.
a. versatile c. unrecoverable
b. recoverable d. stretchable
2. Viscous deformation implies dependence of stress on strain rate: ______ stress means _____
strain accumulation.
a. higher-slower c. slower- more rapid
b. higher-more rapid d. none of the above
3. Which of the following is the material that flows as a perfectly viscous material, but only
above a certain yield stress. Below this yield stress, there are no deformation after all.
a. Viscoelastic c. Viscoplastic
b. elastic-plastic d. perfect plastic
Chapter 7
1. The fractures restricted to single grains

a. intergranular fractures c. granular fractures
b. cataclasis d. intragranular fractures
2. are fractures that extend across a number of grains, and characterize brittlely deformed low
porosity or non-porous rocks.
a. intergranular fractures c. granular fractures
b. cataclasis d. intragranular fractures
3. fracture along which the relative movement is parallel to the fracture.

a. extension fractures c. closing fractures
b. slip surface d. contraction fractures
Chapter 8
1. The ____ predicts that both the amount of slip and the rupture length vary from event to event,
while the _____ considers the slip at a given point to be the same in each slip event.
a. Constant slip model steady slip model
b. Uniform slip model variable slip model
c. Strike-slip model step slip model
d. Variable slip model uniform slip model
2. Layering or _____ is important as fault populations develop in layered rocks.

a. Fault mechanism
b. Mechanical stratigraphy
c. Fault propagation
d. Constant slip
3. ______ changes can change the mechanical and petrophysical properties of the fault rock.
a. Volumetric
b. Dilational
c. Diagenetic
d. Hardness
Chapter 9
1. Asperities or relatively hard objects on one side of a fault surface may mechanically
plought grooves or _____.
a. striations
b. R-criteria
c. chatter marks
d. R-fractures
2. Based on the acute angle between R and M. The lines of intersection between R aand M show
a high angle to the striae on M.
a. striations
b. R-criteria
c. chatter marks
d. R-fractures
3. The polished slip surfaces where striations are typically found.

a. corrugations c. ridge-in-groove lineations
b. slickenlines d. slickensides
Chapter 10
1. Microfractures that form close to the surface, commonly by chipping off small flakes of the
grains.
a. Splaying
b. Spalling
c. Griffith cracks
d. Slip
2. ______ accommodated by dry or wet diffusion can occur at high temperatures when diffusion is
quick enough to modify the shapes of the grains as they slide along each other.
a. Grain boundary sliding
b. Grain boundary friction
c. Frictional sliding
d. Volume diffusion
3. Ions move in fluid films and pore fluid.

a. Volume diffusion
b. Pressure solution
c. Volume diffusion
d. Pore diffusion
Chapter 11
1. The folding that occurs during flow in rocks without internal viscosity contrasts.
a. Buckling c. Forced Folding
b. Shear Folding d. Passive Folding
2. Active folds nucleate and grow as competent layers are shortened, and this process is
commonly called _______.
a. Buckling c. Forced Folding
b. Shear Folding d. Passive Folding
3. Where thrust sheets are passively bent as they move over a ramp structure.
a. Forced Folds c.Fault-Bend Folds
b. Shear Folds d. active folds
Chapter 12
1. Tectonic fabrics are named according to:

a. Shape
b. Organization of the fabric
c. Facies
d. A and B
2. ______ : linear fabric

______ : linear and planar fabric
a. L-tectonites S-tectonites
b. L-tectonies LS-tectonites
c. S-tectonites LS-tectonites
d. S-tectonites SL-tectonites
3. A foliated rock is by definition ___, although rocks may split preferentially along the _____.
a. Cohesive foliation
b. Viscous lineation
c. Plastic fracture
d. Elastic shearing
Chapter 13
1. Even cataclasis of brittle minerals and mineral aggregates enclosed in a ductile matrix can
reshape mineral aggregates to linear fabric elements.
a. Elastic plastic
b. Brittle ductile
c. Ductile - brittle
d. Brittle grainy
2. ____ describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the
rock.
a. Orientation
b. Grain boundaries
c. Relief
d. Rodding
3. The formation of pencil structures occurs as a result of discrete interference between _____
cleavage and a subsequent _____cleavage.
a. Cementation slaty
b. Elastic plastic
c. Mullions - boudins
d. Compaction - tectonic
Chapter 14
1. Classic boudins form where single competent layers are extended into separate pieces through:
a. Plastic, and brittle
b. Combination of plastic and brittle
c. All of the above
2. Pinch-and-swell structures have even larger similarities with ____ than boudins.
a. Fault-bend folds
b. Buckle folds
c. Chevron folds
d. Rollover synclines
3. Pinch-and-swell structures only form in media with _____ properties.

a. Newtonian
b. Non-newtonian
c. Permeable
d. Elastic
Chapter 15
1. There is (a) ______ relationship between shear strain, the orientation of the foliation and strain
in an ideal shear zone.
a. No
b. Complex
c. Ideal
d. Simple
2. A stretching lineation develops along with the foliation in ______.

a. Plastic shear zones
b. Elastic shear zones
c. Fractured shear zones
3. ______ cover the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure shear.
a. Pure shear zones
b. Plane strain shear zones
d. Simple shear zones
Chapter 16
1. They transfer slip from one frontal ramp.

a. Transform fault
b. Oblique-slip faults
d. Tear fault
2. A _____ fold forms above the tip line of a thrust to accommodate the deformation in the wall
rock around the tip.
a. Fault-propagation
b. Fault-bend
c. Thrust
d. Buckling
3. _____ collapse in contractional zones occurs when the thickened crust is too weak to sustain its
own weight and collapses.
a. Orogenic
b. Accretionary Wedge
c. Gravitational
d. Fault-fold
Chapter 17
1. The soft domino model allows for _____ within domino fault blocks.
a. Deformation
b. Compaction
c. Stress-strain
d. Strain
2. ___ is common where huge fault blocks form and rotate in rift systems, and the elevated crests of
these blocks collapse under the influence of gravity and tectonic forces.
a. Hanging-wall collapse
c. Extensional collapse
d. Compressional collapse
3. Extensional collapse driven by _____ occurs when the crust is too thick (weak) to support its own
weight.
a. Inertia
b. Gravity
c. Stress
d. Plumes
Chapter 18
1. ______ : form within plates

______: along plate boundaries
a. Strike-slip thrust
b. Intraplate interplate
c. Interplate intraplate
d. Transcurrent transfer
2. A strike-slip zone may develop by the linkage of various small-scale brittle structures that initiate
early in the process.
a. Brittle early
b. Ductile mid
c. Shear late
d. Fault early
3. Which of the following forms in restraining bends?

a. Stylolites
b. Reverse faults
c. A and B
Chapter 19
1. _____: elongate structures that appear as stocks

_____: isolated salt bulbs
a. Stem salt stocks
b. Salt walls teardrop diapirs
c. Bulb stem
d. Stocks diapirs
2. He pushed the limitations of the centrifuge, a sophisticated modeling device.

a. Gordon Ramsay
b. William Powell
c. Hans Ramberg
d. Daniel Camillo
3. Brittle fracture can reduce the strength of the ____ and allow salt to ascend and form diapirs.
a. Basement
b. Roof
c. Hanging wall
d. Salt wall
Chapter 20
1. Kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
a. Constant fault-heave
b. Backstriping
c. Constant displacement
d. Trishear
2. Which of the following statements is true?

a. Antithetic shear also applies in some cases where a hanging-wall syncline is developed.
b. The triangular zone is attached to the fault zone and represents a brittle process zone ahead
of the fault.
c. Trishear has no fixed shear angle, but involves a mobile triangular deformation zone.
d. Vertical shear involves extension or shortening in the horizontal direction.
3. Flexural slip and flexural shear preserve

a. Temperature of bed
b. Bed thickness
c. Amount of viscosity
d. Contractional regime
Chapter 21
1. Thermobarometric information and ____ constraints on tectonothermal events should be linked

to microscale deformation processes.
a. Pressure
b. Temperature
c. Tectonic
d. Radiometric
2. Posttectonic-porphyroblasts are simpler to identify because they simply overgrow the present
fabric, which can be traced continuously through the porphyroblasts.
a. Sometimes true
b. True
c. Always true
d. False
3. A term used to cases where growth can be shown to have occurred between two phases of
deformation.
a. Intertectonic
b. Pretectonic
c. Midtectonic
d. intratectonic
RAMOS Carl Justine B.
Geo130
Chapter 1: Structural Geology and Structural Analysis
1. The large-scale part of tectonics that directly involves the movement and interaction
of lithospheric plates.
a. Lithosphere
b. Volcanic Belts
c. Plate Boundaries
d. Plate Tectonics
2. Which of the following is not a structural analysis?
a. Strain analysis
b. Geometric analysis
c. Geodetic analysis
d. Dynamic analysis
3. It involves dynamic, kinematic and geometric analysis at the scale of basin or

orogenic belt.
a. Strain analysis
b. Tectonic analysis
c. Dynamic analysis
d. Structural analysis
Chapter 2: Deformation
1. Any change in shape, with or without change in volume, is referred as:
a. Stress
b. Strain
c. Tensor
2. It deals with the evolution from the undeformed to the deformed state.
a. Deformation
b. Deformation history
c. Homogenous deformation
d. Inhomogenous deformation
3. The fastest and slowest stretching direction are fixed at _______.
a. 0
b. 60
c. 90
d. 45
Chapter 3: Strain in rocks
1. The following are common strain markers except:
a. Pebbles
b. Reduction Spots
c. Ooids
d. Fossils
2. Which of the following is true about Homogenous strain?
I. Strain occurring in uniform manner
II. Parallel lines do not remain parallel

III. Reference line may be broken
IV. Lines originally straight and parallel remains the same
a. I only
b. II and III only
c. All except II and III
d. III only
3. . Methods that yields estimates of strain in elliptical objects
I. Center-to-center
II. Welman's Method
III. Fry methods
IV. Rf/
a. II only
b. all except II
c. both II and III
d. All of the above
Chapter 4: Stress
1. The Mohr Circles center is at ___.

(13)2
(1+3)2
(13)2, 0
(+),
2. The Hydrostatic stress is the state of stress where stress is the same in all directions,
while Deviatoric Stress is ____.
a. Difference between total stress and mean stress
b. Sum of mean stress and total stress

c. Difference between the mean stress and shear stress
d. Difference between the mean stress and the total stress
3. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface is called ______.
a. Normal stress
b. Shear stress
c. Total stress
Chapter 5: Stress in the Lithosphere
1. This is the reference state of stress in the crust where the crust is considered a
medium without shear
strength and where stress in any direction is the product of density, depth and g.
a. Hydrostatic State of Stress
b. Hydraulic State of Stress
c. Constant Horizontal Stress Reference State
d. Lithostatic State of Stress
2. A Stress that has been locked into a rock so that it is preserved after the external
stress field has been changed or removed.
a. Residual Stress
b. Preserved Stress
c. Tectonic Stress
3. diff=0
a. Uniaxial- Strain Reference state
b. Lithostatic Stress
Chapter 6: Rheology
1. Poissons ratio is the ratio between the extensions normal and parallel to the stress
mathematically represented as,

2. The study of flow of any rock and other material that deforms as a continuum under
the influence of stress
a. Rock Mechanics
c. Continuum Mechanics
d. Rheology
3. A _______ is one that accumulates permanent strain without macroscopically visible

fracturing.
a. Ductile Material
b. Brittle Material
c. All of the above
Chapter 7: Fracture and Brittle Deformation
1. Which of the following is false about brittle regime?
a. promotes brittle deformation mechanics.
b. the rock will deform by fracturing once its rupture strength is reached
d. All of the above

2. Which of the following is/are true about Fractures?
I. Very narrow zones, often thought of as a surface
II. Any planar or subplanar discontinuity
III. Discontinuity with larger offset.
III. Discontinuities in displacement where rocks are broken.
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
3. Which of the following is/are false about Fractures?
I. Very narrow zones, often thought of as a surface
II. Any planar or subplanar discontinuity
III. Discontinuity with larger offset.
III. Discontinuities in displacement where rocks are broken.
a. I only
b. II only
c. III only
d. IV only
Chapter 8: Faults
1. Any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone.
a. Fault
b. Fold
c. Fracture
2. Fault that flatten downward.

a. Thrust fault
b. Listric Fault
c. Steep Fault
d. Low- angle Fault
3. Which of the following is related to "folding of layers around a fault by means of brittle
deformation."?
I. It is a drag
II. The axes make a high angle to the displacement vector of a fault
III. It is fault related
a. I only
b. II only
c. All of the above
Chapter 9: Kinematics and paleostress in the brittle regime
1. Which of the following is/are true about T-Fractures?
a. Extension fractures occurring in a brittle shear zone or fault
b. Typically associated with R- and P-fracture in strike-slip fault zones
c. Both a. and b.
d. a. only
2. The Wallace- Bott Hypothesis states that ____
a. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur perpendicular to the greatest

resolved shear stress
b. Faults are linear, fault blocks are rigid
c. All of the above
3. Paleostress indicators must ______

a. record large strains
b. ensure that strain and stress axes can be correlated
c. involves rotation
Chapter 10: Deformation at a larger scale
1. Combination of different deformation mechanisms such as intergranular fracturing

and intragranular fracrturing.
a. Creep process
b. Cataclastic flow
c. Granular flow
d. Particulate flow
2. The formation of twins in response to a directed stress.
a. Twin gliding
b. Dislocation
c. Twinning
d. Mechanical Twinning
3. It is the diffusion of vacancies through crystals is known as-
a. Nabaro-Herring Diffusion
b. Volume diffusion
c. All of the above

Chapter 11: Folds and folding
1. Classification of folds relative to hinge curvature is referred to as-
a. curviness
b. sharpness
c. bluntness
d. roundness
2. If the folds differ in wavelength and shape along the axial trace or die out in this
direction, they are said to be-
a. discordant
b. disharmonic
c. concordant
3. Which is not a Fold Mechanism?
a. Flexural flow
b. Buckling
c. Bonding
d. Passive flow
Chapter 12: Foliation and cleavage
1. It is built of minerals and mineral aggregates with preferred orientation that penetrate
the rock at the microscopic to centimeter spacing scale.
a. Facies
b. Fabric
c. Tectonites
2. S tectonites are-
a. shows marked linear fabrics
b. shows pronounced planar fabrics
c. shows both linear and planar fabrics
3. Which of the following is true?
a. Foliation is a subgroup of cleavage
b. Cleavage is non-penetrative
c. Cleavage is found in very low grade and barely metamorphic rocks
d. Foliation is a term used in igneous structures
Chapter 13: Lineations
1. Fabric element in which one dimension is considerably longer than the other two.
a. slickenlines
b. lineation
c. slickensides
d. lineament
2. This/ these are processes involving formation of linear fabrics.
I. Recrystallization
II. Dissolution
III. Rigid Rotation
III. Precipitation
a. all except I
b. both a. and b.
d. All of the above
3. Cataclasis, pressure solution and recrystallization all ______ to change the shape of
minerals during deformation
a. inhibits
b. neglect
c. contributes
Chapter 14: Boudinage
1. Are extensional structures formed by layer-parallel extension.
a. Boudins
b. Augen
c. Lenticular
2. Boudins are more or less regularly shaped and space fragments formed by ______
a. compressing
b. stretching
c. shearing
3. It imply higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation.
a. Circular Boudins
b. Rectangular Boudins
c. Barrel- shape Boudins
Chapter 15: Shear zones and Mylonites
1. It is a zone in which strain is notably higher than in surrounding rock

a. Subsimple shear zones
b. Shear zones
c. Pure shear zones
2. A zone limited by two planar boundaries separating it from completely undeformed

wall rocks.
a. Ideal shear zone
b. Ductile shear zone
c. Perfectly ductile shear zone
d. Plastic shear zone
3. Well-foliated tectonic rock formed by intense plastic deformation.
a. tectonites
b. mylonites
c. cataclasites
Chapter 16: Contractional regimes
1. Faults that shortens a reference horizon, which may be lithologic or the surface of the
Earth.
a. Reverse Fault
b. Contractional Fault
c. Thrust fault
2. A collection of thrust nappes that share the same lithological and structural features
a. Nappe complex
b. Duplex
c. Window
3. Nappes exposed at the surface can be ________ because erosion has selectively
removed some parts while others have been spared.
a. extended
b. discontinuous
c. destroyed
Chapter 17: Extensional regimes
1. Which of the following faults that cause extension at the crust.
a. Extensional Fault
b. Reverse fault
c. All of the above
2. Another name for rigid domino model.
a. Bookshelf tectonics
b. Sandbox tectonics
c. Ductile tectonics
3. The rolling hinge model is a _______ rotation model where rotation migrates through
the footwall as it is progressively unroofed.
a. Bookshelf tectonics
b. Rigid domino model
c. Brittle tectonics
d. Soft fault
Chapter 18: Strike- slip, transpression and transtension

1. Which of the following is false about Strike-slip faults?
a. It's either dextral or sinistral
b. Displacement vector is parallel to strike of the fault.
c. All of the above
2. Faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
a. Transform faults
b. Transfer faults
3. The releasing- bend basins along strike- slip faults are called ______
a. pull-apart basins
b. rhomb- graben
d. All of the above
Chapter 19: Salt tectonics
1. Salts that move upward and gravitationally intrude the overlying sediments.
a. Olistostromes
b. Diapirs
c. Melanges
d. Mud cracks
2. Another form for movement of salt diapirs.
a. Halokinesis
b. Haliokinesis
c. Hilokinesis
d. Halikenesis
3. Salt layers become buoyant and gravitationally unstable when buried to the depth
where the average density of the overburden ________ that of the salt.
a. is lower
b. exceeds
c. is equal
Chapter 20: Balancing and restoration
1. It adjust a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems geologically reasonable in

its present state.
a. Restoration
b. Balancing
c. Forward modeling
2. Section balancing generally requires ______ and orientation in the main

displacement direction
a. Plane stress
b. Plane strain
c. All of the above
3. Flexural slip and flexural shear preserve layer length and bed thickness, and
therefore also its ________
a. Volume
b. Area
c. Age
Chapter 21: A glimpse of a larger picture
1. Which of the following is/are true about Deformation phase?
I. a time period during which structures formed discontinuously within a region
II. it can't be linked to a particular stress or strain field or kinematic pattern
III. focused together with metamorphic petrology and radiometric dating
a. I only
b. II only
c. III only
d both a. and b.
2. Implies that two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so their
a. Deformation patterns
b. Overprinting relations
c. Interference pattern
d. Relative age markers
3. Polyphasal deformation implies _________deformation while progressive

deformation involves _________ deformation.
a. continuous, discontinuous
b. discrete, continuous
c. gradual, continuous
d. both a. and b.
Sarreal, Beatrice S.
Chapter 1:
1. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

a. Structural geology can be linked to processes and mechanism other than plate stresses.
b. Optical microscope and scanning electron microscope are useful tools in microstructural
analysis.
c. It is possible to scale down every aspect of property of a deformed part of the Earths crust.
d. Finite strain analysis which concerns changes in shape from the initial state to the very end
result of the deformation.
2. _________ occurs when rocks break or fracture.

c. Ductile deformation
d. Elastic deformation
3. Considered as the spatial description of open or closed surfaces such as folded layer interfaces or
fault surfaces.
a. Orientation
b. Lineation
c. Shape
d. Geometry
Chapter 2:
1. Which of the conditions is true?

a. Uniaxial compaction: X=Y=1>Z; Uniaxial extension: X>Y>Z,Y=1; Plane strain: Z>Y>X=1
b. Uniaxial compaction: X>Y=Z=1; Uniaxial extension: X>Y=Z=1; Plane strain: X>Y>Z,Y=1
c. Uniaxial compaction: X=Y=1>Z; Uniaxial extension: X>Y=Z=1; Plane strain: X>Y>Z, Y=1
d. Uniaxial compaction: X=Y>>Z; Uniaxial extension: X>>Y=Z; Plane strain: X=Y=1>Z
2. ______ diagram: logarithmic axes :: ______ diagram: Lode parameter

a. Strain Flinn
b. Flinn Strain
c. Strain - Hsu
d. Flinn - Hsu
3. Which is NOT a characteristic of simple shearing?

a. Lines rotate along great circles toward the shearing direction in the Schmidt net.
b. Physical lines rotate faster than the axes of the strain ellipse.
c. Lines that are parallel with the ISA rotate.
Chapter 3:
1. ______: handles initially non-spherical markers :: _____ : typically demonstrated on fossils

with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed state
a. Breddin method center-to-center method
b. Wellman method rf/o method
c. Wellman method fry method
d. Center-to-center method fry method
2. What factor/s does not affect the behaviors of strain markers?

a. Water content
b. Mineralogy
c. Hardness
d. B only.
3. I. Strain can be found if we know the original angle between sets of lines.
II. In one-dimensional strain analyses we look for sections that have objects of known initial
shape or contain linear markers.
III. Fry method is a quicker and visually more attractive method for finding one-dimensional
strain.
IV. Fry method is developed by Morgan Fry.
a. II and IV are true.

b. I is true.
c. I and III are true.
d. I is false.
Chapter 4:
1. Which is true about stress?

a. Stress on a body is also called traction.
b. Compressive stresses are negative.
c. It is defined as the ratio between force and area across which force acts.
d. Tensile stresses are positive.
2. I. A force vector F acting on a surface can be decomposed into a normal and a shear component
by simple vector addition.
II. A tensor may be defined at a single point or collection of isolated points, or it may be defined
over a continuum of points.
III. Stress tensors represent the different states of stress.
IV. Deviatoric stress is the difference between the mean stress and the total stress.
a. III is false.
b. I and IV are false.
c. II and III are false.

d. All are true except IV.
3. Which is not true about Mohr circle?

a. This was developed by Otto Mohr.
b. The differential stress is important in fracture mechanics.
c. Great differential stress promotes rock compaction.
Chapter 5:
1. ______ : reduces the effective stress, which is the stress at grain contacts :: _____ : forms when
formation in fluid in porous formations is trapped between non-permeable layers.
a. fluid pressure overpressure
b. Overpressure pore fluid pressure
c. Strain pore pressure
d. Temperature pore pressure
2. I. Second-order sources of stress are continental margins influenced by sediment loading, areas
of glacial rebound, areas of thin crust and upwelling hot mantle material, and etc.
II. Current tectonic stress= total stress (reference state of stress + non-tectonic residual stress +
thermal stress + terrestrial stress).
III. Hydrofracking is the increased of the fluid pressure until the rock fractures.
IV. The structure is weaker than the surrounding rock and can support lower shear stresses than
its surroundings.
a. All are true.

b. All are false.
c. I and IV are false.
d. II and IV are false.
3. Matching type:
I. Borehole Breakouts a. Strain relaxation method
II. Well-imaging tools b. Pressed against the borehole wall
III. Dipmeter tools c. Records geometry of the hole
IV. Overcoring d. Zones of failure of the wall of a well
e. Increasing the fluid pressure until the
rocks fractures
a. IC, IIC,IIIB, IVE
b. ID, IIB, IIIC, IVA
c. IE, IIB, IIIC, IVD
d. IE, IID, IIIA, IVB
Chapter 6:
1. ______ : deformation processes is irreversible but both the accumulation and recovery of strain
______ : flows as a perfectly viscous material, but only above a certain yield stress
are delayed
a. Prandtl material Bingham material
b. Bingham material viscoelastic
c. Elastic-plastic material Kelvin behavior
d. Kelvin viscoelastic behavior Viscoplastic material
2. _____ : use for low-strain rate deformations :: _____ : atomic-scale defects

a. Flow deformation
b. Creep-dislocation
c. Creep strain materials
d. Dislocation deformation
3. Increasing the ______ allows for larger finite strain to accumulate before failure and thus favors
crystalplastic deformation mechanisms.
a. Stress
b. Confining pressure
c. Fluid pressure
d. Temperature
Chapter 7:
1. _____: the process when the grains translate and rotate to accommodate frictional grain
boundary slip :: ____ the mechanism when the grain boundary sliding is influenced by friction
a. Rotation microfracturing
b. Translation grain sliding
c. Particulate flow cataclastic flow
d. Granular flow frictional sliding
2. Increasing the ____________makes it necessary to _____ the differential stress in order to

fracture a rock.
a. Fluid pressure decrease
b. Confining pressure increase
c. Fluid pressure increase
d. Confining stress decrease
3. Among the following, which does not belong to the group?

a. Compaction
b. Granular flow
c. Cataclasis
d. Phyllosilicate smearing
Chapter 8:
1. Which of the following is not true about faults?

a. Tabular volume of rock
b. Has a central core
c. Dominate by ductile deformation mechanisms
d. A discontinuity
e. All of the above
2. _____ zones where the fault arrangement and sense of displacement cause stretching within the
overlap zone.
a. Restraining overlap
b. Releasing overlap
c. Fault-fold
d. Fault shear
e. Trishear
3. Fault formation and growth is a complicated process involving a frontal process zone where
______ form and eventually connect
a. Tensile fractures
b. Microfractures
c. Shear fractures
d. Hybrid fractures
e. Fault splays
Chapter 9
1. _____ : where the striations are found :: ______ : what the striations are called
a. Slickenslides slickenlines
b. Slickenfibers slickenlines
c. Slickensides slickenlines
d. Slickenfibers slickensides
e. Slickenlines slickenfibers
2. Matching type:
I. T-fractures a. Set of shear fractures
II. M-surface b. Small extension fractures
III. P-fractures c. Sense of slip surface
d. Main average slip surfaces
a. ID, IIB, IIIC

b. IB, IID, IIIA
c. IA, IIC, IIIB
d. ID, IIA, IIIC
3. This is the most commonly used type of kinematic criterion based on the acute angle between R
and M.
a. P-criteria
b. F-criteria
c. M-criteria
d. R-criteria
e. A combination of all of the above.
Chapter 10:
1. ______ : vacancies move through crystals :: _____ : vacancies move along grain boundaries
a. Volume diffusion pressure solution
b. Volume diffusion grain boundary diffusion
c. Grain boundary diffusion volume diffusion
d. Pressure solution volume diffusion
2. ______ : which is the edge of an extra half-plane in the crystal lattice :: ____ : where the
dislocation line is oriented parallel to the slip direction
a. Dislocation creep dislocation glide
b. Dislocation pile-ups cross-slip
c. Edge dislocation screw dislocation
d. Superplastic creep superplastic flow
3. The characteristic feature of brittle deformation are:

a. Fracturing
b. Frictional sliding
c. Granular flow
d. A and B
e. All of the above
Chapter 11:
1. ______: folding by means of flexural slip, flexural shear or orthogonal flexure ::

______: typical for rocks where passive flow occurs
a. Passive folds shear folds
b. Flexural folding passive folding
c. Forced folds pure flexural folds
d. Chevron folds sheath folds
2.
I. Class 1 a. Dip isogons diverge toward the inner
arc, which is more open than the
outer arc
II. Class 2 b. Dip isogons parallel the axial trace
III. Class 3 c. Dip isogons converge toward the
inner arc, which is tighter than the
outer arc.
a. IC, IIA, IIIB
b. IC, IIA, IIIB
c. IC, IIB, IIIA
d. IA, IIB, IIIC
3. Orthogonal flexure is a deformation type with its own specific conditions:

a. All lines are parallel to the layering.
b. All lines are originally orthogonal to the layering.
c. Some of the lines are orthogonal but mostly intersects with the layering.
d. Two lines are parallel and 1 orthogonal.
e. None of the above.
Chapter 12:
1. _______ form in metamorphic rocks while fractures form at _____ crustal depths.
a. Schistosity foliation
b. Foliation shallower
c. Shear zones shallower
d. Folation deeper
2. Cleavages are ____ planar and thus represent an important link between tectonic foliation and
____ in deformed rocks.
a. Axial strain
b. Coaxial - fault
c. Axial fold
d. Coaxial fold
3. _____ : where there is a sharp discontinuity

_____ : cleavage through which the earlier foliation can be traced
a. Domainal cleavage disjunvtive cleavage
b. Slaty cleavage compaction cleavage
c. Discrete crenulation cleavage Zonal crenulation cleavage
d. Crenulation cleavage phyllitic cleavage
Chapter 13:
1. _________ contribute to change the shape of minerals and mineral aggregates during
deformation.
a. Cataclasis
d. All of the above
2. ___ lineations in the brittle regime tend to be restricted to ____ lineations, where minerals have
grown in a preferred direction on fractures.
a. Strain mineralized
b. Mineral fiber
c. Stress fault
d. Fold bended
3. He introduced the concept of kinematic axes by defining three orthogonal axes, a,b and c.
a. Otto Mohr
b. Ernest Anderson
c. Bruno Sander
d. Sean Steinfeld
Chapter 14
1. The pattern for chocolate tablet boudinage is:

a. Y>>Z=X
b. Z>>Y>X
c. X=1, Y>Z
d. X>>Y=Z
2. Boudinaged folds commonly form during ______ deformation, but it takes ___ phase/s of
deformation to form folded boudins.
a. Alternating one
b. Progressive two
c. Complex three
d. Continuous one
3. What does the shape of boudins reflect during rock deformation?

a. Temperature gradient
b. Fluid pressure
c. Viscosity contrast
d. Hardness
Chapter 15
1. - and - type : _________ :: -type : _______________

a. naked inclusions winged inclusions
b. winged inclusions naked inclusions
c. spiral pattern snowball pattern
d. drag fold structures reverse drag
2. ____ deformation produce ___ geometries that are symmetric with respect to the general
mylonitic foliation.
a. Axial winged
b. Axial naked
c. Coaxial winged
d. Coaxial tail
3. Angle between S and C can varies, but is typically about ____.

a. 25-45 degrees.
b. 30-60 degrees.
c. 45-85 degrees.
d. 20-40 degrees.
Chapter 16
1. ____ : forms where a tectonic unit is passively transported of a ramp

____ : forms above the tip line of a thrust
a. Ptygmatic folds ptygmatic folds
b. Fault-bend fold fault-propagation fold
c. Similar folds ptygmatic folds

d. Fault-propagation similar folds
2. What is the major controlling factor in the wedge model?

a. Stress
b. Strain
c. Basal friction
d. Gravity
3. A fold that occur above decollements at any scale and decouple deformation above the fault
from the commonly undeformed substrate.
a. Detachment folds
b. Conical folds
c. Upright folds
d. Abberant folds
Chapter 17
1. _____ : pure shear model :: _____ : simple shear model

a. McKenny Webster
b. Mckenzie Wernicke
c. Smith Anderson
d. Milby Reid
2. _____ collapse driven by gravity occurs when the crust is too _____ to support its own weight.
a. Gravity thick
b. Orogenic thin
c. Delamination thick
d. Lithospheric thin
3. There is a ______ relationship between the number of small faults relative to large faults in many
extensional fault populations.
a. Coaxial
b. Axial
c. Translational
d. Systematic
Chapter 18
1. ____ make a low angle with the overall shear zone and show the same sense of slip.
a. P-shear fractures
b. Riedel shear fractures
c. Strike slip fractures
d. T-fractures
2. A series of parallel extensional faults bounded on both sides by strike-slip faults.

a. Extensional strike-slip duplexes
b. Extensional strike-slip splays
c. Extensional strike slip faults
d. Extensional strike-slip transforms
3. A pure shear-dominated transpression zone gives vertical lineations, while a strong simple shear
component favors horizontal lineations.
a. Agree
b. Disagree
c. Not always true
d. Theres no such thing.
Chapter 19
1. Which of the mechanisms does not dominate in salt deformation?

a. Wet diffusion
b. Dislocation
d. All of the above
2. Type of flow that involves simple shearing within the salt layer as the overburden is translated
relative to the substrate.
a. Granular flow
b. Salt welds
c. Diaper flow
d. Couette flow
3. ______ are ideal locations for reactive diapirism, and the locations where one would expect
diapirs to form along strike-slip faults.
a. Releasing bends
b. Restraining bends
c. Fault-scarp fold
d. Thrust faults
Chapter 20
1. Constant-area deformation of the hanging wall of a listric fault was first modeled by means of.
a. Chevron construction
b. Synthetic shear
c. Vertical shear
d. Anithetic shear
2. A balanced section or map is not necessarily correct, but is likely to be more correct than a
a. Always true
b. Not always true
c. False
d. Strongly disagree
3. Constant length restoration works well when our layers are straight and horizontal.
a. Straight vertical
b. Arcuate lateral
c. Straight horizontal
d. Concentric orthogonal
Chapter 21
1. This deformation represents the combined effect of two or more phases is called ______.
a. Polybyssal
b. Prograde
c. Retrograde
d. Polyphasal
2. _____ : temperature-pressure increase

_____ : pressure temperature increase
a. P-T paths T-P paths
b. Polyphasal - gradual
c. Retrograde - prograde
d. Prograde retrograde
3. _______ may indicate pre- or intertectonic growth, but the curvature close to the boundary may
indicate that deformation initiated during the last part of the growth history.
a. Horizontal trails
b. Straight trails
c. Vertical trails
d. Slanted trails
Selmo, Pattrishia
Chapter 1
1. a large scale part of tectonics that directly involves the movement and interaction of lithospheric plate.
a. Plate tecnotics
b. Glaciotectonics
c. Tectonics
d. All of the above
2. The following are principals ways a structural geologist can learn about structural geology and rock
deformation ECXEPT.
a. Fieldwork
b. Remote Sensing
c. Numerical Methods
d. All of the above
3. Concerns how rock particles have moved during deformation.

a. Dynamic Analysis
b. Brittle Analysis
c. Kinematic Analysis
d. Ductile Deformation
e. Brittle Deformation
Chapter 2
1. It is needed to be chosen to study deformation,
a. Point
b. Reference
c. Axis
d. All of the above
2.The following are components of deformation except.

a. Translation
b. Rotation
c. Strain
d. Lineation
e. Volume change
3. Is the translation from an initial to a final geometry by means of rigid body rotation, strain and volume
change.
a. Rotation
b. Translation
c. Deformation
d. All of the above
Chapter 3
1. Which method is based on the assumption that circular objects have a more less statiscally uniform
distribution in our section.
a. Fry Method
b. Wellman Method
c. Center-to-center Method
d. All of the above
2. A quicker and visually more attractive method for finding two-dimensional strain.
a. Fry Method
b. Wellman Method
c. Center-to-center Method
d. All of the above
3. Which method dates back to 1962 and is geometric construction for finding strain in two dimensions.
a. Fry Method
b. Center-to-center Method
c. Wellman Method
d. All of the above
Chapter 4
1. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface is called.
a. Normal Stress
b. Shear Stress
c. Stress Strain
d. All of the above
2. A Stress Vector that acts parallel to the surface.

a. Shear Stress
b. Stress Strain
c. Normal Stress
d. All of the above
3. Graphical way of presenting and dealing with stress that is based on a diagram.
a. Stress ellipsoid
b. Mohrs Diagram
c. Mohr Circle
d. All of the above
Chapter 5
1, Is theDifference between the total stress tensor and the mean stress tensor.
a. Lithostatic Stress
d. All of the above
2. the gravitational pull exerted by the sinking slab on the rest of the plate
a. Basal Drag
b. Ridge Pull
c. Collisional pull
d. Slab Pull
removed, and is then referred to as
a. Lithostatic Stress
d. All of the above
Chapter 6
1.What is the study of the mechanical properties of solid materials as well as fluids and gases.
a. Mechanics
c. Rheology
d. Continuum Mechanics
2. resists a change in shape, but strains as more stress is applied. Ideally, it returns to its original shape
once the applied stress (force) is removed.
a. Stress Strain
b. Elastic Material
c. Isotropic Medium
d. All of the above
3. During deformation, atomic-scale defects known as
a. Deformation
b. Shortening
c. Shrinking
d. All of the above
Chapter 7
1.Fractures restricted to single grains
a. Granular Fracture
b. Intergranular Fracture
c. Cataclastic Fracture
d. All of the above
2. Process where fragments resulting from grain crushing flow during shearing.
a. Particulate flow
b. Cataclastic flow
c. Granular floe
d. All of the above
3. An envelope or curve in the Mohr diagram that describes the critical states of stress over a range of
differential stress, regardless of whether it obeys the Coulomb criterion or not,
a. The Mohr failure envelope

b. Coulomb failure envelope
c. Cataclastic failure envelope
d. All of the above

Chpter 8
1.The following describes fault except.
a. is any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone.
b. is a discontinuity with wall-parallel displacement dominated by brittle deformation mechanisms.
c. is a discontinuity in the velocity or displacementfield associated with deformation.
d. Is a highly porous rocks form in precursory deformation band zones.
a. is a tabular volume of rock consisting of a central slip surface or core, formed by intense shearing,
and a surrounding volume of rock that has been affected by more gentle brittle deformation
spatially and genetically related to the fault.
2. fault that flattens downward
a. low angle fault

b. listric fault
c. steepfault
d. Angular fault
3. is the separation of layers observed on a horizontal exposure or map
a. vertical seperation
b. angular seperation
c. horizontal seperation
d. steep seperation
Chapter 9
1.represent low-angle normal faults in Riedel shear fractures.
a. R-fractures
b. R-fractures
c. Rr-Fractures
d. All of the above
2. A _________ is found by mapping the distribution of P- orS-waves around the hypocenter of an
earthquake.
a. fault-plane solution
b. Stress-plane solution
c. Strain-plane solution
d. All of the above
3. another useful set of structures that allows for a quick estimate of the stress field.
a. Consumption
b. Conjugate
c. Stress
d. Strain
e. Forces
Chapter 10
1. At higher confining pressures,corresponding to depths in excess of 1 km, fractures split the grains
into more evenly sized parts, and this mechanismissometimes described as
a. Flaking
b. transgranular fracturing
c. granular flow boundary sliding.
2. intracrystalline kink structures are expressions of strain and are also known as.
a. Consumption twins
b. Deformation twins
c. Conjugate twins
3. a mobile line defect that contributes to intracrystalline deformation by a mechanism called slip
a. Dislocation
b. Deformation
c. Consuption
d. All of the above
Chapter 11
1. folds differ in wavelength and shape along the axial trace or die out in this direction they are said
to be
a. harmonic
b. disharmonic
c. deformic
d. all of the above
2. structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone,
a.synform
b.antiform
c.Antic
d.None of the above
3. A non-cylindrical upright antiform is sometimes said to be

a. doubly plunging
b. single plunging
c. triply plunging
Chapter 12
1. used to describe penetrative and distributive components of rock masses.

a. Cloth
b. Fabric
c. Text
2. contains tabular or platy minerals or other flat objects with a common orientation.
a. Linear fabric
b. Collinear fabric
c. Platy fabric
3. the term used for deformed rocks that containboth a linear and a planar fabric
a. L-tectonites
b. S-tectonites
c. SL-tectonites
d. LS-tectonites
Chaper 13
1. build up a linear fabric or L-fabric

a. geometric lineations
b. surface lineations,
c. linear lineations,
d. All of the above
2. describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the rock.
a. Rolling
b. Crawling
c. rGrumping
d. Rodding
3. competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments

a. Mullions
b. Foldings
c. Boundins
d. All of the above
Chapter 14
1. the name that structural geologists use for linear deformation structures that are restricted to
the interface between a competent and an incompetent rock
a. Lineation
b. Foldings
c. Boundins
d. Mullions
2. occurs as a result of discrete interference between compaction cleavage and a subsequent

tectonic cleavage, or between two equally developed tectonic cleavages
a. Mineral Structures
b. Pencil Structures
c. Linear Structure
d. All of the above
3. where minerals have grown in a preferred direction on fractures
a. Pencil Structures
b. Linear Structure
c. Mineral Lineation
d. Fiber Lineation
Chapter 16
1. a tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock.
a. Shear zone
b. Strain Zone
c. Force Zone
d. All of the above
2. another commonly used term in this context, applied to brittle shear zones influenced by plastic
deformation mechanisms.
a. Semi-brittle shear zone
b. plastic shear zones
c. brittleplastic shear zones
d. Shear zone
3. Shear zones that involve a combination of simple shear and compaction are known
a. Compational
b. Dilational
c. Conssuptional
d. Additional
Chapter 17
1. permits internal strain to accumulate within blocks. This allows for variations in fault sizes, fault
displacement variations and folding of layers.
a. Hard domino model
b. soft domino model
c. Domino model
2. The hanging wall to large detachments is sometimes referred to as the
a. Lower plate
b. Middle plate
c. Bottom plate
d. Upper plate
3. The footwall to large detachments is sometimes referred to as the

a. Bottom plate
b. Middle plate
c. Upper plate
d. Lower plate
Chapter 18
1. Are strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform fault
c. Transcurrent fault
d. Strike slip fault
2. Which term preferentially used for strike-slip faults in continental crust that have free tips, i.e.
they are not constrained by other structures.
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform fault
3. large (kilometer-scale or longer) strike-slip faults that segment plates or form plate boundaries.
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform fault
Chapter 19
1. The flow of salt from a salt layer into a salt structure is usually referred to as
a. salt expulsion
b. salt repulsion
c. salt dislocation
d. salt expulsion
2. Salt diapirs that have plug-like shapes are known as

a. Salt walls
b. Salt stocks
c. Salt stem
d. Salt bulb
3. formed during salt movement.

a. Drag stress
b. Drag folds
c. Drag Flaps
d. Drag Cons
Chapter20
1. involves taking a section or map and working back in time to undeform or retrodeform
a. Realistic
b. Restoration
c. Allocation
d. Dislocation
2. The following are conditions for balancing Cross sections EXCEPT
a. Geologically sound interpretation

b. The section must contain the tectonic transport direction.
c. Plane strain deformation
3. one that has been restored to a geologically sound pre-deformational state

a. imbalance interpretation
b. balance interpretation
c. balance movement
d. balance derformation
Chapter 21.
1. a time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with a common
b. Deformation time
c. Deformation level
d. Deformation moment
2. implies discrete deformation phases, while progressive deformation involves more continuous
and gradual development at a local or regional scale.
a. Deformation level
b. Polyphasal deformation
c. Gravitational deformation
d. Deformation phase
3. are essential when reconstructing the tectonic history of a region.

a. Over printing relations
b. Pascal relations
c. Under taking relations
d. Sinusaidal
SOLIMAN, PATRICIA
Chapter 1
1. What is this part of dynamics that is related to the flow of rocks?

a. Mechanical Analysis
b. Tectonic Analysis
c. Rheologic Analysis
d. Kinematic Analysis
2. The term gravity tectonics is generally restricted to:
a. Downward sliding of small portions of rocks and sediments, notably of continental margin
deposits resting on weak salt or overpressured shale layers
b. Downward sliding of large portions of rocks and sediments, notably of oceanic margin deposits
resting on weak salt or overpressured shale layers
c. Downward sliding of large portions of rocks and sediments, notably of continental margin
deposits resting on strong salt or overpressured shale layers
d. Downward sliding of large portions of rocks and sediments, notably of continental margin
deposits resting on weak salt or overpressured shale layers
3. It is a geographic area within which the structural data set is approximately homogeneous or where
it shows a systematic change
a. Structural area
b. Structural sub-area
c. Topographic area
Chapter 2
1. It can be described as a simultaneous combination of simple and pure shearing, and the component
of simple shearing gives it a non-coaxial nature
a. Simple pure shearing
b. Subsimple shearing
c. Both a and b are correct
2. Translation moves
a. Every particle in the rock in different direction and the same distance, and its displacement
field consists of perpendicular vectors of equal length
b. Every particle in the rock in the same direction and different distance, and its displacement
field consists of parallel vectors of different length
c. Every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and its displacement
field consists of perpendicular vectors of equal length
d. Every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and its displacement field
consists of parallel vectors of equal length
3. Particle paths are found by

a. Connecting corner points where faults intersect bedding
b. Connecting points where faults intersect bedding
c. Both a and b are correct
Chapter 3
1. These perhaps form the most perfect spherical shapes in sedimentary rocks
a. Reduction spots and impact craters
b. Ooliths and impact craters
c. Reduction spots and burrows
d. Reduction spots and ooliths
2. This method dates back to 1962 and is a geometric construction for finding strain in two dimensions
a. Breddin graph
b. Rf/ method
d. Wellman method
3. A complete strain analysis is
a. Three-dimensional
b. Two-dimensional
c. One-dimensional
Chapter 4
1. Stresses in the lithosphere are almost everywhere

a. Tensional
b. Compressional
c. Compressional and tensional
2. Which of the following convention is applied in Mohr circle construction
a. Clockwise is negative and Counterclockwise is positive
b. Clockwise is positive and Counterclockwise is positive
c. Clockwise is positive and Counterclockwise is negative
3. This describes the normal and shear stress acting on planes of all possible orientations through a
point in the rock
a. Stress ellipsoid
b. Mohr diagram
c. Stress circle
d. Mohr circle
Chapter 5
1. This is the simplest general stress model for the interior of the Earth
a. Hydrostatic reference state
b. Isotropic reference state
c. Lithostatic state of stress
d. Lithostatic reference state
2. Earthquake focal mechanisms give information about
a. Earths immediate response to strain release along old or preexisting fractures

b. Earths immediate response to stress release along new or preexisting fractures
c. Earths immediate response to stress release along new fractures
d. Earths immediate response to strain release along new or preexisting fractures
3. This reduces the effective stress, which is the stress at grain contacts in porous rocks
a. Overpressure
b. Hydrostatic pressure
c. Hydrostatic pore pressure
d. Pore fluid pressure
Chapter 6
1. This is used for relatively small strains, from the millimeter scale to lithospheric scale
a. Poissons ratio
b. Plastic deformation
c. Rheology
d. Elastic theory
2. This means that the state of strain is identical in any one piece of the area or volume in question
a. Isotropic volume change
b. Fabric
c. Inhomogeneous strain
d. Homogeneous strain
3. These are materials that do not change volume during deformation
a. Perfectly compressible materials
b. Perfectly incompressible materials
d. Both a and b
Chapter 7
1. These are very narrow zones, often thought of as surfaces, associated with discontinuities in
displacement and mechanical properties
a. Joints
b. Shear zones
c. Fissures
d. Fractures
2. He realized that a fracture only forms if the internal strength of the rock is exceeded
a. Charlie Augustin de Coulomb
b. Charles Augustin de Coulomb
c. Otto Mohr
d. Oto Mohr
3. Shear fractures typically form at an angle of what to 1
a. 15-20
b. 20-30
c. 20-25
d. 30-35
Chapter 8
1. This is any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone
a. Fracture
b. Joint
c. Fissure
d. Fault
2. Drilling through a fault results in either a
a. Repeated section at the fault cut
b. Missing section at the fault cut
d. Both a and b
3. This is a low-strain zone around the core formed during the formation and evolution of the fault
a. Fault zone
b. Shear zone
c. Compression Zone
d. Damage zone
Chapter 9
1. This may represent only the last of several slip events, and does not have to be parallel to the finite
displacement vector
a. Lineation on a strike surface
b. Outline on a slip and strike surface
c. Outline on a slip surface
d. Lineation on a slip surface
2. It is another useful set of structures that allows for a quick estimate of the stress field
a. Conjugate fractures
b. Conjugate faults
c. Conjugate folds
d. Both a and b
3. This bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults
a. Minimum principal stress axis
b. Intermediate principal stress axis
c. All principal stress axis
d. Maximum principal stress axis
Chapter 10
1. This is the process whereby strained and dislocation-rich grains are replaced by unstrained grains
with few or no dislocations
a. Recovery
b. Flow laws
c. Bulging
d. Recrystallization
2. Dislocation movements do not
a. Damage the mineral
b. Weaken the mineral
d. Both a and b
3. Undulatory extinction in quartz indicates the presence of
a. Fractures
b. Dislocations
c. Joints
Chapter 11
1. This may relate to position on a lower-order fold, sense of shear or orientation of the folded layer
relative to the strain ellipse
a. Fault symmetry
b. Fault asymmetry
c. Fold symmetry
d. Fold asymmetry
2. This occurs when forces act across layers, and may involve more than one mechanism
a. Folding
b. Stretching
c. Faulting
d. Bending
3. Folds forming in soft sediments tend to
a. Lack axial plane cleavage
b. Confined to certain stratigraphic levels
c. Contains axial plane cleavage
d. Both a and b
Chapter 12
1. Foliation is derived from the Latin word that means leaf

a. Folum
b. Folium
c. Folim
d. Folium
2. This is the low-temperature version of foliation and is best developed in rocks with abundant platy
minerals
a. Folds
b. Foliation
c. Fracture
d. Cleavage
3. Schistosity commonly forms during
a. Fracturing
b. Shearing
c. Folding
d. Both b and c
Chapter 13
1. This tends to be shiny, polished surfaces coated by a 1mm thick layer of crushed, cohesive fault
rock
a. Slickenlines
b. Fault grooves
c. Groove lineation
d. Slickensides
2. This is the name that structural geologists use for linear deformation structures that are restricted
to the interface between a competent and an incompetent rock
a. Million
b. Mullon
c. Mullin
d. Mullion
3. What are the two principal types of slickenlines?
a. Striations and Shear fiber lineations
b. Cleavage and Slip fiber lineations
c. Striations and Slip fiber lineations
d. Cleavage and Shear fiber lineations
Chapter 14
1. Who first used the term boudin in 1908?

a. Max Loest
b. Max Lohe
c. Max Lohest
d. Max Lohst
2. Well-rounded or pulled-out corners indicate that the margins of the boudins deformed
predominantly by plastic deformation mechanism
a. True
b. False
c. Maybe
d. Sometimes
3. This occur where there is a strong planar anisotropy in deformed rocks
a. Symmetric boudinage
b. Folded boudinage
c. Asymmetric boudinage
d. Foliation boudinage
Chapter 15
1. This contains no internal discontinuities, so that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be
traced continuously
a. Perfectly plastic shear zone
b. Perfectly brittle shear zone
c. Perfectly elastic shear zone
d. Perfectly ductile shear zone
2. Shear zones are zones where strain is
a. Lower than the surrounding rock
b. Higher than the surrounding rock
c. The same as the surrounding rock
d. Not occurring in the surrounding rock
3. This type of shear zone has the same development as Type I zones, but the entire shear zone
remains active throughout the deformation history
a. Type II
b. Type I
c. Type II
d. Type IV
Chapter 16
1. This was popular in the 1950s-60s, particularly in the Alps where many of the well-mapped thrust
faults are dipping towards the foreland
a. Sliding method
b. Slipping method
c. Skiing method
d. Gliding method
2. Models that explain orogeny and large-scale thrusting must consider
a. Gravity-driven collapse
b. Pure push-from-behind-type shortening
c. Simple push-from-behind-type shortening

d. Both a and b
3. This can form in competent units acting as stress guides, but can also form at locations of
preexisting normal faults by means of reactivation
a. Thrust nappes
b. Weak zones
c. Large-scale collapse
d. Ramps
Chapter 17
1. Both the reverse and normal faults are extensional faults

a. True
b. False
c. Maybe
d. Sometimes
2. This implies that the data define a more or less straight line when plotted in the log-log diagram
a. Power distribution
b. Power law
c. Power law distribution method
d. Power law distribution
3. Extensional faults and detachments are commonly found in orogens and form both during and
before the collisional history
a. True
b. False
c. Maybe
d. Sometimes
Chapter 18
1. They are bounded and cannot grow freely, which has implications for their displacement-length
relations
a. Transform faults
b. Reverse faults
c. Normal faults
d. Transform faults
2. When was the transform faults discovered?
a. 1970s
b. 1940s
c. 1960s
d. 1980s
3. This is the internal decomposition of the total strain across a deformed zone into zones or domains
of different types of strain
a. Stress partitioning
b. Strain lineation
c. Stress lineation
d. Strain partitioning
Chapter 19
1. Lateral variations in overburden thickness and/or density are known under the term
a. Differential pressure
b. Differential loading
c. Differential extension
d. Differential scaling
2. The process where subsidence creates a minibasin around the salt diapir where new sedimentary
strata accumulate is referred as
a. Downsliding
b. Downstructure
c. Downgliding
d. Downbuilding
3. High extension rates can widen and
a. Increase diapirs
b. Lower diapirs
c. Stop the formation of diapirs
Chapter 20
1. A balanced section or map is not necessarily correct, but is likely to be more correct than a section
that can be balanced
a. False
b. True
c. Maybe
d. Sometimes
2. This forms when the hanging wall compacts more than the footwall
a. Compaction anticline
b. Compaction graben
c. Compaction horst
d. Compaction syncline
3. There is always
a. Two restorable interpretations
b. One restorable interpretation
c. Less than one restorable interpretation

d. More than one restorable interpretation
Chapter 21
1. This is a time period during which structures formed continuously within a region
a. Compressional phase
b. Constructional phase
c. Extensional phase
2. They are common in mica-bearing schists and gneisses
a. Porphyroclasts
b. Boudinage
c. Augen
d. Porphyroblasts
3. Sediments and metasediments are important in metamorphic regions because they were
deposited at the
a. Bottom
b. Surface
c. Basin
d. Delta
SOLIS, GENRICK

1. In terms of geometric analysis, what refer to the spatial description of open or
closed surfaces such as fault interfaces?
a. Voids
b. Cracks
c. Orientations
d. Surface areas
e. None of the choices
2. A model that means to explain structural observations and puts them into
context with respect to a larger scale process is a __________.
a. Tectonic model
b. Numerical model
c. Context model
d. Scale model
3. Match the given analyses to the

correct relation.
I. Dynamic Analysis
II. Finite Strain Analysis A. Sequence of increments describes
III. Incremental Analysis deformation history
IV. Kinematic Analysis B. Explores the forces that cause structures to
form and strain to accumulate
C. Concerns changes in shape on deformation
D. Concerns how rock particles have moved
a. ID ; IIC ; IIIA ; IVB
during deformation
b. IB ; IIC ; IIIA ; IVD
c. IC ; IID ; IIIB ; IVA
d. IC ; IIB ; IIIA ; IVD
e. IB ; IID ; IIIA ; IVC
1. Uniform flattening is also referred to as __________.
a. Uniaxial asymmetric flattening
b. Axially asymmetric flattening
c. Uniaxial symmetric flattening
d. Axially symmetric flattening
2. During steady- state deformation:

a. the instantaneous stretching axes retains while the flow apophyses
changes throughout the deformation history
b. the instantaneous stretching axes changes while the flow apophyses
retains throughout the deformation history
c. the instantaneous stretching axes and the flow apophyses retain
throughout the deformation history
d. the instantaneous stretching axes and the flow apophyses changes
throughout the deformation history
3. It is a plane strain coaxial deformation where particles move symmetrically

around the principal axes of the strain ellipse in the XY-plane.
a. Pure shear
b. Simple shear
c. Subsimple shear
d. Progressive Shear
Chapter 3: Strain in Rocks

1. This method involves constructing of the strain ellipse by drawing parallelograms
based on the orientation of originally orthogonal pairs of lines.
a. Center- to - center method
b. Rf/ -method
c. Fry method
d. Wellman method
e. Breddin method
2. Which of the objects can be used in two-dimensional strain analysis?
I. Breccias
II. Pillow lavas
III. Columnar basalt
IV. Conglomerates
V. Corals
a. I, II and V only
b. I, III, IV only
c. All of the given
d. None of the given
3. One dimensional strain analyses are concerned with the changes in __________.
a. Thickness
b. Length
c. Shape
d. None of the choices
Chapter 4: Stress
1. State of stress at a point is a __________.
a. Zero order tensor

b. First order tensor
c. Second order tensor
d. Third order tensor
2. Deviatoric stress tensor represents:

a. The isotropic component of the total strain
b. The isotropic component of the total stress
c. The anisotropic component of the total strain
d. The anisotropic component of the total stress
3. Stress can be decomposed in the same way as a force.

a. True because the nature of stresses is the same as forces
b. False because stress depends on area
c. False because stress is used when dealing with media with a minimum
of shear resistance
d. True because are stresses are almost everywhere compressional

1. It is a strain relaxation method a sample is extracted from a rock unit, measured
and the releases so it can expand freely.
a. Extraction method
b. Expanding method
c. Coring Method
d. Overcoring Method
2. Tectonic stress is ideally classified by three regimes which were:

I. Normal 1 is vertical
II. Thrust 1is vertical
III. Strike slip 2 is vertical
IV. Normal 2 is vertical
V. Thrust 2 is vertical
VI. Strike slip 1 is vertical
VII. Normal 3 is vertical
VIII. Thrust 3 is vertical
IX. Strike slip 3 is vertical
a. I, III, VIII
b. II, IV, VI,
c. VII, III, II
d. IV, VI, VIII

e. I, IX, V
3. Stresses that can be locked in and preserved after the external force has been
changed or removed is the __________.
a. Effective stress
b. Residual stress
c. Tectonic stress
d. Thermal stress
Chapter 6: Rheology
1. This can be seen when pulling a rubber band: the more it is stretched, the
thinner it gets.
a. Perfect elastic
b. Shear modulus
c. Elastic Modulus
d. Poissons Effect
2. Newtonian Fluid is also called as _________.

a. Perfectly plastic material
b. Perfectly viscous material
c. Perfectly linear material
d. Perfectly elastic material
3. When we say a material is elastic with hysteresis, we mean that:

a. The stressstrain curves during elastic loading and unloading is
constant
b. The shear stress curves during elastic loading and unloading differ
c. The stress strain curves during elastic loading and unloading
differ
d. The shearstress curves during elastic loading and unloading is
constant
1. When the size of material is increased, the strength of that material:

a. Increases, because strength is proportional to material size
b. Increases, because more stress is necessary to deform the material
c. Decreases, because it contain more microcracks
d. Decreases, due to the reaction of brittle fractures by frictional sliding.
2. Mode II Fin fracture mechanics is where:

a. Slip is parallel to the walls
b. Slip is perpendicular to the walls
c. Slip is parallel to the edge
d. Slip is perpendicular to the edge
3. Effective stress is the difference between ________ and the _______.

a. Shear strength ; pressure
b. Applied stress ; fluid pressure
c. Shear strain ; applied stress
d. Stress ; Angular shear
Chapter 8: Faults
1. Match with the correct relationships
I. Fault gouge
II. Fault core
III. Fault damage zone
A. Also called slip surface
B. Typically consists of non cohesive smeared out layers.
C. Where clay minerals have formed at expense of feldspar
D. Brittlely deformed
a. IC ; IID ; IIIA c. IA ; IIC ; IIID

b. IC ; IIA ; IIID d. ID ; IIA ; IIIC
2. Single faults generally show ________ in displacement from ________ towards

________.
a. An equal change ; a central point ; the tip line

b. A gradual increase ; the tip line ; a central point
c. A gradual decrease ; the tip line ; a central point
d. An equal change ; the tip line; a central point
3. The zone of microfractures and mesofractures ahead of fracture tip zone is

called the __________.
a. Damage zone
b. Friend zone
c. Rubble zone
d. Process zone
Chapter 9: Kinematics and Paleostress in the Brittle Regime

1. _________ is the most commonly used type of kinematic criterion that are based on
the acute angle between _______ and _______.
a. R- criteria ; R ; M
b. P- criteria ; P ; M
c. P criteria ; P ; R
d. R criteria ; R ; P
2. Low angle normal faults : R fractures ; _________ : R fractures

a. Synthetic reverse faults
b. Antithetic reverse faults
c. High angle normal faults
3. The maximum principal stress axis ________ the acute angle of conjugate faults
a. Intersects
b. Is parallel to
c. Bisects
Chapter 10: Deformation at the Microscale

1. Vacancies move along small boundaries refers t o

a. Volume diffusion
b. Grain boundary diffusion
c. Pressure solution
d. Grain boundary slide
2. A high density of defects implies that the crystal is in ________.

a. A low energy state
b. Steady energy state
c. A high energy state
d. No energy state
3. Recrystallization that occur as the rock is being deformed is referred to as
a. Deformed recrystallization
b. Static recrystallization
c. Dynamic recrystallization
d. Migration recrystallization
Chapter 11: Folds and Folding

1. It is a structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone
a. Synform
b. Antiform
c. Syncline
d. Anticline
2. Class of dip isogons that diverge toward inner arc, which is more open than the
outer arc.
a. Class 1
b. Class 2
c. Class 3
d. Class 4
3. Extremely noncylindrical folds form in high- strain shear zones or slump zones
are
a. Refolded fold
b. Chevron fold
c. Pure flexural fold
d. Sheath fold
Chapter 12: Foliation and Cleavage

1. A cleavage where the spacing of the planar elements is 1mm or less is
a. Continuous cleavage
b. Spaced cleavage
c. Stylolitic cleavage
d. Solution cleavage
2. L- Tectonites: linear fabric ; S- tectonites: __________

a. Shape fabric
b. Planar fabric
c. Shear fabric
d. Primary fabric
3. The _________ the contrast in competency on cleavage refraction, the more

pronounced the refraction.
a. Harder
b. Better
c. Faster
d. Stronger
e. Higher
Chapter 13: Lineation

1. Mullion is the name that is used for linear deformation structures that are
restricted to the interface between
a. Strong and a weak rock
b. Competent and an incompetent rock
c. Deformed and an undeformed rock
2. These formations occur as the result of discrete interference between

compaction cleavage and a subsequent tectonic cleavage.
a. Slickolite structures
b. Boudin structures
d. Boudin structure
3. A very pronounced stretching lineation may indicate _________
a. Prolate strain
b. Oblate strain
c. Extension
d. Contraction

1. Symmetric foliation boudins: tensile fractures; Asymmetric foliation boudins:
________.
a. Riedel fracture
b. Brittle shear fracture
c. Contraction fracture
d. Extension fracture
2. Rectangle boudins imply ________ competence contrast and ________ brittle

deformation than the barrel shaped boudins.
a. Lower ; less
b. Higher ; more
c. Higher ; less
d. Lower ; more
3. All Boudins has thickness and width
a. Yes
b. No
c. Maybe
d. Sometimes
Chapter 15: Shear Zones and Mylonites

1. It is a zone that is limited by two perfectly planar boundaries separating it from
completely underformed wall rocks.
a. Perfectly ductile shear zone
b. Ideal shear zone
c. Brittle shear zone
d. Plastic shear zone
2. When parts of strongly foliated mylonites sometimes back-rotate with respect to

the shearing direction, the result is
a. Mica fish
b. Protomylonite
c. Foliation fish
d. Ultramylonite
3. This type of shear zones are strain softening zones that quickly establish a certain
thickness and the deformation will later localized to the central part.
a. Type I
b. Type II
c. Type III
d. Type IV
Chapter 16: Contractional Regimes

1. Ramps that strike more or less perpendicular to the transport direction are called
a. Oblique ramps
b. Frontal ramps
c. Striking ramps
d. Lateral ramps
2. It is the area in relation on thrust nappes wherein it is located at the central

portion of the collision zone
a. Foreland
b. Hinterland
c. Fenster
d. Klippe
3. The combination of two flat thrust segments at different stratigraphic levels

connected through a steeper reverse fault is
a. Back thrust
b. Duplex
c. Frontal ramps
d. Flat-ramp-flat fault
Chapter 17: Extensional Regimes

1. Imbrication zone: faults ; extensional duplex: ________
a. Joints
b. Cleavages
c. Fractures
d. Lenses
2. Active rifting: mantle plumes ; Passive rifting: _________

a. Plate tectonic stress
d. Thermal subsidence
3. When the crust is too thick (weak) to support its own weight
a. Contractional uplift occur
b. Contractional Collapse occur
c. Extensional uplift occur
d. Extensional Collapse
Chapter 18: Strike- slip, Transpression and Transtension

1. These faults have free tips and grow on length as they accumulate strike- slip
displacement.
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform faults
d. Continental faults
2. Negative flower structures are associated with
b. Releasing bends
c. Fault bends
3. Transform faults that occur along plate boundaries are
d. Stranstension faut
Chapter 19: Salt Tectonics

1. It occurs when salt flows into a salt structure during the growth of a salt anticline
or diaper
a. Salt withdrawal
b. Poiseuille flow
c. Salt expulsion
d. Salt flow
2. Wider and upper part of a diaper is called

a. Head
b. Thighs
c. Bulb
d. Stem
3. Salt is mechanically:
a. Strong
b. Very strong
c. Weak
d. Very weak
Chapter 20: Balancing and Restoration

1. There is only one restorable interpretation
a. Yes
b. No
c. Maybe
d. It depends
2. It is a kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of

a basin by successively removing sedimentary sequences.
a. Frontstripping
b. Backstripping
c. Stripping
d. Stripper
3. When deformed line segments are curved, we have a component of ductile

strain, and rigid body rotation _______ restore the line.
a. Can
b. Cannot
c. Must
Chapter 21: A Glimpse of a Larger Picture

1. Overprinting relations are essential when reconstructing the tectonic history
of a region
a. Yes
b. No
c. Pass
d. Call a friend
2. Relay zone fans are likely to be considerably ____ than other fans developing
along active faults.
a. Smaller
b. Larger
c. The same
3. Structures forming close to the surface (e.g. fault and salt structures) may
influence topography and thus sedimentary patterns.
a. Yes
b. No
c. Sometimes
d. It depends
Taedo, Cassidy L.
2012108505
Geo-3
Chapter 1
1. What do you call the spatial description of open or closed surfaces such as folded layer interfaces?
A. Space
B. Orientation
C. Shape
D. Linearity
2. Which one is false about deformation structures?
I. The result depends on the initial material
II. The texture and structure will affect the resulting structure
III. Different rock types under one area and condition will form the same structures
A. I only B. II only C. III only D. All of the above E.Both I and II F.Both I and III
G. Both I and II
3. Which of these data are not used Remote Sensing and Geodesy?
A. InSAR
B. Aerial Photos
C. Sonar
D. All of the above
E. None of the above
Chapter 2
1. This is the movement of every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance and its
displacement is consist of two parallel vectors equal in length.
A. Rotation
B. Movement
C. Deformation
D. Translation
2. A difference between the deformed and undeformed states?
A. Deformation
B. Differential Deformation
C. Distress
D. Differential stress
3. It is used in analysis of extensional basins/
A. Stretching
B. Elongation
C. Extension
D. Contraction
Chapter 3
This method dates back to 1962 and it uses a geometric construction to find the strain in a rock.
A. Wellman Graph
B. Welman Method
C. Welman Graph
D. Wellman Method
A strain analysis is concern with the changes in length.
A. One-Dimensional strain analysis

B. Two-dimensional strain analysis
C. Strain lenght Analysis
D. Strain Change Analysis
What will happen in the length of a material if its influence by a thrust fault?
A. Stretch
B. Pulverized
C. Shorten
D. Fractured
Chapter 4.
The difference between the maximum and minimum principal stress
A. Stress Difference
B. Deviatoric Stress
C. Horizontal stress
D. Differential Stress
The difference between the mean stress and total stress
A. Stress Difference
B. Deviatoric Stress
C. Horizontal stress
D. Differential Stress
The mean stress is closely related to ________ in the lithosphere
A. Principal Stress
B. Lithostatic Stress
C. Hydrostatic Stress
D. Lithostatic Pressure
Chapter 5
This technique is frequently applied in petroleum reservoirs to increase the near well permeability until
the rock fractures.
A. Pyrofracking
B. Hydrofracking
C. Pressure Pump
D. Earth Fracturing
What do you call the stress preserved after the external force or stress has been changed or removed?
A. Preserved Stress
B. Reserved Stress
C. Residual Stress
D. Hidden Stress
The frictional resistance acting at the base of the lithosphere
A. Slab Pull
B. Ridge Push
C. Collisional Resistance
D. Basal Drag
Chapter 6
Word emphasizes the constitutional composition of the material.
A. Continuum
B. Mechanics
C. Constitutive
D. Rheology
Which of the following is also known as the rigidity modulus?
A. Youngs Modulus
B. Elastic Modulus
C. Shear Modulus
D. Coulombs Constant
It is a material in which the stress cannot rise above the yield stress and strain can continue to
accumulate without any change in the stress level.
A. Elastic Material
B. Ductile Material
C. Perfectly Elastic Material
D. Saint Vernant material
Chapter 7
The process of the translation and the rotation of the grain to accommodate frictional grain boundary
slip.
A. Frictional Sliding
B. Cataclastic Flow
C. Intergranular Flow
D. Granular Flow
Are discontinuities in displacement and mechanical properties where rocks or minerals are broken.
A. Fractures
B. Strain Marks
C. Ruptures
D. Faults
A scientist who assumed that tensile fractures develop from planar microfractures.
A. Alan Arnold Griffith

B. Allan Arnold Griffith
C. Al Arnold Griffith
D. Arnold Allan Griffith
Chapter 8
What do you call a fault that varies from steep to flat and back to steep?
A. Low Angle Faults

B. Steep Faults
C. Ramp-flat-ramp Geometry
D. Listric Fault
A fault that dips towards the master fault.
A. Antithetic Fault
B. Synthetic Fault
C. Horst
D. Graben
What do you call faults that fall below seismic resolution?
A. Subfaults
B. Low power faults
C. Subseismic faults
D. Subpowered faults
Chapter 9
The name used to describe small extension fractures.
A. P-Fractures
B. C-Fractures
C. M-Fractures
D. T-Fractures
A Geometric way of extracting stress from fault slip data.
A. Tangent lineation diagrams

B. Tangent lineation graph
C. Tangent line diagram
D. Tangential lineation diagrams
It is a data that gives the orientation of the principal stresses and the shape of the stress ellipsoid..
A. Inversion of slip data

B. Conjugate of slip data
C. Translation of slip data
D. Rotation of slip data
Chapter 10
It is a type of deformation that occurs within individual crystal grains.
A.Intracrystalline deformation
B.Intercrystalline deformation
C.Microcrystalline deformation
D.Micro deformation
What is a mobile line defect that contributes to intracrystalline deformation by mechanisms called slip?
A. Point defects
B. Plane defects
C. Line Defects
D. Segment Defects
Diffusion mass transfer is defined as the _______ of vacancies in crystallographic lattices
A. Rotation
B. Translation
C. Diffusion
D. Migration
Chapter 11
What do yu call the connection between two usually differently oriented limbs?
A. Folds
B. Bands
C. Hinge
D. Joints
In multilayered rocks, folds may be repeated with similar shape in the direction of the axial trace and it is
called _______.
A. Fold system
B. Harmonic folds
C. Fold sets
D. Fold groups
A type of fold wherein the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone.
A. Antiforms
B. Synforms
C. Box folds
D. Conjugate Folds
Chapter 12
Characterize by elongate elements with a preferred orientation.
A. Planar fabric
B. Primary Fabric
C. Linear Fabric
D. Random Fabric
A term used for early tectonic domainal cleavage in previously unfoliated rocks.
A. Disjunctive Cleavage
B. Domainal Cleavage
C. Conjunctive Cleavage
D. Pencil Cleavage
A point where a cleavage vanishes
A. Neutral point
B. End point
C. Vanishing Point
D. Resolution Point
Chapter 13
Are elongated mineral aggregates which can be easily distinguished from the rest of the rock.
A. Rodding
B. Lineation
C. Fabric
D. Cleavage
The name used to describe linear deformation structures that are restricted to the interface between a
competent and incompetent rock.
A. Boudins
B. Crenules
C. Bullions
D. Mullions
A structure that occur as a result of discrete interference between compaction cleavage and a
subsequent tectonic cleavage or between two equally tectonic cleavages.
A. Pencil structures
B. Boudin
C. Mullions
D. Striations
Chapter 14
Type of boudin in which boudins are separated by shear fractures or shear bands that tend to die out
once the leave the boudinaged layer.
A. Fish mouth boudins

B. Barrel-shape boudins
C. Symmetric Boudins
D. Asymmetric Boudins
A type of boudin are separated by tensile fractures
A. Symmetric foliation boudin

B. Asymmetric foliation boudin
C. Barrel Shape Foliation Boudin
D. Chocolate shape boudinage
Which of the following is not a shape of a boudin?
A. Angular
B. Barrel
C. Circular
D. Fish-mouth
Chapter 15
A shear zone that contains no internal discontinuities
A. Perfectly ductile shear zones

B. Perfectly plastic shear zones

C. Frictional shear zones
D. Brittle plastic shear zones
A shear zone that develop a foliation whose orientations relates to strain
A. Plastic shear zones

B. Ductile shear zones
C. Frictional shear zones
D. Brittle shear zones
This are zones in which the strain is higher that in the surrounding rock
A. Fracture zones
B. Faults
C. Shear zones
D. Ductile zones
Chapter 16
A low angle fault or shear zone where the hanging wall has been transported over a footwall.
A. Thrust
B. Normal
C. Push
D. Slide
An erosional remnant of a nappe
A. Outlier
B. Detachment
C. Klipe
D. Fentster
This are nappes that are internally deformed to the extent that they show general mylonitic fabric
A. Fold nappes
B. Brittle nappes
C. Fault nappes
D. Mylonitic nappes
Chapter 17
It is generated by the rising hot mantle material or plumes in asthenospheric mantle.
A. Subsidence
B. Converging zones
C. Active rifting
D. Diverging zones
The sedimentary packaged deposited prior to extension
A. Synrift
B. Postrift
C. Transrift
D. Prerift
The pure shear model is also called?
A. Wenicke model
B. Rosendahl model
C. Bruce model
D. McKenzie model
Chapter 18
Fault that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
A. Transcurrent fault
B. Transfer fault
C. Dextral fault
D. Transform fault
A 1200m transform fault that is located in California

A. San Andreas Fault

B. San Diego Fault
C. San Francisco Fault
D. San Andres Fault
Transforms that occur along plate boundaries.
A. Interplate faults
B. Intergrain faults
C. Intragrain faults
D. Intraplate faults
Chapter 19
A term used for the movement of subsurface salt
A. Telokinesis
B. Halokinesis
C. Halekinesis
D. Technokinesis
It involves simple shearing within the salt layer as the overurden is translated relative to the substrate
A. Salt stocks
B. Diapirs
C. Couette Flow
D. Salt walls
What year was centrifuge used in salt tectonics?
A. 1955
B. 1972
C. 1984
D. 1960
Chapter 20
Which of the following is a factor for a good balance section?
A. Identifiable
B. Recognizable
C. Admissible
D. Large
A kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin
A. Backstripping
B. Forward modeling
C. Isostatic removal
D. Derestoration
True three dimensional restoration involves?
A. Area
B. Shape
C. Density
D. Volume
Chapter 21
It represents deformation of combined effects of two or more phases
A. Monophasal
B. Multiphasal
C. Polyphasal
D. Metaphasal
What condition do metamorphic minerals indicate at the time of formation?

A. Pressure
B. Tempereture
C. Climate
D. Both A and B
E. Both A and C
F. Both B and C
G. All of the above
H. None of The Above
What area can the connection between sedimentation and tectonics is obvious?
A. Underwater
B. Asthenosphere
C. Surface
D. Subduction zones
TORREFRANCA
Chapter 1
1. It is a deformation that is driven by gravity which usually happens at the toe of an advancing ice
sheet.
a. Neotectonics
b. Salt tectonics
c. Glaciotectonics
d. All of the above
e. None of the Above
2. Numerical, experimental and remotely acquired data sets are important and should always be
based on ______________?
a. Satellite images
b. Experiments
c. Numerical models
d. All of the above
3. A ______________ is a digital representation of the topography or shape of a surface, typically
the surface of the Earth.
a. Digitized Elevation Model
b. Digital Elevation Mode
c. Digital Elevating Model
d. Digital Elevation Model
Chapter 2
1. It is the transformation from a final to initial geometry by means of rigid body translation, motion,
strain and/or volume change.
a. Displacement
b. Deformation
c. Rotation
d. All of the above
2. The displacement field can be decomposed into various components, depending on the purpose
of the decomposition. What are these components?
a. Translation, Rotation, Strain, Volume Change
b. Translation, Revolution, Stress, Area Change
c. Transformation, Rotation, Stress, Volume Change
d. Transformation, Revolution, Strain, Area Change
3. It means that lines parallel to the principal strain axes have rotated away from their initial
positions. What kind of shear does this form from?
a. Coaxial deformation, simple shear
b. Non-coaxial deformation, simple shear
c. Coaxial deformation, pure shear
d. Non-coaxial deformation, pure shear
Chapter 3
1. It is the simplest form of strain analysis that is concerned with length.

a. Wellman Method
b. One-dimensional strain analysis
c. Two-dimensional strain analysis
d. Three-dimensional strain analysis
2. Strain markers are objects that reveal the state of strain in a deformed rock. Examples of strain
markers are:
a. Elongated minerals
b. Boudinaged dikes
c. Elongated fossils
d. All of the above
3. This method is based on the center-to-center method and is most easily dealt with using one of
the several computer programs. Who developed this method?
a. Hans Breddin
b. Norton Fry
c. Harry Breddin
d. Norman Fry
Chapter 4
1. Stresses in the lithosphere, rifts and other areas undergoing extension are _____________.
a. Extensional
b. Contractional
c. Compressional
d. All of the above
2. Newton is the force that at the surface of the Earth that is created by a mass of __________.
a. 120 g
b. 201 g
c. 102 g
d. 210 g
3. What does the stress ellipsoid tell us about?
a. State of stress
b. Orientation of stress
c. Homogeneous stress
d. All of the above
Chapter 5
1. It means increasing the fluid pressure until the rock fractures.

a. Hydraulic fracturing
b. Hydrofracking
c. Hydrofracturing
d. All of the above
2. Stress that can be locked in and preserved after the external force or stress field has been
removed
a. Tectonic stress
c. Shear stress
d. Residual stress

3. The gravitational pull exerted by the sinking slab on the rest of the plate
a. Ridge push
b. Basal drag
c. Collisional resistance
d. Slab pull
Chapter 6
1. Implies dependence of stress on strain rate

a. Permanent deformation
c. Ductile deformation
d. Viscous deformation
2. The stress necessary to deform the rock must be increased for strain to accumulate
a. Strain softening
b. Steady-state flow
c. Dislocation
d. Strain hardening
3. One that flows as a perfectly viscous material but only above a certain yield stress
a. Saint Venant material
b. Prandtl material
c. Bingham material
d. Kelvin viscoelastic behavior
Chapter7
1. It is a very narrow zone associated with discontinuities in displacement and mechanical

properties.
a. Fault
b. Fold
c. Fracture
d. Joint
2. Classification of the displacement field of fractures or cracks
I. Shortening
II. Extension
III. Tearing
IV. Sliding
a. I only
b. I, II and III
c. II, III and IV
d. II and IV
3. The curve that describes the critical stress over a range of differential stress
a. Coulomb criterion
b. von Mises criterion
c. Griffith cracks
d. Mohr failure envelope
Chapter 8
1. It is any surface or narrow zone with visible stress displacement along the zone.
a. Fault
b. Fold
c. Fracture
d. Joint
2. A low angle fault has a dip angle that is less than 30 degrees. On the other hand, a steep fault has
a dip angle of
a. 45
b. 60
c. 70
d. 90
3. Graben is to downthrown block while horst is to
a. Downthrown block
b. Upthrown block
c. Dips towards the master fault
d. Dips in the same direction as the master fault
Chapter 9
1. What is the Wallace-Bott hypothesis?

a. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur parallel to the greatest resolved shear stress.
b. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur perpendicular to the greatest resolved
shear stress.
c. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur parallel to the least resolved shear stress.
d. Slip on a planar fracture can be assumed to occur perpendicular to the least resolved shear
stress.
2. Linear structures that formed at the initial stage of fracture growth and may be polished and
striated as slip accumulates.
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenlines
c. Lineations
d. Corrugations
3. What can be analyzed to reconstruct the local paleostress field?
a. Groups of large faults from a diverse area
b. Groups of large faults from a limited area
c. Groups of small faults from a limited area
d. Groups of small faults from a diverse area
Chapter 10
1. The process in which strained and dislocated-rich grains are replaced by unstrained grains with
few or no dislocations
a. Migration
b. Dislocation
d. Pinning
2. The dislocation line is oriented parallel to the slip direction
a. Edge dislocation
b. Screw dislocation
d. Dislocation slide
3. It moves in a horizontal plane (slip plane) and the dislocation line is perpendicular to the slip
plane
a. Edge dislocation
b. Screw dislocation
Chapter 11
1. Kink bands is to pointed hinges while concentric folds if to

a. Partly-rounded hinges
b. Well-rounded hinges
c. Slanted hinges
d. All of the above
2. Who classified folds geometrically by dip isogons?
a. James Ramsay
b. Joe Ramsay
c. Jack Ramsay
d. John Ramsay
3. Passive folds are generated by ____________ and are perfectly similar folds.
a. Pure shearing
b. Ductile shearing
c. Simple shearing
d. Brittle shearing
Chapter 12
1. Scale of the distance between the foliations in mylonitic foliation

a. Meters
b. Millimeters
c. Centimeters
d. Both b and c
e. All of the above
2. The folds where the cleavage transects not only the axial surface but also the fold hinge is called
a. Shear bands
b. Transecting cleavage
c. Transecting folds
d. Gneissic banding
3. A series of microfolds at the centimeter scale or less with parallel axial surfaces
a. Axial plane cleavage
b. Tectonic cleavage
c. Continuous cleavage
d. Crenulation cleavage
Chapter 13
1. Minerals and mineral aggregates can form a linear fabric by means of

I. Recrystallization
II. Dissolution
III. Rigid rotation
IV. Precipitation
a. I, II and II
b. I and II
c. III and IV
d. I, III and IV
e. All of the above
2. These are linear deformation structures that are restricted to the interface between a competent
rock
a. Crenulation
b. Fold
c. Mullions
d. Lineations
3. These are lineations found on shear fractures and from by physical abrasion of hanging-wall
objects into the footwall or vice-versa
a. Mullions
b. Boudins
c. Fiber lineations
d. Striations
Chapter 14
1. Rectangular boudins imply higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation than
____________.
c. Barrel-shaped boudins
d. Symmetric boudins
2. Short, symmetric and rigid boudins rotate with the shear direction while long boudins
_____________.
a. Rotate with the shear direction
b. Rotate with the strain direction
c. Rotate with the stress direction
d. Back-rotate
3. They resemble boudins that occur where there is a strong planar anisotropy in deformed rocks
a. Chocolate tablet boudinage
b. Boudinaged faults
c. Foliation boudinage
d. Rigid boudinage
Chapter 15
1. A shear zone is a tabular zone in which stress is notably _______ than in the surrounding rock.
a. Higher
b. Lower
c. Equal
d. Undefined
2. Frictional shear zones is to brittle deformation mechanisms while plastic shear zones is to
a. Brittle deformation mechanisms
b. Plastic deformation mechanisms
c. Friction deformation mechanisms
d. Ductile deformation mechanisms
3. Contains no internal discontinuities so that the marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be
traced continuously through the zone at the mesoscopic scale.
a. Brittle shear zone
b. Plastic shear zone
c. Frictional shear zone
d. Perfectly ductile shear zone
Chapter 16
1. Autochtonous is to formed where found while allochtonous is to

a. Same ground
b. Different ground
c. Same distance
d. Different distance
2. Arranged piggy-back, typically have an S-shaped geometry in the vertical profile
a. Horst
b. Graben
c. Horse
d. Ramp
3. The basal friction is a major controlling factor in the wedge model. The lower the basal friction,
the ________ and ___________ the wedge.
a. Lower, shorter
b. Higher, shorter
c. Lower, longer
d. Higher, longer
Chapter 17
1. What describes the rigid domino model?

a. All faults have the same dip
b. Layers and faults are planar
c. No-block internal strain
d. All of the above
2. The soft domino model allows _____ within domino fault blocks
a. Stress
b. Displacement
c. Strain
d. Extension
e. Dipping
3. It is a soft fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the hanging wall as it is
progressively unroofed.
a. Rigid domino model
b. Rolling hinge model
c. Soft domino model
d. Simple shear model
Chapter 18
1. Flower structures that are associated with restraining bends are called _______ while those
associated with releasing bends are called _______.
a. Negative, Positive
b. Positive, Negative
c. Positive, Positive
d. Negative, Negative
2. These are releasing-bend basins along strike-slip faults.
a. Push-apart basins
b. Push-up swells
c. Pull-apart basins
d. Pull-up swells
3. Transpression is to oblate ellipsoids while transtension is to
a. Equant ellipsoids
b. Prolate ellipsoids
c. Bladed ellipsoids
d. Oblate ellipsoids
Chapter 19
1. Salt layers become buoyant and gravitationally unstable when buried to the depth where the
average density of the overburden _______ that of the salt.
a. Recedes
b. Exceeds
c. Is equal to
d. Is not equal to
2. Special properties of salt
I. High density
II. Low density
III. Ability to flow like a fluid
IV. Ability to stay intact
a. I and IV
b. II and III
c. I and III
d. II and IV
3. He explored the possibilities and pushed the limitations of the centrifuge
a. Harry Ramberg
b. Henry Ramberg
c. Hansel Ramberg
d. Hans Ramberg
Chapter 20
1. These can be restored by a penetrative (ductile) deformation such as vertical or inclined shear
a. Folded layers
b. Unfolded layers
c. Rotated layers
d. All of the above
2. These can be restored by rigid rotation.
a. Folded layers
b. Unfolded layers
c. Rotated layers
d. All of the above
3. Preserves the line lengths and bed thickness as folding of layers implies slip parallel to bedding
only.
a. Shear
b. Section balancing
c. Flexural slip
d. Rigid block
Chapter 21
1. It is a time period during which structures formed continuously within a region with common
expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field.
a. Deformation relations
c. Deformation style
d. Deformation progress
2. Porphyroblasts are large metamorphic crystals and are common in
I. Phyllite
II. Schist
III. Gneiss
IV. Slate
a. I and IV
b. I, II and III
c. II and III
d. III only
e. All of the above
3. Rocks undergoing tetconometamorphism during an orogenic event experience a change in
metamorphic conditions that can be portrayed as a path in pressure-temperature space referred to
as
a. T-P conditions
b. T-P diagram
c. P-T conditions
d. P-T paths
VILLANUEVA, DANIKA
CHAPTER 1
1. There are four principal ways a structural geologist can learn about structural geology and rock
deformation. What are those?
a) Field work most direct and important source of information on how rocks deform;
experiments indirect observations of geologic structures;
remote sensing performed in the laboratory;
numerical methods rock deformation is simulated on a computer.
b) Field work rock deformation is simulated on a computer;
experiments performed in the laboratory;
remote sensing indirect observations of geologic structures;
numerical methods most direct and important source of information on how rocks deform.
c) Field work most direct and important source of information on how rocks deform;
remote sensing rock deformation is simulated on a computer.
numerical methods indirect observations of geologic structures;
d) Field work most direct and important source of information on how rocks deform;
remote sensing indirect observations of geologic structures;
numerical methods rock deformation is simulated on a computer.
2. Which is true about scale model?

I. Scale model are essential parameters.
II. Essential parameters are geometry, model size, gravity, viscosity, and strain rate.
III. These parameters have proportionally been scaled down.
a) None of the above.

b) I only
c) I, II and III
d) I and II only
3. Which statement is the disadvantage of seismic reflection data sets?

a) It does not give unique opportunity to study geometry and model size of the structures.
b) It gives the unique opportunity to study and map subsurface structures in three dimension.
c) Its resolution like structures and bed below a certain limit are invisible.
d) There is no disadvantages.
CHAPTER 2
1. Which is true about the components of deformation?

I. Translation moves every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance
II. Rotation is here taken to mean rigid rotation of the entire deformed rock volume
III. Strain is any change in shape, with or without change in volume
IV. Volume change it may have shrunk or expanded.

b) I, II and III only
c) I, II, III and IV
d) IV only.
2. Identify which is not true about particle paths?

a) These are outline over time interval during the deformation history.
b) These cannot be recorded directly in experiments.
c) The sum of particle paths in a deformation medium are flow pattern.
d) It could be a portion of the history or the entire history of deformation.
3. Which statement is true?

a) The angular strain is simply the tangent of the shear strain.
b) Non-coaxial deformation history is none of the three principal strain axes rotate during
deformation.
c) ISA is not exactly equal to stress axes, but the two are closely related.
d) There is no deformation called if flow parameters are constant throughout the deformation history.
CHAPTER 3
1. Which is true about serious concerns (pitfalls) regarding strain analysis?

I. There must be no viscosity contrast.
II. There may be an initial fabric that must be accounted for, which is not always easy.
III. Strain must be homogeneous at the scale of data collection a condition that is rarely fulfilled to
the full extent.
IV. Measuring the orientation of section relative to principal strain axes involves an uncertainty.

b) I only.
c) All of the above.
d) III only.
2. Identify which statement is false?

a) Strain analyses in shear zoned can be seen at areas or volumes that are small enough that strain can
be treated as homogeneous.
b) By finding strain from at least one of the three principal planes, or by finding strain from at
least one arbitrarily oriented planes, we can find three dimensional strain from a deformed
conglomerate.
c) Strain markers are any visual expression in a deformed rock that allow us to identify changes in
shapes and orientations caused by strain.
d) Linear markers may express changes in length.
3. Which is true about passive and active strain markers?

a) Passive and active strain markers have viscosity contrast with matrix.
b) Passive and active strain markers have no viscosity contrast with matrix.
c) Passive strain markers have no viscosity contrast with matrix, while active ones do.
d) Passive strain markers have viscosity contrast with matrix, while active have one.
CHAPTER 4
1. When is it appropriate to use the term pressure in geology?

a) When there is a shear stress
b) When there is no shear stress.
c) Pressure should be used when considering a fluid, where there is no shear stress.
d) Pressure should be used when considering the fluid viscosity, where there is no shear stress.

a) The state of stress in two and three dimensions can be visualize by using the Mohr diagram and
the Mohr circle.
b) Stress tensor will look different if we choose a different coordinate system.
c) The shape and orientation of the stress ellipsoid will change if we define a different
coordinate system.
d) The shear stress is at its maximum when oriented at 45 degrees to the surface, while the shear
force is at its maximum when parallel to the surface.
3. If the diagonal entries in a diagonal stress matrix are equal, what does the stress ellipsoid look like, and
what do we call this state of stress?
a) The ellipsoid will be a circle, and the state of stress is isotropic.
b) The ellipsoid will be a sphere, and the state of stress is isotropic.
c) The ellipsoid will be a spheroid, and the state of stress is isotropic.
d) The ellipsoid will be a sphere, and the state of stress is anisotropic.
CHAPTER 5
1. What conditions must apply for Andersons classification of tectonic stress to be strictly valid?
a) Andersons assumptions: Two of the principal stresses is vertical and strain is noncoaxial.
b) Andersons assumptions: One of the principal stresses is vertical and strain is noncoaxial.
c) Andersons assumptions: One of the principal stresses is vertical and strain is coaxial.
d) Andersons assumptions: Two of the principal stresses is vertical and strain is coaxial.
2. Forces related to plate tectonics can cause tectonic stress, what are those?
a) Slab pull, ridge push, collisional resistance and basal drag
b) Slab pull, ridge pull, collisional resistance and basal drag
c) Slab push, ridge push, collisional resistance and basal drag
d) Slab pull, ridge pull, collisional resistance and drag fold
3. Differential stress increase downwards in the brittle crust, when?

I. It is more difficult to fracture a rock under confining pressure than a unconfined rock.
II. The deeper down in the upper crust, the more stress can build up before if fractures.
III. The strength increases downwards through the brittle crust, until crystal-plastic mechanisms kick
in at the brittle-plastic transition.
a) II only
b) I only
c) All except III
d) I, II, and III
CHAPTER 6
1. All of the following are true except

a) A constitutive law is a geometrical equation that relates stress and strain.
b) Rheology has more to do with how rocks flow over geologic time as a continuum, while rock
mechanics also deals how rocks fracture along sharp discontinuity.
c) Fluids are truly viscous.
d) The asthenosphere mantle is considered to be viscous.
2. What does it mean that a rock layer is more competent than its neighboring layers?
a) It means that it has a higher viscosity than its surroundings and therefore is not resistive to flow.
b) It means that it has a lower viscosity than its surroundings and therefore is more resistive to flow.
c) It means that it has a higher viscosity than its surroundings and therefore is more resistive to
flow.
d) It means that it has a medium viscosity than its surroundings and therefore is more resistive to
flow.
3. Which is not about the locations of brittle-plastic transitions in the lithosphere?

I. This is the transition between brittle and plastic deformation mechanisms at the microscale, which
is controlled by temperature, to a lesser extent by pressure, and to a large extent by mineralogy
II. Also, wet rocks will behave in a brittle manner at high temperatures than dry rocks.
III. Strain rate also has some influence, where rapid strain accumulation more easily results in brittle
deformation.
a) I only
b) III only
c) I and III only
d) II only
CHAPTER 7
1. All of the following are true about wing crack except

I. It is an extension fracture that shoots off one side of a fracture near its tip zone if the fracture is
reactivated in shear.
II. As the water flows, it creates bed forms, such as ripples or dunes, on the floor of the channel.
III. They occur on the extensional side near the tips of the fracture and indicate sense of slip.
a) II only
b) I only
c) III only
d) I, II and III
2. The term cataclastic and granular flow are defined as

a) Granular flow is destructive because it also involves extensive microfracturing of grains.
Cataclastic flow involves frictional sliding along grain contact surfaces and grain rotation and
preserves grains from internal deformation.
b) Granular flow involves the movement of dislocations through the crystal lattice of the material.
Cataclastic flow is destructive because it also involves extensive microfracturing of grains.
c) Granular flow involves frictional sliding along grain contact surfaces and grain rotation and
Cataclastic flow uses methods of analytical solid mechanics to calculate the driving force on a
crack and those of experimental solid mechanics to characterize the material's resistance to
fracture.
d) Granular flow involves frictional sliding along grain contact surfaces and grain rotation and
Cataclastic flow is destructive because it also involves extensive microfracturing of grains.

a) The process zone ahead of shear fractures is a zone or volume of microcracks that soften the rock
and eases fracture propagation.
b) Deformation bands are thicker than fractures with comparable offsets.
c) A critically stressed rock is at the verge of ductile failure. Any increase in stress level will
make it fracture.
d) Fractures show a loss of cohesion, while most deformation bands preserve cohesion or are
mechanically stronger than the host.
CHAPTER 8

a) Fault are single structure, commonly referred to as surfaces but with a very small thickness.
b) Shear fractures is more composite structure with a thicker zone of strongly deformed rocks in
which there may be one or more slip surfaces.
c) Dipmeter data can show the abrupt changes in strike and dip that occur as we drill through
faults.
d) Mylonite is the result of cataclasis.
2. About fault sealing in terms of petroleum exploration and production, which of following are true?
I. Large sealing faults are generally good because they can contribute to a trap.
II. Many traps rely on sealing faults.
III. However, small sealing faults within an oil field can cause trouble during water injection and
hydrocarbon production because they compartmentalize the reservoir and necessitate more wells
and better knowledge of smaller faults and their properties.
IV. Such knowledge is extremely difficult to get if the faults are subseismic.
a) I, II, III and IV

b) I only
c) II and IV only
d) I and III only
3. A damage zone grow during faulting, why does it happen?

a) Tends to grow during faulting due to geometrical complications such as interlocking of
faults, fault bends, lense formation in the fault, and extensive cementation.
b) May pick up fracture and deformation band orientations and show a concentration of those in the
damage zone
c) Alters the velocity structure of the rock
d) May yield a seismic response strong enough formations
CHAPTER 9
1. Determine if the statement is:

Lineations may not be representative of the displacement we are after, because they may represent
only the last minor displacement of the fault, possibly a late reactivation that has nothing to do with
the main fault movement.
a) False.
b) I dont know.
c) Maybe.
d) True.
2. Identify if the statement is:

The Wallae-Bott hypothesis postulates that slip on a planar fracture occurs along the greatest
resolved shear stress on that plane.
a) False.
b) True.
c) I dont know.
d) Maybe.

Slip inversion means reconstructing the orientation and shape of the stress ellipsoid from
measured fault slip data.
a) Maybe.
b) False.
c) I dont know
d) True.
.
CHAPTER 10
1. Which statement is not true about the difference between a slip plane in a plastically deforming crystal and
a slip plane associated with brittle faulting?
I. A slip plane in the brittle crust is a plane along which there is or has been frictional sliding so that
the rock is permanently destroyed.
II. A slip plane in a plastically deforming crystal is much larger and heals continuously without
loosing strength.
III. Intercrystalline plastic slip implies movement of a dislocation front within a plane in the crystal,
and such a slip plane is usually the plane in a crystal that has the highest density of atoms.
a) I only
b) III only
c) II only
d) None of the above.

Subgrain rotation recrystallization occurs by rotation of subgrains until the misfit angle is larger
than 30 degrees. Grain boundary migration implies that the boundaries move into grains with higher
dislocation densities, so that unstrained grains expand on behalf of strained grains.
a) True.
b) False.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
3. What deformation mechanism is particularly active in fine-grained at high temperatures?

a) Dislocation creep
b) Subgrain rotation recrystallization
c) Grain boundary sliding
d) Wet diffusion
CHAPTER 11

Dome-and-basin patterns forms by interference between two phases of folding where the axial
surfaces are at right angles to each other and by vertical movement of salt or magma diapirs or during
progressive deformation in shear zones.
a) False.
b) Maybe.
c) I dont know.
d) True.
2. Which is not true about buckle fold?

I. Folding is restricted to a competent layer in a less competent matrix, with the folds rapidly out away
from the compotent layer.
II. The folds are non-periodic, meaning that they have a characteristic wavelength.
III. This characteristic wavelength is longer for thick layers than for thin ones.
IV. Buckle folds are parallel folds with a neutral surface.
a) I only
b) III only
c) II only
d) IV only
3. All of the following statements are true except

a) The thin layer starts buckling in the end.
b) The thick layer must thicken more prior to folding because it experiences a longer period of
shortening before it starts to fold.
c) The thick later forms the largest folds.
d) Similar folds are common in strongly sheared quartzite and evaporates.
CHAPTER 12

Primary foliations are primary planar structures such as bedding and magmatic layering.
Secondary foliations form later, and tectonic foliations are secondary foliations that are related to tectonic
processes. Almost all secondary foliations are tectonic.
a) False.
b) Maybe.
c) I dont know.
d) True.
2. Which statement is not true about primary foliations when recognized in deformed and metamorphosed
sedimentary rocks?
I. Primary sedimentary structures are not always easy to distinguish from secondary structures.
II. One would, mentally or quatitatively, account for the strain in therock to restore the structure to its
pre-deformational state.
III. Cross-section is a characteristic feature, and the angular relations of cross-section will change during
deformation, depending on the type and quantity of strain.
a) I only
b) II only
c) III only
d) None of the above.
3. Identify which statement is true?

a) Transgression which is a simultaneous combination of shear and shortening across the shear plane.
b) The very fine grain size characteristic of a very low-grade metamorphic rocks favors the
formation of continuous cleavage.
c) Cleavage reflection is the symmetric fanning of cleavage associated with folds in layers with
contrasting conmpetence.
d) Shear cleavage are set of parallel small-scale shear zone.
CHAPTER 13

Mullions and buckle folds form in or along a competent layer emebedded in a less viscous matrix,
they form by layer-parallel shortening and both develop a characteristic wavelength that is related to the
viscosity contrast.
a) False.
b) True.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
2. This mark the X-axis of the strain ellipsoid.

a) Intersection lineations
b) Folds axes and crenulation axes
c) Mineral lineations
d) Stretching lineations

a) Penetrative cracks are defined by linear elements that penetrate a rock volume.
b) Mineral lineations are defined by aligned elongated minerals.
c) Stretching lineations are composed of objects that have been stretched in preferred direction.
d) Intersection lineations are lineations defined by the line of intersection between two planar
structures.
CHAPTER 14

Classic boudinage forms during layer parallel extension of a competent layer in a less competent
matrix. Foliation boudinage does not rely on a viscosity contrast, but rather on the presence of a
strong planar fabric.
a) I dont know.
b) True.
c) False.
d) Maybe.
2. How can a layer fold and boudinae extend at the same time?
a) Limbs of a layer can boudinage at the same time as the fold is realising.
b) Limbs of a layer can boudinage at the same time as the fold is tightening.
c) Limbs of a layer can boudinage at the same time as the fold is changing.
d) Limbs of a layer can boudinage at the same time as the fold is loosing.

a) Pinch-and-swell structures form instead of boudins when the competent layer also to some extent
deforms by means of plastic deformation mechanisms, but less so than the matrix.
b) At the corners, which causes the corners to be more deformed than the rest of the boudin.
c) If the lineations rotates through the shear plane in a shear zone, for instance as it bends around
a tectonic lens.
d) Chocolate tablet boudinage indicates extension in two direction.
CHAPTER 15

A shear zone is wider relative to the offset, it has maintained cohesion, markers are still continuous
for most shear zones, they do not show a core-damage zone anatomy, and most shear zones involve plastic
a) Maybe.
b) True.
c) False.
d) I dont know.

The strain path can be approached by comparing strain in the marginal, intermediate ad central
parts of the zone. This would reflect a path if the shear zone grew from the central part outward. Hence, this
type of consideration requires a model for shear zone growth, which may be difficult to establish.
a) Maybe.
b) False.
c) I dont know.
d) True.
3. Check if the statement is:

There is a negative correlation between shear zone thickness and displacement, indicating that
shear zones grow in width as they accumulate displacement. This implies that the low-strain margins of the
shear zone record the last part of the deformation history while the more central parts have been
accumulating strain more or less during the entire history, although this does not always have to be the case.
a) Maybe.
b) I dont know.
c) False.
d) True.
CHAPTER 16
1. Which statement is not true about the conditions change during an orogenic event?
I. The basal friction can change due to changes in fluid pressure and fluid availability. Fluids decrease
the basal friction, and dryer conditions may occur once metamorphic reactions have depleted the
rocks in fluids.
II. The strength of the rocks within the wedge may decrease if many faults and fractures form within
the wedge, and erosion may change with climate changes.
a) I only.
b) II only.
c) All statements are correct.
d) I and II

The shape of an orogenic wedge is controlled by the basal friction, the internal strength of the
material within the wedge, and erosion at the surface of the wedge.
a) True.
b) Maybe.
c) I dont know.
d) False.
3. What is the ideal setting for detachment folds to form?

a) Detachment folds form where there is weak layer in a contracting rock sequence that can
accommodate and localize shear, and a competent layer above that can buckle.
b) Detachment folds form where there is strong layer in a contracting rock sequence that can
c) Detachment folds form where there is very weak layer in a contracting rock sequence that can
d) Detachment folds form where there is very strong layer in a contracting rock sequence that can
CHAPTER 17

Delamination of the lower lithosphere, where a heavy descends into the lithospheric mantle, which
gives an isostatic instability that results in uplift of the orgenix edifice. The reason why this can occur at the
end of an orogenic cycle is because it requires depp subduction of cold lithosphere.
a) False.
b) True.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
2. Why does crustal balancing yield different estimates of extension than summing fault heaves across many
rifts?
a) The differene is wholly or partly due to the fact that subseismic fault heaves are not incorporated in
fault heave-based estimates of extension. In addition, there may be processes affecting the lower
mantle that change the crustal thickness.
b) The differene is wholly or partly due to the fact that subseismic fault heaves are not incorporated in
fault heave-based estimates of extension. In addition, there may be processes affecting the upper
crust that change the crustal thickness.
c) The differene is wholly or partly due to the fact that subseismic fault heaves are not
incorporated in fault heave-based estimates of extension. In addition, there may be processes
affecting the lower crust that change the crustal thickness.
d) The differene is wholly or partly due to the fact that subseismic fault heaves are not incorporated in
fault heave-based estimates of extension. In addition, there may be processes affecting the crust that
change the crustal thickness.

The rolling hinge model involves updoming of the central part of the main listric fault and movement
of the dome or hinge in the direction of the break-away fault as this fault also moves by hanging-wall
collapse.
a) I dont know.
b) False.
c) Maybe.
d) True.
CHAPTER 18

When strike-slip faults at depth, they could extend into the ductile field where they would become
ductile shear zones. There is a evidence that some strike-slip structures extend through the entire crust an
into the lithosphere.
a) True.
b) I dont know.
c) Maybe.
d) False.
2. All of the statements are true except

a) Annihilation strain in a shear zone forms when there is shortening across the zone.
b) Strike-slip faults arranged in conjugate sets can acoomodate large-scale pure shear.
c) The Dead Sea is a releasing bend or a stepover between two strike-slip fault segments.
d) Transfer faults transfer displacement between two extensional or two contractional structures, for
instance between two normal faults, two graben segments or two thrust faults.
3. Check if the statement is:

Large-scale strike slip faults or shear zones are steep or vertical structures that are relatively
straight in map view, although they may contain stepovers or bends where extensional structures or
contractional structures form. Some of the largest strike-slip faults are plate boundaries and large strike-slip
are associated with major earthquakes.
a) I dont know.
b) Maybe.
c) True.
d) False.
CHAPTER 19

Basalt salt layer in an orogenic wedge lowers the basal friction and therefore creates a lower height
length ration of the wedge. It also causes the deformation to extend farther into the foreland, promoting a
very wide zone of thin-skinned tectonics in orogenic wedges.
a) False.
b) True.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
2. What is the difference between a salt sheet and a salt canopy?

a) A salt sheet is a single salt structure that has flowed lateraly to obtain a width greater and equal to 6
the thickness of the original diaper or its underlying stem. A canopy forms when several such sheets
grow into a connected sheet-like structure.
b) A salt sheet is a single salt structure that has flowed lateraly to obtain a width greater and equal to 4
c) A salt sheet is a single salt structure that has flowed lateraly to obtain a width greater and
equal to 5 the thickness of the original diaper or its underlying stem. A canopy forms when
several such sheets grow into a connected sheet-like structure.
d) A salt sheet is a single salt structure that has flowed lateraly to obtain a width greater and equal to 7

Classic centrifuge models model both the salt and the overburden as fluids, while the overburden
should be modeled as a frictional material.
a) False.
b) I dont know.
c) Maybe.
d) True.
CHAPTER 20

In cross-section a folded layer can be restored by means of vertical and inclined shear. A common
example is the restoration of a rollover or reverse drag above a listric fault. An alternative model is the
flexural shear model often applied to fault-bend folds.
a) I dont know.
b) Maybe.
c) False.
d) True.
2. Choose if the statement is:

Restoration departs from the present state and seeks to reconstruct the situation prior to
deformation. Forward modeling means to start out with that is thought to be the pre-deformational situation,
for instance underformed sedimentary strata, and then apply deformation and study the result.
a) False.
b) Maybe.
c) True.
d) I dont know.

Plastic strain means deformation that preserves continuity at the scale of observation, regardless
of the actual microscale deformation mechanisms.
a) True.
b) False.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
CHAPTER 21
1. Choose if the statement is:

One useful supplementary method is radiometric age dating, where age of individual minerals
associated with the mineral paragenesis are dated. Another is the use of kinematic indicators. If the
kinematics associated with the two different fabrics are opposite or at least different, this may indicate two
different phases rather than one progressive phase.
a) Maybe.
b) I dont know.
c) True.
d) False.
2. What characterizes pre-, syn- and posttectonic sedimentary sequences in a halfgraben setting?
a) Pretectonic sedimentation in a hald-graben fill in the relief created by the graben without any other
evidence of fault movement than that related to differential compaction across the fault.
Syntectonic sediments show thickening towards the graben-bounding fault and rotation so that the
layers dip toward the footwall.
Posttectonic sediments is not related to the graben formation.
b) Pretectonic sedimentation in a hald-graben show thickening towards the graben-bounding fault and
rotation so that the layers dip toward the footwall.
Syntectonic sediments is not related to the graben formation.
Posttectonic sediments fill in the relief created by the graben without any other evidence of fault
movement than that related to differential compaction across the fault.
c) Pretectonic sedimentation in a hald-graben is not related to the graben formation.
Syntectonic sediments show thickening towards the graben-bounding fault and rotation so
that the layers dip toward the footwall.
Posttectonic sediments fill in the relief created by the graben without any other evidence of
fault movement than that related to differential compaction across the fault.
d) Pretectonic sedimentation in a hald-graben is not related to the graben formation.
Syntectonic sediments fill in the relief created by the graben without any other evidence of fault
movement than that related to differential compaction across the fault.
Posttectonic sediments show thickening towards the graben-bounding fault and rotation so that the
layers dip toward the footwall.

A counterclockwise P-T path implies rapid increase in pressure followed by heating and then
decompression. This is difficult to achieve except in subduction settings, where rocks are buried subduction
and later exhumed.
a) True
b) Maybe.
c) I dont know.
d) False.
Ysulan, Azdine Kay S.

GEO130 Long Quiz # 3 Questionnaire
Chapter 1 (Structural Geology and Structural Analysis)

1. Match the following terms to its designated definition
D-Neotectonics 1-concerns large scale deformation structures & deformation
histories
E-Tectonics 2-describes microscale deformation, visible under microscope
F-Microtectonics 3-concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions
a. D1, E2, F3
b. D3, E1, F2
c. D3, E2, F1
d. D1, E2, F3
2. Structural geology refers to:
i. Covers deformation structures formed at or near the Earths surface
ii. Embraces structures at the scale of hundreds down to micro or atomic scale
iii. Typically relates to the observation, description, and interpretation of structures
iv. Involves the descriptions of the structure of the lithosphere at various scales
a. None of the above

b. All of the above
c. All except ii & iii
d. All except i & iv
3. A finite strain analysis concerns with _________________.
a. The changes in shape from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation
b. The changes in orientation from the initial state to the very end result of the
deformation
c. The changes in volume from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation
d. The changes in size from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation
Chapter 2 (Deformation)
1. Which of the following are characteristics of a simple shearing?

i. Lines along the angle do not deform or rotate
ii. Lines along the shear plane do not deform or rotate
iii. The sense of the line rotation is the same for any line orientation
iv. The sense of the line orientation is the same for any line rotation
a. None of the above

b. All of the above
c. All except ii & iii
d. All except i & iv
2. The following are flow parameters except:
i. Instantaneous Stretching
ii. Flow Apophyses
iii. Vorticity
iv. Velocity Field
a. All except i
b. All except ii
c. All of the above
3. Match the following:
X-Pure shear 7-perfect coaxial deformation
Y-Simple shear 8-special type of constant-volume 2D deformation
Z-Subsimple shear 9-exists a spectrum of planar deformation
a. X9, Y8, Z7
b. X7, Y8. Z9
c. X7, Y9, Z8
d. X8, Y7, Z9
Chapter 3 (Strain in Rocks)
1. This was first introduced by John Ramsay in his well-known 1967 textbook and has later
been improved.
a. Fry Method
b. Center-to-center Method
c. Fry Method and Center-to-center Method
d. R/ Method
2. A three-dimensional strain is usually achieved by
a. Combining two-dimensional data from several differently oriented sections
b. Combining one-dimensional data from several differently oriented sections
c. Combining two-dimensional data from several similar oriented sections

d. Combining one-dimensional data from several similar oriented sections
3. Connect and choose the correct answer:
1D-Strain in 1D 1-complete strain analysis
2D-Strain in 2D 2-concerned with changes in length only
3D-Strain in 3D 3-look for sections that have objects with known initial
shape
a. 1D1, 2D2, 3D3

b. 1D3, 2D2, 3D1
c. 1D2, 2D3, 3D1
d. 1D3, 2D2, 3D1
Chapter 4 (Stress)
1. Stress vector perpendicular to a surface:__________,
Stress vector parallel to the surface: _____________.
a. Shear stress; Normal stress
b. Normal stress; Shear stress
c. Principal stress; Deviatoric stress
d. Deviatoric stress; Principal stress
2. The principal planes of stress are the only plane where the shear stress is ____.
a. One
b. Two
c. Three
d. Zero
3. The __________ is useful to put the nine components of stress into a matrix.
a. Stress tensor
b. Stress matrix
d. Both A and B
Chapter 5 (Stress in the lithosphere)
1. What is a strain relaxation method where, in principle, a sample is extracted from a rock
unit, measured, and then released so that it can freely expand?
b. Hydraulic fracturing
c. Overcoring
d. Earthquake focal mechanism
2. Lithostatic reference state is the ___________________.
a. Hardest general stress model for the interior of the Earth
b. Simplest general stress model for the interior of the Earth

c. Hardest general strain model for the interior of the Earth
d. Simplest general strain model for the interior of the Earth
3. Total stress (reference state of stress + nontectonic residual stress + thermal stress +
terrestrial stress) = _____________.
a. Constant stress
b. Current tectonic stress
c. Horizontal stress
d. Differential stress
Chapter 6 (Rheology)
1. The following is/are true for linear elastic except for:
i. Instant response to stress
ii. Non-permanent strain
iii. Linear stress-strain relationship
iv. Linear stress-strain rate relationship
a. i only
b. ii only
c. iii only
d. iv only
2. What is the inverse of the compressibility of a medium, measure of the relative volume
change of a fluid or solid in response to a pressure or mean stress change?
a. Youngs Modulus
b. Shear Modulus
c. Bulk Modulus
3. This is/are the case when less stress is required to keep the deformation going.
a. Strain hardening
b. Work softening
c. Strain softening
d. Both B and C
Chapter 7 (Fracture and Brittle Deformation)
1. Shear fractures are ___________________.
a. Mode I and Mode II fractures
b. Mode II and Mode III fractures
c. Mode I and Mode III fractures
2. The shear fractures show slip along the fracture and typically develop at, what angle to
?
a. 5-10
b. 10-15
c. 15-20
3. It indicates that the shear stress required to initiate a shear fracture also depends on the
normal stress across the potential shear planes.
a. Amontons first law
b. Coulomb criterion
c. Amontons second law
d. Coulomb criterion of failure
Chapter 8 (Faults)
1. Analogy: Heave is for _______, Throw is for ________.
a. Horizontal component, Vertical component
b. Vertical component, Horizontal component
c. Neither A nor B
d. Either A or B
2. What is the amount of apparent offset of a faulted surface?
a. Rake
b. Throw
c. Separation
d. Net slip
3. Connect the following:
O-Listric fault 1-dips toward the master fault
P-Thrust fault 2-fault that flattens downward
Q-Reverse fault 3-dips against the master fault
R-Antithetic fault 4-with gentle angle fault
S-Synthetic fault 5-with steep angle fault
6-fault that the hanging wall is moved down relative to the
footwall
a. O2, P4, Q5, R1, S3

b. O2, P6, Q4, R1, S3
c. O2, P4, Q5, R1, S3
d. O2, P6, Q4, R3, S1
Chapter 9 (Kinematics and Paleostress in the Brittle Regime)
1. Polished slip surfaces are called ____________.
a. Slickenfibers
b. Slickensides
c. Slickenlines
d. Slickenshale
2. This are formed from the irregularities along a fault that can result in room for mineral
growth or shortening of this.
a. Reduction spots
b. Septarians
c. Cone-in-cone structures
d. Stylolites
3. A set of shear fractures, known as ___________, is seen to dip in the opposite direction.
a. P-fractures
b. R-fractures
c. S-fractures
d. T-fractures
Chapter 10 (Deformation at the microscale)
1. Which of the following statements is/are true?
I. Brittle deformation is sudden and violent
II. Brittle deformation is more complicated and sluggish.
III. Plastic deformation is common as temperature and pressure increase with depths.
a. I and II
b. II and III
c. I and III
d. All of the above
2. Deformation of an unconsolidated sand or weakly consolidated sand or weakly consolidated
sandstone is governed by how many mechanism/s?
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2
3. A mobile line defect that contributes to intracrystalline deformation by a mechanism called slip.
a. Dislocation
b. Dislocation glide
c. Dislocation slide
d. Dislocation creep
Chapter 11 (Folds and Folding)
1. A trough-shaped fold where layers get younger toward the axial surface.
a. Syncline
b. Anticline
c. Antiform
d. Synform
2. A fold classification based on interlimb 120-70 angle.
a. Open
b. Closed
c. Gentle
d. Steep
3. It is a dip isogons converge downward.
a. Class 0
b. Class 1
c. Class 2
d. Class 3
Chapter 12 (Foliation and Cleavage)
1. Match the following:

A-Linear fabric 1-elongate elements with a preferred orientation
B-Planar fabric 2-tabular or platy minerals or flat object with common
orientation
C-Curviplanar fabric 3-more appropriate term in some cases
D-Random fabric 4-one of the elements shows no preferred orientation
a. A4, B3, C2, D1

b. A1, B2, C3, D4
c. A4, B2, C1, D3
d. A3, B2, C1, D4
2. The Austrian geologist who introduced around 1930 the designation S for foliations.
a. Brandy Sander
b. Adam Sandler
c. Bradley Sander
d. Bruno Sander
3. What is the possible history if cleavage development in a mudstone?
I. Phyllitic cleavage
II. Pencil cleavage
III. Slaty cleavage
IV. Compaction cleavage
V. Crenulation cleavage
a. III V IV I II
b. II I IV V III
c. IV II III V I
d. I III V IV II
Chapter 13 (Lineations)
1. Competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments.

a. Mullion
b. Pencil structures
c. Boudins
d. Rodding
2. This/These contribute/s to a change in shape of minerals during deformation.
a. Cataclasis
d. All of the above
3. A term used to describe linear elements that occur in a rock.
a. Lineation
b. Lineament
c. Linearity
Chapter 14 (Boudinage)
1. The following statements are true for pinch-and-swell structures except:

I. Examples of regularly spaced areas of thinning in many extended competent layers
II. Structures like boudin-like elements
III. Barely connected
IV. Controlled by temperature, strain rate and viscosity contrast
a. I and II
b. III only
c. IV only
d. None of the given choices
2. A boudin has a certain ________ and _________, and have measurable __________.
a. Thickness, Width, Separation
b. Size, Orientation, Separation
c. Length, Height, Angle
d. Amplitude, Width, Extension
3. Asymmetric boudins can form by ___________.
a. Extension
b. Tension
c. Compression
d. Transpression
Chapter 15 (Shear zones and Mylonites)
1. Other term for compaction zone.

a. Translation zone
b. Dilation zone
c. Distortion zone
d. Shear zone
2. Zone that cover the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure shear.
a. Simple shear zone
b. Subsimple shear zone
c. Pure shear zone

d. All of the above
3. A kinematic indicator.
a. Mylonites
b. Cataclasite
c. Ophiolites
d. Melange
Chapter 16 (Contractional regimes)
1. What are drag folds?

a. Folds that form on the thrust surface during movement
b. Folds that form below the thrust surface during movement
c. Folds that form near the thrust surface during movement
d. Folds that form away the thrust surface during movement
2. Central area: ___________; Marginal area: ______________.
a. Nappe, Duplex
b. Floor thrust, Roof thrust
c. Hinterland, Foreland
d. Lateral ramps, Oblique ramps
3. The fold associated with the fault tip.
a. Blind fold
b. Thrust fold
c. Detachment fold
Chapter 17 (Extensional regimes)
1. This/these is/are type/s of extension connected with a orogenic cycle.

a. Platean collapse
b. Simple shear
c. Up-squeezing of wedge
d. All of the above
2. One of the several stages in Wilson cycle
a. Diagenesis
b. Orogeny
c. Both A and B
d. Neither A nor B
3. A process where new faults successively form in the footwall
a. Footwall collapse
b. Hanging wall collapse
c. Fault collapse
d. Wall collapse
Chapter 18 (Strike-slip, transpression, and transtension)
1. Strike-slip faults that have free tips.

a. Transfer faults
b. Transcurrent faults
c. Tear faults
d. Wrench faults
2. A characteristics feature of such bends is their tendency to split and widen upward.
a. Flower structures
b. Pull-apart basin
c. Push-up ranges
d. All of the above
3. Restraining bends: ___________, Releasing bends: _____________.
a. Transfer faults, Transcurrent faults
b. Positive flower structures, Negative flower structures
c. Negative flower structures, Positive flower structures
d. Transcurrent faults, Transfer faults
Chapter 19 (Salt Tectonics)
1. Salt layers become buoyant and gravitationally unstable when buried to the depth where the
overburden is ______ that the salt.
a. Less dense
b. Denser
c. Lighter
2. A type of flow that occurs in a simple shear-type deformation with the salt layer as the
overburden is translated relative to the substrate.
a. Couette flow
b. Cataclastic flow
c. Mylonite flow
d. Tresca flow
3. Salts that flows out as sheets on the surface.
a. Autochthonous
b. Allochthonous
c. Diapirs
d. Sheets
Chapter 20 (Balancing and Restoration)
1. A geologic section is not proven ___________________________________________.

a. Balanced until the restored version is presented
b. Unbalanced until the restored version is not presented
c. Balanced until the recent version is not presented
d. Unbalanced until the restored version is presented
2. It is a common assumption that the layers have been stretched and folded by ________.
a. Pure shear
b. Simple shear
c. Subsimple shear
d. Subpure shear
3. Constant length restoration is a principle?
a. False
b. Partly false
c. True
d. Partly true
NOBORA
Structural Geology (by Fossen)
Chapter 1.
(1) Neotectonic structures are the surface expression of faults in the form of ________, and
important data sets stem from ________ and changes in elevation of regions detected by
repeated satellite measurements.
a. Raft tectonics, focal mechanisms

(b.) Fault scarps, seismic information from earthquakes
c. Growth faults, focal mechanisms
d. Both A and C
(2) In the field of microtectonics, ________ is a useful remote sensing technique that uses radar
satellite images.
a. InSAR (Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar)

b. Orthophoto
c. GPS (Global Positioning System)
(d.) None of the above choices
(3) ________ in general are an important source of data that can only be retrieved from GPS
satellites to measure plate movements.
a. LIDAR (Light Detection and Ranging)

b. GIS (Graphical Information System (GIS)
c. GPS (Global Positioning System)
Chapter 2.
(1) ________ moves every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and
its displacement field consists of parallel vectors of equal length.
a. Rotation
b. Strain
(c.) Translation
d. None of the above choices
(2) Ratio between the long and short axes of the ellipse.
a. Obliquity
(b.) Ellipticity
c. Elliptical ratio
d. Sphericity
(3) The ________ deformation takes the deformed rock back to its undeformed state.
a. Homogenous
(b.) Inverse
c. Plane strain
Chapter 3.
(1) ________ are concerned with changes in length and therefore the simplest form of strain
analysis we have.
(a.) One-dimensional strain analyses

b. Elongation
c. Stretching
d. Two-dimensional strain analyses
(2) The ________ handles initially non-spherical markers, but the method requires a significant
a. Wellman method
b. Breddin Graph
(3) Strain markers with the same mechanical properties as the surroundings.
(a) Passive strain markers

b. Docile strain markers
c. Active strain markers
d. Similar strain markers
Chapter 4.
(1) The ________ and its ________ tell us everything about the state of stress at a given point
in a rock, or in a rock volume in which stress is homogeneous.
a. Principal stresses, positive and negative tractions

b. Principal planes of stress, positive and negative tractions
c. Strain ellipse, orientation
(d.) Stress ellipsoid, orientation
(2) ________ represent the same state of stress (same shape and orientation of the stress
ellipsoid) regardless of our choice of coordinate system.
a. Stress matrix
b. Stress tensor
(c.) Both A and B
d. Tensor field
(3) ________ cannot be decomposed in the same way as force, because it also depends on
area.
(a.) Stress
b. Strain
c. Stress matrix
Chapter 5.
(1) It is based on the assumption that the average stress in the lithosphere is everywhere the
same to the depth of isostatic compensation under the thickest lithosphere.
a. Hydrostatic Stress
b. Lithostatic reference state
c. Uniaxial-strain reference state
(d.) Constant-horizontal-stress reference state
(2) ________ forms when formation fluid in porous formations is trapped between non-
permeable layers.
a. Hydrostatic pressure
(b.) Overpressure
(3) In a rock column where the rock is porous, the lithostatic stress is distributed over the grain
contact area, and this stress is called the ________.
(a.) Effective stress

b. Lithostatic stress
c. Reference states of stress
d. Residual stress
Chapter 6.
(1) In many cases of experimental rock deformation, the stressstrain curves during elastic
loading and unloading differ, and the material is said to be ________.
a. Perfect elastic
b. Perfectly viscous
(c.) Elastic with hysteresis
(2) Where a competent layer is stiffer or more viscous than

its surroundings.
a. Elastic limit
b. Relative viscosity
(c.) Competency
(3) ________ means that the stress necessary to deform the rock must be increased for strain
to accumulate, because the rock becomes stronger and harder to deform.
a. Strain hardening
b. Work hardening
(c.) Both A and B
d. Dislocation
Chapter 7.
(1) Combinations of shear (Mode II or III) fractures and tension (Mode I) fractures.
(a.) Hybrid fractures

b. Combined fractures
c. Both A and B
(2) The deeper into the brittle part of the crust, the ________ the rock, and the ________ the
differential stress required to fracture it.
a. weaker, larger
b. weaker, smaller
c. stronger, smaller
(d.) stronger, larger
(3) Which statement/s is/are false?
I. Deformation bands are restricted to highly porous granular media, notably porous sandstones.
II. A shear deformation band is a wider zone of deformation than regular shear fractures of
comparable displacement.
III. Deformation bands do not develop large offsets. Even 100 m long deformation bands seldom
have offsets in excess of a few centimeters, while shear fractures of the same length tend to
show meter-scale displacement.
IV. Deformation bands occur as single structures, as clusters, or in zones associated with slip
surfaces (faulted deformation bands). This is related to the way that faults form in porous rocks
by faulting of deformation band zones.
a. I, II and III
b. I, III and IV
c. IV, I and III
Chapter 8.
(1) Folds that form ahead of a propagating fault tip.
a. Smear
b. Forced folds
(c.) Fault propagation folds
(2) The ability of faults to affect fluid flow is commonly referred to as fault ________.
a. Transmissibility
b. Transmissivity
(c.) Both A and B
I. The shale smear factor and similar algorithms help us to estimate the sealing potential of a
fault as well as catch all the complexities and variations that exist within and along natural faults.
II. Smearing of clay or shale along a fault may result in sealing faults in a fluid reservoir.
III. Faults tend to decrease permeability in non-porous rocks, while they commonly increase
permeability in porous rocks.
IV. Clay abrasion, where clay is tectonically eroded from clay-rich layers along the fault and
incorporated into the fault core, is a third mechanism that contributes to clay smearing.
a. IV, I and III

b. I, III and IV
c. I, II and III
Chapter 9.
(1) Striations are typically found on (but not restricted to) polished slip surfaces called
________.
a. Slickenlines
b. Corrugations
(c.) Slickensides
(2) Stress tensor that contains information about the shape and orientation of the stress
ellipsoid, but not the absolute magnitude of the principal stresses.
a. Asperities
b. Tangent-lineation diagrams
(c.) Reduced stress tensor
(3) Extension structures that initiate perpendicular to the smallest stress axis, and are therefore
useful paleostress indicators.
a. Joints
b. Veins
(c.) All of the above choices
Chapter 10.
(1) Deformation of an unconsolidated sand or weakly consolidated sandstone buried at less

than ~1 km depth is governed by
a. Grain rolling
b. Frictional grain boundary sliding
(c.) Both A and B
(2) Mechanical twinning of calcite involves a ________ and

________ plastic deformation mechanism that stores information about the stress field at the
time of deformation.
(a.) low-strain, low-temperature

b. low-stress, low-temperature
c. high-stress, high-temperature
d. low-strain, high-temperature
(3) A dislocation is a mobile line defect that contributes to intracrystalline deformation by a

mechanism called ________.
a. Creep
(b.) Slip
c. Diffusion
d. Mechanical twinning
Chapter 11.
(1) Which statement/s is/are true?
I. The orientation of a fold is described by the orientation of its axial surface and hinge line.
II. The axial surface does not necessarily bisect the limbs.
III. The axial trace of a fold is the line of intersection of the axial surface with the surface of
observation, typically the surface of an outcrop or a geologic section.
IV. It is possible to have two sets of axial surfaces developed, which is the case with so-called
polyclinal.
(a.) I, II and III

b. IV, I and III
c. I, III and IV
(2) A/An ________ is a structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone.
(a.) Antiform
b. Synform
c. Anticline
(3) ________ is a fold process that can initiate when a layer is shortened parallel to the layering.
a. Flexural folding
(b.) Buckling
c. Kinking
d. Passive folding
Chapter 12.
(1) A/An ________ is built of minerals and mineral aggregates with a preferred orientation that
penetrate the rock at the microscopic to centimeter spacing scale.
a. Foliation
b. Imbricate
(c.) Fabric
(2) Low-temperature version of foliation and is best developed in rocks with abundant platy
minerals.
(a.) Cleavage
b. Fracture
c. Parting
d. Joint
(3) Commonly used about early tectonic domainal cleavage in previously unfoliated rocks such
asmudstones, sandstones and limestones.
a. Stylolitic cleavage
b. Slaty cleavage
(c.) Disjunctive cleavage
d. Compaction cleavage
Chapter 13.
(1) Minerals and mineral aggregates can form a linear fabric by means of ________.
b. Rigid rotation
(c.) Both A and B
(2) Contributes to change the shape of minerals and mineral aggregates during deformation.
a. Cataclasis
(c.) Both A and B
(3) Describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the
rock.
a. Mullion
b. Kinkng
(c.) Rodding
Chapter 14.
(1) Process by which forms pinch-and-swell structures

a. Necking
b. Boudinage
(c.) Both A and B
(2) Rectangular boudins imply ________ competence contrast and ________ brittle deformation
than barrel-shaped boudins.
a. higher, less
b. lower, less
c. lower, more
(d.) higher, more
(3) Separated by shear fractures or shear bands (small-scale shear zones) that tend to die out
once they leave the boudinaged layer.
(b.) Assymetric boudins
c. Barrel-shaped boudins
d. Pinch-and-swell structures
Chapter 15.
(1) Which statement/s is/are true?
I. More well-developed faults tend to show a two-fold anatomy, with a central high-strain core
and a low-strain damage zone.
II. Fault cores tend to be thinner than ductile shear zones.
III. Combined fault core and damage zone thickness corresponds well with the thickness of
more ductile shear zones.
IV. Ductile shear zones can involve both plastic and brittle deformation mechanisms, while faults
are totally dominated by brittle mechanisms.
a. I, II and III
b. IV, I and III
c. I, III and IV
(2) Shear zones forming predominantly by brittle deformation mechanisms are called ________.
a. Brittle shear zones

b. Frictional shear zones
(c.) Both A and B
(3) Contains no internal discontinuities, so that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be

(b.) Perfectly ductile shear zone
c. Brittleplastic shear zones
d. Plastic shear zones.
Chapter 16.
(1) An erosional remnant of a nappe is called ________.
a. Outlier
b. Klippe
(c.) Both A and B
(2) An erosional hole through a nappe that exposes the underlying rock unit or nappe, such as
those seen on the map of the Scandinavian Caledonides.
a. Fenster
b. Window
c. Outlier
(3) Contractional faults in the foreland of an orogenic zone typically form ________.
(a.) Imbrication zones

b. Hinterland
c. Foreland
d. Thrust Nappe
Chapter 17.
(1) A soft (ductile) fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the footwall as it is
(a.) Rolling hinge model

b. Soft domino model
c. Active rifting model
(2) ________ is the sedimentary package deposited prior to extension.
a. Synrift sequence
(b.) Prerift sequence
c. Postrift sequence
(3) Results in an asymmetric rift, and in this sense is more consistent with observations
discussed in the previous section.
a. McKenzie model
b. Active rifting model
c. Pure shear model
(d.) Simple shear model
Chapter 18.
(1) The internal decomposition of the total strain across a deformed zone into zones or domains
of different types of strain.
(a.) Transpression
b. Strain partitioning
c. Transtension
(2) Contractional structures like stylolites, cleavages, folds and reverse faults form in ________.
a. Fault stepover
(b.) Restrainig bends
c. Releasing bends
d. Pull-apart basins
I. Strike-slip zones occur along transform plate boundaries as transform faults.

II. Transpression (transtension) occurs where there is a component of shortening (extension)
across a strike-slip zone.
III. Strain partitioning is found within many transpressional deformation zones.
IV. Simple models of transpression predict partitioning into domains of coaxial strain separated
by simple shear zones or strike-slip faults.
a. I, II and III
b. IV, I and III
c. I, III and IV
Chapter 19.
(1) Salt that has been emplaced onto its stratigraphic overburden and with a width that is at
least five times its thickness.
a. Autochtonous
b. Allochthonous
(c.) Salt sheet
(2) ________ are ideal locations for reactive diapirism, and the locations where one would
expect diapirs to form along strike-slip faults.
a. Fault stepover
(b.) Releasing bends
c. Restrainig bends
(3) Form where extensional faults completely disconnect the fault blocks above the salt
decollement.
a. Diapirs
b. Salt rollers
(c.) Rafts
Chapter 20.
(1) Lateral variations in overburden thickness and/or density are known under the term
________.
a. Pressure differences
(b.) Differential loading
c. Differential compaction
(2) Salt withdrawal causes overlying layers to subside locally, and a/an ________ forms around
the salt structure.
a. Rim syncline
b. Minibasin
(c.) Both A and B
(3) ________ is a term used for exposed or very shallow diapirs that rise continually at a rate
that more or less keeps pace with sedimentation.
(a.) Passive diapirism

b. Downbuilding
c. Reactive diapirism
Chapter 21.

I. Overprinting relations are essential when reconstructing the tectonic history of a region.
II. Structures can be forming continuously and progressively over a long time period, or in
discrete phases separated by periods of tectonic quiescence.
III. Metamorphic minerals are useful because they may indicate the PT conditions at the time
of formation, and some may be dated radiometrically.
IV. Structures forming close to the surface, notably faults and salt structures, may influence
topography and thus sedimentary patterns.
a. I, II and III
b. IV, I and III
c. I, III and IV
(2) PT diagrams can be constructed if we can retrieve information about different stages during
the PT history and thus rely on ________.
(a.) Heterogeneous strain, incomplete metamorphic resetting

b. Homogenous strain
c. Homogenous strain, radiometric dating
(3) Porphyroblasts may grow prior to, during or after a given deformation phase, and are
respectively termed
(a.) pretectonic, syntectonic and posttectonic

b. syntectonic, pretectonic and posttectonic
c. posttectonic, pretectonic and syntectonic
d. posttectonic, intertectonic and syntectonic
Lapuz III, Virgilio G. Quiz 3 Structural Geology Questions (Fossen)
1. This analysis seeks to reconstruct the orientation and magnitude of the stress field by studying a
set of structures. (Ans: a)
a. Dynamic Analysis c. Rheological Analysis
b. Mechanical Analysis d. Tectonic Analysis
2. It is a digital representation of the topography or shape of a surface, typically the surface of the
Earth. (Ans: d)
a. Aerial Photos c. Satellite Images
b. InSAR d. Digital Elevation Model
3. These processes are closely associated with the structural geology of a locality or region. (Ans: b)
a. Intrusion, Field, & Stress c. Field, Experiment, & Numerical Processes
b. Magmatic, Sedimentary, & Metamorphic Processes d. None of the above
1. It describes how fast a particle rotates in a soft medium during deformation. (Ans: c)
a. Flow Apophyses
b. Velocity Filed
c. Vorticity
2. By definition of Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Deformation, which are Homogeneous and
Heterogeneous? (Ans: a)
a. Homogeneous: Rotation and Translation c. Homogeneous: Rotation
Heterogeneous: Strain, Area & Volume Heterogeneous: Strain & Translation
b. Heterogeneous: Rotation and Translation d. None of the above
Homogeneous: Strain, Area & Volume
3. It describes the amount of elongation in any direction in a plane of homogeneous deformation.
(Ans : d)
a. Shear strain c. Elongation
b. Angular Strain d. Strain Ellipse
Chapter 3: Strain in Rocks
1. This method is demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed
state.(Ans: c)
a. Breddin Graph c. Wellman Methods
b. Elliptical Object Method d. None of the above
2. A strain marker with the same mechanical properties as the surroundings. (Ans: d)
a. Strain Partitioning c. Strain Geometry
b. Active Strain Marker d. Passive Strain Marker
3. Objects revealing the state of strain in a deformed rock is?( Ans: a)
a. Strain markers c.Voids
b. Sediments d. None of the above
Chapter 4: Stress
1. It describes the normal and shear stress acting on planes of all possible orientations through
a point in the rock. (Ans: d)
a. Mohr Circle c. Mean Stress
b. Deviatoric Stress d. Mohr Diagram
2. The anisotropic component of the total Stress and the Deviatoric Stress is generally
considerably _______ to isotropic. (Ans: b)
a. Larger c. Equal
b. Smaller d. Maximum
3. What is the difference between the Maximum and Minimum Principal Stresses? (Ans: a)
13) c. Great Differential Stress
31) d. None of the Above
1. It is the increase of fluid pressure until rock fractures. (Ans: c)

a. Great Differential Stress c. Hydraulic Fracturing
b. Borehole Breakout d. Overcoring
2. The lithostatic reference state is an isotropic state of stress, where the vertical and horizontal
stresses are _________.( Ans: c)
a. Small c. Equal
b. Large d. Both a and b
3. It is formed when formation fluid in porous formation is trapped between non-permeable
layers. (Ans: b)
a. Hydraulic Fracture c. Hydrostatic Pressure
b. Overpressure d. Pore Fluid Pressure
Chapter 6: Rheology
1. Rocks tend to flow and accumulate permanent deformation when? (Ans: d)

a. Cooled c. Both a and b
b. Pressurized d. Heated
2. It is the resistance of layers or objects to flow. (Ans: c)
a. Relative Viscosity c. Competency
b. Viscosity d. Elasticity
3. It is where the stress cannot rise above the yield stress and strain can continue to accumulate.
(Ans: c)
a. Perfectly Plastic c. Both a and b
b. Saint Venant d. None of the above
1. What combination does a hybrid fractures have?( Ans: a)

a. Mode I and II c. Mode I, II and III
b. Mode I and III d. Mode II and III
2. The strength of the rock depends on?( Ans : c)
a. Elasticity c. Confining Pressure
b. Minerals d. Rock type
(=tan), what does tan represents? (Ans: b)
a. Critical Stress c. Cohesive Strength
b. Coefficient of Internal Friction d. Tensile Strength
Chapter 8: Faults
1. A glassy fault rock created by crystalline rocks to melt locally due to friction. (Ans: d)
a. Cataclasites c. Fault Gouge
b. Breccias d. Pseudotachylyte
2. It is characterized by a density of brittle deformation structures of the fault that is higher than the
background level. (Ans: c)
a. Slip surface c. Damage Zone
b. Drag Zone d. None of the above
3. Any seal resulting from brittle deformation or cementation and dissolution along the fault.
(Ans: a)
a. Self-Juxtaposed Seal c. Diagenetic Effect
b. Juxtaposed Seal d. Both a and b
Chapter 9: Kinematics and Paleostress in the brittle regime
1. A simple case of deformation expressed in terms of conjugate fault system.

(Ans: a)
a. Plane Strain c. Slickenlines
b. Slickensides d. Corrugation
2. These structures, also known as anticracks, are found as solution seams or
stylolites in some brittlely deformed rocks. (Ans: d)
a. Fault c. Extensional
b. Joints d. Anti-cracks
3. According to this theory, the slip direction or lineation would be in the dip
direction or in the strike direction. (Ans :a)
a. Andersonian c. Wallace-Bot
b. Coulomb d. None of the above
Chapter 10: Deformation at the Microscale
1. It is a combination of Intergranular fracturing, intragranular fracturing, frictional sliding, and

grain rotation. (Ans :b)
a. Flaking c. Joints
b. Cataclastic Flow d. Fault
2. Which twinning does not involve breaking of the crystal lattice and considered plastic
deformation mechanism. (Ans: b)
a. Deformation Twinning c. Both a and b
b. Mechanical Twinning d. None of the above
3. The migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices. (Ans: c)
a. Diffusion Mass Transfer c. Both a and b
b. Diffusion Creep d. None of the above
Chapter 11: Folds and Folding
1. It is a structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone. Ans: c
a. Anticline c. Antiforms
b. Synform d. Fold
2. A class type of fold which explains, Dip isogons converge toward the inner arc, which is
tighter than the outer arc. Ans: a
a. Class 1 c. Class 3
b. Class 2 d. None of the above
3. Choose which is true in Single-Layer folds formed by buckling characteristics. Ans: d
a. Planar and Parallel boundaries is perfectly parallel
b. Folds are most easily recognized as single competent layer
c. The thin layers will start to develop folds first.
d. The normal to the axial surface or axial cleavage indicates the direction of maximum shortening
Chapter 12: Foliation and Cleavage
1. A kind of fabric that contains tabular or other flat objects with a common orientation. Ans: d
a. Linear Fabric c. Random Fabric
b. Primary Fabric d. Planar Fabric
2. Around what temperature that we leave the realm of cleavage and enter that of schistosity and
mylonitic foliations? Ans :a
3. It is the largely responsible for the oblate strain ellipsoids associated with cleavage formation. Ans
:b
a. Stress c. Strain
b. Pressure Solution d. Pressure
Chapter 13: Lineations

1. Linear deformation structures those are restricted to the interface between a competent layer and
incompetent rock. Ans :a
a. Mullion c. Pencil Structures
b. Boudinage d. Slickensides
2. What mode of fracture can Mineral Fibers can be found? Ans: c
a. Mode III c. Mode I
b. Mode II d. All of the above
3. It describes the elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the rock.
Ans: b
a. Boudinage c. Lineation
b. Rodding d. Mullion
1. These boudins imple higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation than barrel-shaped
boudins. Ans: a
a. Rectangular Boudins c. Elliptical Boudins
b. Circular Boudins d. Longitudinal Boudins
2. This type of boudinage is commonly found in deformed metamorphic rocks that are separated by
shear fractures and shear bands. Ans: a
a. Asymmetric Boudins c. Both a and b
b. Symmetric Boudins d. None of the above
3. This type of boudinage occurs where there is a strong planar anisotropy in deformed rocks. Ans: c
a. Symmetric Boudins c. Symmetric Foliation Boudins
b. Asymmetric Boudins d. Both a and b
Chapter 15: Shear Zones and Mylonites
1. A zone where in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock. Ans: c
a. Tabular Zone c. Shear Zone
b. Simple Shear Zone d. Pure Shear Zone
2. Zone which contains no internal discontinuities that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be traced.
Ans: a
a. Perfectly Ductile Shear Zone c. Frictional Shear Zone
b. Semi-brittle Shear Zone d. Plastic Shear Zone
3. A zone where it is limited by two perfectly planar boundaries separating it from completely undeformed
wall rocks. Ans: c
a. Frictional Shear Zone c. Ideal Shear Zone
b. Plastic Shear Zone d. Semi-Ductile Shear Zone
Chapter 16: Contractional Regimes
1. A collection of thrust that share common lithological or structural features Ans: d

a. Detachment c. Roof Thrust
b. Sole thrust d. Nappe Complex
2. An erosional remnant of a Nappe Ans: b
a. Detachment c. Fenster
b. Klippe d. Thrust Nappe
3. The area in the central portion of the collision zone. Ans: c

a. Klippe c. Hinterland
b. Foreland d. Sole thrust
Chapter 17: Extensional Regimes
1. A series of faults or fault blocks is called? Ans: a

a. Imbrication Zone c. Ramp-flat-ramp
b. Extensional Duplex d. Detachment
2. This kind of rifting sequence is constituted of sediments deposited during the rifting. Ans: b
a. Prerift c. Postrift
b. Synrift d. None of the above
3. This kind of rifting sequence is controlled by the geometry of fault blocks and thermal subsidence. Ans: c
a. Prerift c. Postrift
b. Synrift d. None of the above
Chapter 18: Strike- Slip, Tranpression and Transtension
1. This kind of fault have free tips and grow in length as they accumulate strike-slip displacement. Ans: d
a. Normal Fault c. Strike-Slip Fault
b. Reverse Fault d. Transcurrent Fault
2. What does contractional structures- stylolites, cleavages, folds and reverse faults form? Ans: a
a. Restraining Bed c. Detachment
b. Contractional Duplexes d. None of the above
3. It is the simultaneous combination of strike-slip or simple shear motion along a structure and
shortening perpendicular to it. Ans: a
a. Transpression c. Both a and b
b. Trasgression d. None of the above
Chapter 19: Salt Tectonics
1. Which is not a property of a salt? Ans: d

a. Mechanically very weak c. Impermeable
b. Low Density d. None of the above
2. It is a mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the overburden. Ans: a
a. Salt Diaper c. Salt Withrawal
b. Salt Explusion d. None of the above
3. It refers to the hot salt expands and becomes more buoyant that accelerates salt flow toward the
surface. Ans: c
a. Salt Explusion c. Thermal loading
b. Salt Withrawal d. Salt Diaper
Chapter 20: Balancing and Restoration
1. A kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by successively
removing sedimentary sequences. Ans: b
a. Restoration c. Postrift Sequence
b. Backstripping d. Synrift Sequence

2. Which does not involves in modeling a cross-section in a rift setting. Ans: d
a. Removal of the youngest stratigraphic unit
b. Decompaction of the remaining stratigraphy
c. Adding thermal uplift
3. It is the preservation of line length and bed thickness restoration simple. Ans: a
a. Flexural Slip c. Section Balancing
b. Restoration d. None of the above
Chapter 21: A glimpse of a larger picture
1. It is the time period during which structures formed continuously within a region with a common
expression. Ans: a
a. Deformation Phase c. Retrogressive Deformation
b. Progressive Deformaton d. None of the above
2. A Deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases is called? Ans: a
a. Polyphasal c. Progressive Deformation
b. Porphyroblast d. Retrogressive Deformation
3. Large metamorphic crystals that is common in mica-bearing schists and gneisses. Ans: b
a. Polyphasal c. Porphyroclast
b. Porphyroblasts d. Pseudomorphs
DE-REGLA
Chapter 1
1. Processe/s and structure/s that have been modeled in the laboratory.
I. Buckle folding
II. Shear folding
III. Fault population
IV. Porphyroclast rotation
a. Only I
b. Only II
c. Only III
d. Only IV
e. All of the above
2. Is a geographic area within which the structural data set is approximately

homogenous or where is shows a systematic change.
a. Subpopulation
b. Structural subarea
c. Structural associations
d. Accomodation zone
3. Change in shape from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation.
a. Incremental strain analysis

b. Ductile deformation
c. Finite strain analysis
d. Stereographic projection
Chapter 2
1. Straight lines remain straight, parallel lines remain parallel, and identically shaped
and oriented objects will also be identically shaped and oriented after the deformation.
a. Homogeneous deformation
b. Heterogeneous deformation
c. Deformation
d. Inverse deformation
e. Reciprocal deformation
2. State of strain where stretching in X is compensated for by equal shortening in the

plane orthogonal to X.
a. Uniform flattening
b. Uniform extension
c. Principal stretches
d. Isochroic deformations
e. Plane Strain
3. The lines parallel to the principal stain axes have rotated away from their initial
positions.
a. Internal rotation
b. Rotational deformations
c. Shear plane
d. Non-coaxial deformation
e. Coaxial deformation
Chapter 3
1. Overall strain is distributed unevenly in terms of intensity and/or geometry in a rock

volume.
a. Strain partitioning
b. Strain markers
c. Two-dimensional strain analyses
d. One-dimensional strain analyses
2. A quicker and visually more attractive method for finding two-dimensional strain was
developed at the end of the 1970s.
a. Center-to-center method
b. Elliptical objects
c. Wellman method
d. Breddin graph
e. Fry method
3. Three-dimensional strain data are presented in Flinn diagram or similar diagrams that
describe the shape of the strain ellipsoid, also known as
a. Stress geometry
b. Deformation geometry
c. Strain geometry
d. Ellipticity
Chapter 4
1. Represent the same state of stress (same shape and orientation of the stress
ellipsoid) regardless of our choice of coordinate system.
a. Stress tensors
b.Differential stress
c. Deviatoric stress
d. Hydrostatic stress
e. Anisotropic
2. The difference between the maximum and minimum principal stresses is the diameter
of the circle. The difference is called
a. Stress tensors
e. Anisotropic
3. The difference between the mean stress and the total stress.
a. Stress tensors
e. Anisotropic
Chapter 5
1. Is an isotropic state of stress, where the vertical and horizontal stresses are equal.

b. Reference state of stress
d. Effective stress
2. Reduces the effective stress, which is the stress at grain contacts in porous rocks

b. Reference state of stress
d. Effective stress
e. Pore fluid pressure
3. Which statement/s is/are true?
I. Stress is not directly observable, but is revealed by strain in one way or another.
II. Reference state of stress in the crust are very generalized models that can be used
to detect anomalies.
III. The amount of differential stress a rock can support increases downward through the
brittle upper crust.
IV. Tectonic stress is ideally classified by three end-member states or regimes: the
normal, strike-slip, and thrust regimes.
a. I and II
b. IV and II
c. I and III
d. III and IV
e. All of the above
Answer Key
1. A
2. E
3. E
Chapter 6
1. Resistance of layers or objects to flow. The term is qualitative and relative to that of
its neighboring layers or matrix.
a. Competency
b. Viscosity
c. Yield Stress
d. Relative viscosity
e. Permanent stress
2. The stress necessary to deform the rock must be increased to accumulate, because
the rock becomes stronger and harder to deform.
a. Work hardening
b. Creep
c. Strain softening
d.General linear behavior
e. Strain rate
3. Preserves the continuity of originally continuous structures and layers, and describes
a scale-dependent deformation style that can form by a range of deformation
mechanisms.
a. Ductile deformation
c. Frictional deformation
d. Crystal-plastic deformation
Answer Key
1. A
2. A
3. A
Chapter 7
1. Very narrow zones, often thought of as surfaces, associated with discontinuities in

displacement and mechanical properties (strength or stiffness).
a. Joints
b. Shear zone
c. Shear Fracture
d. Fractures
e. Slip surface
2. Little or no macroscopically detectable displacement, but close examination reveals

that most have a minute extensional displacement across the surface.
a. Joints
b. Shear zone
c. Shear Fracture
d. Fractures
e. Slip surface
I. Stress concentrates at the tip of both small and large fractures and helps them grow.
II. High fluid pressure in cracks and pores also promotes fracture and fracture
propagation.
III. Fractures form primarily in the brittle regime where brittle mechanisms dominate.
IV. Cataclastic deformation bands show the most significant permeability reductions.
a. I and II
b. IV and II
c. I and III
d. III and IV
e. All of the above
Answer Key
1. D
2. A
3. E
Chapter 8
1. Any surface or narrow zone with visible shear displacement along the zone.
a. Fault
b. Joints
c. Fracture
d. Shear zone
2. An unconsolidated fault rock consisting of less the 30% matrix.
a. Fault gouge
b. Fault breccia
c. Pseudotachylyte
d. Mylonite
e. Crush breccia
3. Characterized by large fragments and have less than 10% matrix and are cohesive
and hard rocks.
a. Fault gouge
b. Fault breccia
c. Pseudotachylyte
d. Mylonite
e. Crush breccia
Answer Key
1. A
2. B
3. E
Chapter 9
1. A geometric way of extracting stress from fault slip data is to construct
a. Flinn diagram
b. Mohr circle
c. Tangent-lineation diagram
d. Fault-plane solution
2. Striations are typically found on (but not restricted to) polished slip surfaces.
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenlines
c. Rigde-in-groove lineations
d. Corrugations
e. None of above
I. The maximum principal stess axis bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults.
II. Slip on planar fracture can be assumed to occur parallel to the greatest resolved
shear stress.
III. Paleostress indicators must record small strains that do not involve much rotation to
ensure that strain and stress axes can be correlated.
IV. Joints and veins are extension structures that initiate perpendicular to the smallest
stress axis, and are therefore useful palestress indicators.
a. I and II
b. IV and II
c. I and III
d. III and IV
e. All of the above
Answer Key
1. C
2. B
3. E
Chapter 10
1. The process whereby strained and dislocation-rich grains are replaced by unstrained
grains with few or no dislocations.
b. Disclocation
c. Dislocation glide
d. Deformation bands
2. The self-healing (and caterpillar style) process by which edge dislocations move.
a. Dislocation wall
b. Dislocation creep
c. Dislocation glide
d. Dislocation
3. Diffusion of crystal vacancies along grain boundaries - a plastic deformation

mechanism.
a. Coble creep
b. Grain boundary migration
c. Grain boundary sliding
d. Gliding model
Answer Key
1. A
2. C
3. A
Chapter 11
1. A sub-cylindrial fold with only one inclined limb.
a. Monoclinal fold
b. Dome
c. Double plunging
d. Conjugate folds
e. Non-cylindrical fold
2. The surface tangent to individual hinges along a folded layer.
a. Neutral surface
b. Enveloping surface
c. Fold interference patterns
d. Sheath folds
I. Fold form and occur at all levels in the crust.

II. Buckle folds and chevron folds imply layer-parallel shortening.
III. Shear folds involve in decrease in layer length and not necessarily shortening
perpendicular to the axial surface.
IV. Thick layers produce shorter-wavelength folds than thin layers.
a. I and II
b. II and III
c. III and IV
d. IV and I
e. II and IV
Answer Key
1. A
2. B
3. A
Chapter 12
1. Generally used for any fabric-forming planar or curviplanar structure in a

metamorphic rock, but may also include primary sedimentary bedding or magmatic
layering.
a. Strain
b. Lineament
c. Cleavage
d. Foliation
e. Tectonic fabrics
2. The low-temperature version of foliation and is best developed in rocks with abundant
platy minerals.
a. Strain
b. Lineament
c. Cleavage
d. Foliation
e. Tectonic fabrics
3. Mylonitic foliations are related to _______ and ________, but the distance between
the foliation domains is smaller, typically on the millimeter or centimeter scale.
a. transposition foliation, transposed layering

b. transposed layering, gneissic banding
c. transecting cleavage, transected folds
d. ransecting cleavage, quartzitic banding
e. transposed layering, quartzitic banding
Answer Key
1. D
2. C
3. B
Chapter 13
1.Term used to linear elements that occur in a rock, such as the linear structures seen
in the gneiss portrayed.
a. Lineation
b. LS-tectonite
c. Stretching lineations
d. Rodding
2. A fabric element in which one dimension is considerably longer than the other two.
a. Lineation
b. LS-tectonite
d. Rodding
3. Formed by means of tectonic strain, e.g. rotated amphibole needle in an amphibolite,

stretched aggregates of quartz and feldspar in a granitic gneiss, or striations on a fault
surface. The linear objects are pervasive (metamorphic rocks) or limited to a fracture
surface (brittle regime).
a. Lineation
b. LS-tectonite
d. Rodding
Answer Key
1. A
2. A
3. A
Chapter 14
1. More or less regularly shaped and spaced fragments formed by stretching of

competent layers or foliations.
a. Boudinage
b. Pincn-and-swell structures
c. Necking
d. Boudins
e. Fish-mouth boudins
2. Necking of (usually) competent layers without formation of clearly separated boudins.
a. Boudinage
b. Pincn-and-swell structures
c. Necking
d. Boudins
e. Fish-mouth boudins
3. Which statement/s is/are false?
I. Short and rigid boudins rotate like rigid inclusions.

II. Long boudins tend to back-rotate with respect to the sense of shearing.
III. Boudinage always indicate layer-parallel extension in the section of observation.
IV. Foliation boudins are commonly asymmetric, indicating sense of shear in zones in
non-coaxial strain.
a. I, II and III
b. I, III and IV
c. IV, I and III
d. I, IV, and II
Answer Key
1. D
2. B
3. E
Chapter 15
1. A tabular zone in which strain is notable higher than in the surrounding rock.
a. Shear zone
b. Shear band
c. Wall rock
d. Ductile shear zone
2. Plastic shear zone develop a foliation whose orientation related to _______.
a. Strain
b. Stress
c. Deformation
d. Simple shear
3. Asymmetric structures indicate sense of _______.

a. Stress
b. Shear
c. Deformation
d. Strain
Answer Key
1. A
2. A
3. B
Chapter 16
1. Brings older rocks on top of younger rocks, and rocks of higher metamorphic grade
on top of rocks of lower metamorphic grade.
a. Reverse fault
b. Normal fault
c. Strike-slip fault
d. Thrust fault
e. Listric fault
2. Contractional faults in the foreland of an orogenic zone typically form _______.
a. Duplex structure
b. Horses
d. Nappe complex
e. Klippe
3. The combinationn of two flat thrust segments at different stratigraphic levels

connected through a steeper reverse fault.
a. Back-thrusts
b. Flat-ramp-flat fault
c. Frontal ramps
d. Lateral ramps
Answer Key
1. D
2. C
3. B
Chapter 17
1. A model that describes a series of rigid fault blocks that rotate simultaneously in a
uniform sense.
a. Rigid domino model

b. Soft domino model
c. Rolling hinge model
d.. Active rifting model
2. _______ is controlled by mantle plumes while _______ is controlled by plate tectonic

stress.
a. Passive rifting, active rifting

b. Rigid domino model, soft domino model
c. Soft domino model, rigid domino model
d. Active rifting, passive rifting
e. Prerift, postrift
3. Extensional deformation structures in the form of _______ and _______ or

detachments are extremely common in many tectonic settings and also in non-tectonic
settings.
a. Reverse fault, shear zone

b. Thrust fault, shear zone
c. Strike-slip fault, shear zone
d. Normal fault, shear zone
Answer Key
1. A
2. D
3. D
Chapter 18
1. Faults where the displacement vector is parallel to the strike of the fault and thus
parallel to the surface of the Earth
a. Normal fault
b. Reverse fault
c. Thrust fault
d. Strike-slip fault
2. Strike-slip fault that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
a. Reverse fault
b. Transfer fault
c. San Andreas fault
3. Have free tips and grow in length as the accumulate strike-slip displacement.
a. Reverse fault
b. Transfer fault
c. San Andreas fault
Answer Key
1. D
2. B
3. D
Chapter 19
1. A mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the over
burden.
a. Boundary drag
b. Couette flow
c. Salt diapir
d. Poiseuille flow
2. Ideal locations for reactive diapirism, and the locations where one would expect
diapirs to form along strike-slip faults
a. Releasing bends
b. Salt canopy
c. Salt intrusions
d. Minibasin
3. Is a special type of rock that deforms viscously by means of plastic deformation

mechanisms under most geologic conditions.
a. Magma
b. Lava
c. Quartzite
d. Gneiss
e. Salt
Answer Key
1. C
2. A
3. E
Chapter 20
1. Shear plane dipping against the main fault
a. Synthetic shear
b. Antithetic shear
c. Shear angle
d. Trishear
e, None of the above
2. _______ and _______ preserve layer length and bed thickness, and therefore also
the area.
a. Constant length restoration, constant area restoration

b. Shear, flexural slip
c. Flexural slip, simple shear
d. Flexural slip, flexural shear
3. Restoration of map or cross-section where area is preserved.

a. Constant length restoration

c. Constant displacement restoration
d. Couette flow
Answer Key
1. B
2. D
3. B
Chapter 21
1. A time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with a
common expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field or kinematic
pattern.
a. Polyphasal
c. Retrograde metamorphism
2. The syntectonic sedimentary record preserved in _______, orogens and strike-slip

settings reflects the tectonic history of the area with regard to timing of fault movement,
salt growth or collapse, exhumation, metamorphic events or other local or regional
tectonic events.
a. Salt diapirs
b. Ramp
c. Horses
d. Hinterland
e. Rifts
3. Between two phases of deformation.
a. Pretectonic
b. Syntectonic
c. Tectonites
d. Juxtaposition
e. Intertectonics
Answer Key
1. D
2. E
3. E
CARINGAL
Multiple Choice:
Chapter 1
1. The word structure is derived from the latin word struere, which means?
a. To deform
b. To build
c. To analyze
d. To analyze
2. Deformation structures can form through the modification of what?
a. Secondary structures
b. Pre-historic structures
c. Natural structures
d. Primary structures
3. A model that explains the structural observations and puts them into context with respect to a
larger-scale process, such as rifting or salt movements.
a. Tectonic model
b. Field observation model
c. Scalar model
d. Structural model
Chapter 2
4. ______ Vectors can be constructed from particle paths.

a. Burger
b. Experimental
c. Shear
d. Translational
5. May be translated along the slip planes or planar faults without any internal change in shape.
I. Rock components
II. Mineral grains
III. Layers
IV. Fault blocks
a. All except III
b. III only
c. IV only
d. All of the above
6. A deformation that is homogeneous on one scale may be considered heterogeneous on a
different scale
a. Not True
b. Not False
c. Sometimes true
d. Who cares?
Chapter 3
7. Quicker and visually more attractive method for finding two dimensional strain
a. Fry method
b. Rf/ method
c. Wellman method
d. Thompson method
8. Strain is only revealed by means of ____.
a. Cleavage
b. Shear zones
c. Fractures
d. All of the above
9. Always look for _____ that can reveal strain in deformed rocks.
a. Layers
b. Linear features
c. Objects
d. All of the above
Chapter 4
10. ______ stress is the difference between the mean stress and total stress.
a. Differential
b. Modal
c. Regressional
d. Variational
11. Eigenvectors:___________ ; Eigenvalues:____________.
a. Pure shear stress vectors ; pure shear stresses
b. Simple shear stress vectors ; simple shear stresses
c. Sub- simple shear stress vectors ; sub-simple shear stresses
d. Principal stress vectors ; principal stresses
12. The force that acts across the contact area between the two bodies
a. Surface force
b. Body force
c. Frictional force
d. Force staff
Chapter 5
13. Gives the borehole an irregular and typically elongated shape.

a. Deviatoric stress
b. Differential strain
c. Deviatoric strain
d. Differential stress
14. Frequently applied to petroleum reservoirs to increase the near-well permeability.
a. Hydraulic fracturing
b. Overcoring
c. Borehole breakouts
d. All of the above
15. Andersons classification of tectonic stress is bounded by:
I. Valid in coaxial deformational regimes
II. Parallel to the ISA
III. Principal strain axes do not rotate
IV. Deforming rock must be anisotropic
a. All except IV
b. All except II
c. I and III only
d. All of the above
Chapter 6
16. Greek philosopher who quoted Panta Rhei, meaning everything flows, which was used in the
study of rheology
a. Proclus
b. Solon
c. Gorgias
d. Arcesilaus
17. Deals with the flow of rocks
I. Rheology
II. Rock mechanics
III. Continuum mechanics
a. I only
b. II only
c. Both I and II
d. Both I and III
e. All of the above
18. Equation/s that mathematically describe the relationship between stress and strain.
I. Constitutive equations
II. Constitutive laws
III. Continuum mechanics
IV. Continuum equations
a. All except III
b. I and II only
c. IV only
d. I only
Chapter 7
19. Gives rise to structures that appear ductile at the mesoscopic scale
I. Cataclastic flow
II. Particulate flow
III. Granular flow
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All of the above
20. Fracture/s that show/s extension perpendicular to the walls
I. Joints
II. Fissure
III. Veins
IV. Dikes
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All except IV
e. All of the above
21. Fracture that typically develops at 20-30 degrees to 1
a. Extension fractures
b. Contraction fractures
c. Closing fractures
d. Shear fractures
Chapter 8
22. Crystalline rocks melted locally and temporarily, creating a glassy fault rock known as
a. Mylonite
b. Cataclasite
c. Fault gouge
d. fault breccia
23. Are low-angle reverse faults
a. Listric fault
b. Thrust faults
c. Shallow faults
d. Ramps
24. Axes of ____ folds make a high angle to the displacement vector of the fault
a. Drag
b. Deformation
c. Slab
d. Ductile
Chapter 9
25. A geometric way of extracting stress from fault slip data is to construct ____.
a. Mohr diagrams
b. Tangent-lineation diagrams
c. Fault-slip diagrams
d. Stress field diagram
26. Useful set of structures that allow a quick estimate of the stress field
a. Conjugate faults
b. Listric faults
c. Antithetic faults
d. Ramp
27. Striations are typically found on polished slip surfaces called ____, where the striations are
known as _____.
a. Slickenlines: slickensides
b. Slickenlines: slickenslides
c. Slickensides: slickenlines
d. Slickenslides: slickenlines
Chapter 10
28. Deformation that occurs within individual mineral grains

a. Intracrystalline deformation
b. Intercrystalline deformation
d. Brittle deformation
29. Microfractures forming close to the surface, commonly by chipping off small flakes of the grains.
This type of microfracturing is called _____.
I. Spalling
II. Flaking
III. Trangranular fracturing
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All of the above
30. Migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices
I. Diffusion mass transfer
II. Diffusion
III. Diffusion creep
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III
d. All of the above
Chapter 11
31. Recognized folds long before geology became a science

I. Leonardo da Vinci
II. Nicholas steno
III. Heraclitus
IV. Linus Pauling
a. I and II only
b. II and III only
c. III and IV only
d. I and IV only
32. Which of the following is/are true:
I. Class 1: Dip isogons converge toward the inner arc, which is tighter than the outer arc.
II. Class 2: Dip isogons parallel the axial trace. The shapes of the inner and outer arcs are
identical
III. Class 3: Dip isogons diverge toward the outer arc, which is more open than the inner arc
a. All except I
b. All except II
c. All except III

d. All of the above
33. Implies slip along layer interfaces or very thin layers during folding
a. Flexural slip
b. Flexural flow
c. Orthogonal flexure
d. Parallel folds
Chapter 12
34. Rocks that shows pronounced planar fabric

a. L- tectonites
b. LS- tectonites
c. S- tectonites
d. SL- tectonites
35. Most cleavages approximate the _____-plane of the strain ellipsoid and are characterized by
substantial volume loss
a. XY
b. XZ
c. YZ
d. X
36. Crenulation cleavage through which the earlier foliation can be traced continuously is known as
_______.
a. Symmetric crenulation cleavage
b. Asymmetric crenulation cleavage
c. Zonal crenulation cleavage
d. Discrete crenulation cleavage
Chapter 13
37. A fabric element in which one dimension is considerably longer than the other two
a. Lineation
b. Strain shadows
c. Boudinage
d. Mullions
38. Competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments
a. Lineation
b. Strain shadows
c. Boudins
d. Mullions

39. Relates to the irregular or corrugated shape of a slip surface
a. Intersection lineations
b. Geometric striae
c. Mullions
d. Prolate strain
Chapter 14
40. Occurs where there is a strong planar anisotropy in deformed rocks.
a. Symmetric foliation boudins
b. Foliation boudinage
c. Assymetric boudins
d. Barrel-shaped boudins
41. Implies higher competence contrast and more brittle deformation than barrel-shaped boudins.
b. Rectangular boudins
c. Asymmetric boudins
d. Chocolate tablet boudinage
42. Generally indicate two phases of deformation.
b. Folded boudins
c. Long boudins
Chapter 15
43. A tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock
a. Shear zone
b. Foliation zone
c. Strain zone
d. Deformation zone
44. Can be traced continuously through a perfectly ductile shear zone
a. Strain markers
b. Cataclasites
c. Passive markers
d. Deformation structures
45. Covers the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure shear
a. Simple shear zones
b. Pure shear zones
d. Subpure shear zones

Chapter 16
46. A collection of thrust nappes that share a common lithological and/or structural features
a. Nappe complex
b. Snape
c. Snape complex
d. Nappe
47. An erosional remnant of a nappe
a. Klippe
b. Fenster
c. Window
d. Farhanitrate
48. The combination of two flat thrust segments at different stratigraphic levels connected through a
steeper reverse fault.
a. Ramp
b. Back-thrusts
c. Duplex structure
d. Flat-ramp-flat fault
Chapter 17
49. The ____ model allows for strain within domino fault blocks
a. Multiple fault
b. Rigid domino
c. Viscous domino
d. Soft domino
50. The _____ model is a soft fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the footwall as it
is progressively unroofed.
a. Rigid domino
b. Soft domino
c. Multiple fault
d. Rollling hinge
51. Controlled by the geometry of fault blocks and thermal subsidence after cessation of extension.
a. Prerift
b. Synrift
c. Postrift
d. Midrift

Chapter 18
52. Strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform faults
c. Sinistral faults
d. Dextral faults
53. Preferentially used for strike-slip faults in continental crust that have free tips
a. Transfer faults
b. Transform faults
d. Single faults
54. Form where a sinistral strike-slip fault steps to the left
a. pull-apart basins
b. releasing bends
c. extensional strike-slip duplexes
d. contractional strike-slip duplexes
Chapter 19
55. A mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the overburden
a. Salt diapir
b. Salt anticlines
c. Salt withdrawal
d. Salt expulsion
e. Salt water
56. The flow of salt from a salt layer into a salt structure is usually referred to as ____.
a. Salt diaper
b. Halokinesis
c. Salt expulsion
d. Salt withdrawal
57. Can reduce the strength of the roof and allow salt to ascend and form diapirs
a. Salt expulsion
b. Ductile fracture
c. Salit anticlines
d. Salt tectonics
Chapter 20
58. Adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems geologically reasonable in its present
state.
a. Balancing
b. Restoring
c. Modeling
d. Retrodeforming
59. Requires plane strain and orientation in the main displacement direction
a. Constant length restoration
c. Section balancing
d. Forward modeling
60. There is always _____ one restorable interpretation.
a. Only
b. Less than
c. Two or
d. More than
Chapter 21
61. Essential when reconstructing the tectonic history of a region
a. Relay zone fans
b. Thermobarometry
c. Structural style
d. Overpringting relations
62. Structural geologist commonly search for evidence of ____ deformation phase/s
a. Two or more
b. One
c. Less than one
d. Metamorphic
63. Implies discrete deformation phases
a. Progressive deformation
b. Prograde deformation
d. Symmetric deformation
Papa, Gabriel
Chapter 1
1. What kind of data can be used to map large-scale faults?
a. Gravimetric
b. Electromagnetic
c. Radioactive
d. Stratigraphic
2. The acronym for Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar is
a. ISAR
b. InSAR
c. ISyAR
d. INTERSADAR
3. The spatial description of open or closed surfaces.
a. Texture
b. Dimensions
c. Shape
d. Volume
Chapter 2
1. Which of the following is incorrect?
I. The actual path that each particle follows during the deformation history is referred to
as a particle path
II. Deformation is the transformation from an initial to a final geometry by means of rigid
body rotation, strain, and/or volume change.
III. The reciprocal or inverse deformation takes the deformed rock back to its undeformed
state.
a. I
b. II
c. III
d. All are correct
2. Uniaxial contraction is described as
a. X>Y>Z, Y=1
b. X=Y=1>Z
c. X>>Y=Z
d. X=Y>>Z
3. It is a measure of the relation between the vorticity and how fast strain accumulates during
deformation.
a. Wk
b.
c. Vo
d.
Chapter 3
1. The Rf/ method handles initially spherical markers, but the method requires a significant
a. True
b. False
c. Probably
d. Maybe
2. Strain markers with the same mechanical properties as their surroundings are called
a. Embedded strain markers
b. Active strain markers
c. Passive strain markers
d. Fossilized strain markers
3. The Wellman, center-to-center, and Fry methods are used to determine strain in
a. Three dimensions
b. Two and three dimensions
c. One and two dimensions
d. Two dimensions
Chapter 4
1. Engineers and rock mechanics-oriented geologists may refer to stress on a surface as
a. Traction
b. Friction
c. Strain
d. Normal stress
2. 1 Pascal is equal to
a. 1 kg m2
b. 1 N/m
c. 1 N/m2
d. 1 kg m/s2
3. 1=2=3 are referred to as
a. Hydrostatic stress
c. Differential stress
d. Maximum stress
Chapter 5
1. Which is correct?
I. Pore fluid pressure reduces the effective stress.
II. ave = 1 3
III. Differential stress at a given point in the Earth is limited by the strength of the rock itself.
a. I
b. II
c. III
2. The two most important forces in plate tectonics.
a. Stress and strain
b. Ridge push and slab pull
c. Basal drag and collisional resistance
d. Normal and shear stress
3. Which one is incorrect?
I. v = 1: normal fault regime
II. v = 2: strike-slip fault regime
III. v = 3: thrust fault regime
a. I
b. II
c. III
Chapter 6
1. Youngs modulus is
a. Stress over strain
b. Force per unit area
c. Bulk stress over bulk strain
d. Mass per unit volume
2. Materials that deform under the equation s = are called
a. Perfect fluids
b. Newtonian fluids
c. Plastic material
d. Elastoviscous material
3. A perfectly viscous material is also referred to as
a. Kelvin viscoelastic behavior
b. Prandtl material
c. Bingham material
d. Maxwell behavior
Chapter 7
1. Stylolites are
a. Contraction fractures
b. Anticracks
c. Chemical sedimentary structures
d. All of the above
2. Which is correct?
a. Mode I fracture is a shear fracture
b. Mode I and II fractures are shear fractures
c. Mode II and III fractures are shear fractures
d. Mode III and IV are shear fractures
3. The shear fracture for uniaxial compression in a Mohr diagram
a. Touches the Coulomb envelope
b. Touches the Griffith envelope
c. Extends to the left side of the n axis
d. Extends to the right side of the n axis
Chapter 8
1. In a three-dimensional model of a normal or reverse fault, how many fault cutoff lines can
be observed?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
2. Strike-slip faults can
a. Only have vertical fault planes
b. Have fault planes with angles less than 90 degrees
c. Have a downthrown hanging wall
d. Have thrust folds
3. Which is incorrect?
I. Normal faults repeat stratigraphy
II. Reverse faults omit stratigraphy
III. Horizontal faults are considered strike slip faults
a. I
b. III
c. All of the above
Chapter 9
1. The polished surfaces are called ___________ and the striations are called___________
a. Slickensides, slickenlines
b. Slickensides, slickenfibers
c. Asperities, corrugations
d. Fault plane
2. The maximum principal stress axis ________ the acute angle of conjugate faults, or rather
it is __________ to 2.
a. is adjacent to, oblique
b. bisects, perpendicular
c. is adjacent to, perpendicular
d. bisects, oblique
3. Another term for stylolites.
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenfibers
c. Slickolites
d. Slickenlines
Chapter 10
1. Transgranular fracturing occurs at depths ranging
a. >500 m
b. >1500 m
c. >1000 m
d. >2000 m
2. Plastic flow does not include
a. Wet diffusion
b. Grain fracturing
c. Twinning
d. Volume diffusion
3. When a crystal is deformed by plastic deformation, the dislocation density
a. Increases
b. Decreases
c. Remains constant
d. Fluctuates
Chapter 11
1. Which of the following have sharper hinges
a. Chevron folds
b. Concentric folds
c. Box fold
d. Upright folds
2. Isoclinal folds have interlimb angles ranging
a. 0-30
b. 120-30
c. 60-30
d. 45-60
3. When stratigraphy is not determined yet, it is referred to as _______________, otherwise
it is called _____________
a. Synform or antiform, syncline or anticline
b. Syncline or anticline, synform or antiform
c. Synform or syncline, antiform or anticline
d. Antiform or anticline, synform or syncline

Chapter 12
1. They can be caused by high strain and particularly high non-coaxial strain, and they are
related to transposed layering and gneissic banding.
a. Transposition foliation
b. Shear bands
c. Crenulation cleavage
d. Mylonitic foliation
2. When there is a sharp discontinuity between the QF- and M-domains, the cleavage is called
a. Symmetric crenulation cleavage
b. Zonal crenulation cleavage
c. Discrete crenulation cleavage
d. Asymmetric crenulation cleavage
3. Phyllitic cleavage occurs at what temperature?
a. About 250C
b. About 350C
c. About 450C
d. About 550C
Chapter 13
1. ________________ are found on surfaces that have not opened during faulting.
a. Geometric striae
b. Intersection lineations
c. Groove lineations
d. Slickenlines
2. Cataclasis, pressure solution, and diffusion all contribute to change the shape of minerals
and mineral aggregates during deformation.
Which word makes the statement incorrect?
a. Cataclasis
b. minerals
c. diffusion
d. The statement is correct
3. Slickenlines, striae and several other lineations associated with faults parallel the
movement direction, but do not in themselves reveal the sense of shear.
a. striae
b. shear
c. parallel
d. The statement is correct.
Chapter 14
1. Which condition satisfies the description of a chocolate tablet boudinage?
a. X>>Y=Z
b. X=Y=Z
c. X<Y>Z
d. X=Y>Z
2. A boudin has
a. Length and width
b. Thickness and width
c. Length and height
d. Thickness and length
3. It takes how many phases of deformation to form folded boudins?
a. 4
b. 3
c. 2
d. 1
Chapter 15
1. Simple shear, Wk = 1; Subsimple shear, Wk = 0.82; Pure shear, Wk = ___
a. 0
b. 0.5
c. 2
d. 3
2. The only type of porphyroclast system where both tails cross the reference line
a. delta-type
b. sigma-type
c. phi-type
d. gamma-type
3. In types of shear zones, which type has the same development as the Type I zones.
a. Type II
b. Type III
c. Type IV
d. Not included in the choices
Chapter 16
1. Fenster and klippe are ________ terms for window and outlier.
a. French
b. Austrian
c. Dutch
d. German
2. Oblique ramps, vertical ramps, lateral ramps, frontal ramps.
Which does not belong?
a. Oblique ramps
b. Vertical ramps
c. Lateral ramps
d. Frontal ramps
3. Contractional faults can be
a. Normal faults
b. Strike-slip faults
c. Divergent plate boundaries
d. Astroblemes
Chapter 17
1. Vertical, horizontal, normal and reverse faults are extensional faults.
a. extensional
b. normal
c. reverse
2. This results in an asymmetric rift, and is dominated by a generally low-angle shear zone.
a. Wernicke model
c. McKenzie model
d. Domino model
3. The rock units exposed as a result of crustal-scale extension and isostatic compensation
a. Basement
b. Decollement
c. Metamorphic core complex
d. Cataclasites
Chapter 18
1. The fault connecting the East Luzon Trench and the Philippine Trench is a
a. Transform fault
b. Transfer fault
c. Normal fault
d. Reverse fault
2. Strain partitioning is the external decomposition of the total strain across a deformed zone
into zones or domains of different types of strain.
Which word/s makes the statement incorrect?
a. total strain
b. external
c. decomposition
d. deformed
3. Pull apart basins are caused by
a. Positive flower structures
b. Restraining bends
c. Releasing bends
d. Fault bend folds
Chapter 19
1. When an hourglass-shaped diapir transforms into a teardrop diapir, the former neck that
is now closed due to contraction is called
a. Salt glacier
b. Salt weld
c. Salt nappe
d. Salt decollement
2. What can reduce the strength of a roof that would allow salt to ascend and form diapirs?
a. Water
b. Brittle fracture
c. Shear zone
d. Magma
3. An allocthonous salt sheet is
a. Active
b. Passive
c. Inactive
d. Reactive
Chapter 20
1. Section balancing generally requires shear strain and orientation in the main displacement
direction.
a. main
b. strain
c. shear
2. Flexural slip and flexural shear preserve layer length and bed thickness, and therefore also
area.
a. area
b. preserve
c. shear
3. What happens when a hanging wall compacts more than the footwall?
a. A compaction syncline forms
b. A compaction monocline forms
c. A compaction anticline forms
Chapter 21
1. A deformation phase is a time period during which structures formed continuously within
a region, with a common expression that can be linked to a particular stress or strain field
or kinematic pattern.
a. The statement is correct
b. phase
c. kinematic
d. continuously
2. Structural geologist commonly search for evidence of ____ or more deformation phases.
a. one
b. two
c. three
d. four
3. Polyphasal deformation implies discrete deformation phases, while progressive
deformation involves less continuous and gradual development at a local or regional scale.
a. discrete
b. local
c. less
Dela Cruz, Mij C.

Chapter 1
1. It is connected with the external and often regional processes that generate a characteristic set of
structures in an area or a region.
a. Structural Geology
b. Tectonics
c. Plate Tectonics
d. All of the above
2. Refer to the statements below:

I. Field observations represent the most indirect but important source of information on how rocks
deform.
II. Field observations represent the most direct and important source of information on how rocks
deform.
III. Field observation is a method to collect structural data sets.
a. I is true only.
b. II and III are true.
c. I and II are false.

d. All are true.
e. All are false.
3. Finite strain analysis concerns with_____.
a. the shape of the outcrop from the initial state only
b. the changes in shape from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation
c. the changes in volume from the initial state to the very end result of the deformation
d. the changes in shape from the very end result to the initial state of the deformation
e. All of the above.
Chapter 2
1. The transformation from an initial to a final geometry by means of rigid body translation, rigid body
rotation, strain (distortion) and/or volume change is called____.
a. Formation
b. Alterations
c. Development
d. Deformation
e. Shifting
2. The following are flow parameters except one.
a. Instantaneous Stretching Axes
b. Flow Apophyses
c. Vorticity
d. Velocity field
0= initial length of the line, = final length of the line.
0
Ans.
+0
+00
Chapter 3
1. The following are common strain markers except one.
a. Reduction Spot
b. Pebbles
c. Ooids and Pisolites
d. Fossils
2. This strain measurement technique determines both orientation and shape of the strain ellipse, involves
construction of the strain ellipse by drawing parallelograms based on the orientation of originally
orthogonal pairs of lines.
a. Willmans Method
b. Wallnams Method
c. Wolframs Method
d. Wellmans Method
3. This analyses concern with objects of known initial shape or contain linear markers with a variety of
orientations.
a. Five-dimensional Strain Analyses
b. Four-dimensional Strain Analyses
c. Three-dimensional Strain Analyses
d. Two-Dimensional Strain Analyses
e. One-Dimensional Strain Analyses
Chapter 4
1. The Mohr Circles center is at ___.
(13)2
(1+3)2
(13)2, 0
(+), Ans.
2. Stress is defined as the force per unit ____.
a. Volume
b. Strain
c. Length
d. Area
e. Tension
3. Analogy: Hydrostatic stress: state of stress where stress is the same in all directions; Deviatoric Stress:
____.
a. Difference between the mean stress and the total stress.
b. Sum of the mean stress and the total stress.
c. Difference between the mean stress and the average stress.

d. Difference between the mean strain and the total strain.
e. Sum of the mean strain and the total strain.
Chapter 5
1. The principal stresses are all equal.
a. Residual Stress
b. Hydrostatic Stress
c. Deviatoric Stress
d. Lithostatic Stress
2. Means increasing the fluid pressure until the rock fractures
a. Hydro fracturing
c. Brittle deformation
d. Unloading
3. The information about the shape of the hole is obtained by
a. Overcoring
b. Dipmeter tools
c. Well imaging tools
d. Both B and C
Chapter 6
mathematically represented as,

Ans.

(20-30km) and 50km, respectively.
a. Biotite, Pyroxene, Hornblende
b. Feldspar, Olivine, Quartz
c. Olivine, Quartz, Feldspar
d. Quartz, Feldspar, Olivine
e. Pyroxene, Hornblende, Biotite
3. Temperature, strain rate, water and grain size have roles in deformation of a rock. What happens when
the strain rate is increasing?
a. Increasing the strain rate means increasing the flow stress level
b. Increasing the strain rate makes the rock stronger
c. Increasing the strain rate makes the rock harder to flow

d. All of the above.
Chapter 7
1. Which of the following statements are true about the types of fractures?
a. Mode 1 - sliding; mode 2 opening; mode 3 tearing
b. Mode 1 - tearing; mode 2 - sliding; mode 3 opening
c. Mode 1 - opening; mode 2 - sliding; mode 3 tearing
d. Mode 1 - opening; mode 2 tearing; mode 3 sliding
2. What structures can be found on joints that reveal their growth history?
a. Arrest lines and Hesitation lines
b. Plumose or Hackles
c. Both A and B
3. Which of the following is not a minor fracture at the termination of shear fractures?
a. Splaying
b. Horsetailing
c. Hackles
Chapter 8
1. The total amount of motion measured parallel to the direction of motion.
a. Oblique slip
b. Rake
c. Strike slip
d. Net slip
2. A fault that flattens downward

a. Listric Fault
b. Normal Fault
c. Growth Fault
3. Glass or devitrified glass formed as aresult of frictional melting during faulting.
a. Obsidian
b. Tachylite
c. Pseudobsidian
d. Pseudotachylite
Chapter 9
1. A striation on the fault plane that indicate direction of movement
a. Slickensides
b. Hanging Wall
c. Slickenlines
d. Fault Plane
2. Microscopic to megascopic irregularities and imperfections along a fracture surface.
a. Slickensides
b. Asperities
c. Slickenlines
d. Griffith Cracks
3. Involves extension in one horizontal direction, with maximum principal stress vertical.
a. Oblique fault
b. Normal fault
c. Strike-Slip fault
d. Thrust fault
Chapter 10
1. Which of the following statements are true?
I. Brittle deformation is sudden and violent.
II. Brittle deformation is more complicated and sluggish.
III. Plastic deformation is common as temperature and pressure increase with depths.
a. I and II
b. II and III
c. I and III
d. III only
e. I only
2. What are the two main types of defects?
a. Line and Plane Defects
b. Point and Plane Defects
c. Point and Line Defects
d. Line and Plane Defects
f. All of the above
3. A mobile line defect that contributes to intracrystalline deformation by a mechanism called slip.
a. Dislocation
b. Dislocation glide
d. Dislocation walls
Chapter 11
1. Occurs when forces act across layers at a high angle
a. Buckling
b. Bending
c. Fracturing
d. Shearing
2. Folds form by ____ where force is applied ____ to layering in rocks and the easiest direction of relief is
normal to the directon of force application.
a. Bending; parallel
b. Buckling; parallel
c. Buckling; perpendicular
d. Bending; perpendicular
3. Slip along bedding interfaces during folding.
a. Passive Slip
b. Flexural Slip
c. Flexural Folding
d. Passive Folding
Chapter 12
1. Tectonic cleavage in slate that forms by reorientation and pressure solution of minerals
a. Phyllitic cleavage
b. Slaty cleavage
c. Schistosity
d. Microlithon
2. Crenulation cleavage through which the earlier foliation can be traced continuously.
a. Discrete crenulation cleavage
b. Symmetric crenulation cleavage
c. Zonal crenulation cleavage
d. Asymmetric crenulation cleavage
3. The tectonic foliation in deformed magmatic rocks is called?

a. Phyllitic cleavage
b. Slaty cleavage
c. Microlithon
d. Schistosity
Chapter 13
1. Straight or generally curved line feature on the surface of the Earth, identified and mapped by means of
remote sensing imagery.
a. Lineation
b. Lineament
c. Linear fabric
2. Competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments.
a. Pinch and swell structures

b. Pencil structures
c. Boudins
d. Mullions
3. Linear deformation structures at the interface between a competent and an incompetent layer, where
cusps shapes point the more competent rock.
a. Pinch and swell structures

b. Mullions
d. Boudins
Chapter 14
1. Boudinage in two directions (XY-plane), forming more or less square or rectangular boudins in three
dimensions.
a. Chocolate bar boudinage
b. Chocolate tablet boudinage
c. Chocolate tab boudinage
d. Chocolate boudinage
2. The following are part of the geometry of a boudin except one.

a. Width
b. Thickness
c. Separation
Chapter 15
1. A well-foliated tectonic rock formed by intense plastic deformation, usually at the middle crustal levels
and deeper.
a. Mylonite
b. Cataclasite
c. Pseudotachylite
2. It contains no internal discontinuities, so that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be traced
continuously through the zone at mesoscopic scale.
a. Ideal shear zone
b. Perfectly ductile shear zone
c. Semi-ductile shear zone
3. Porphyroclasts in mylonitic rocks tend to have tails that systematically curve away from the general
orientation of the porphyroclasts.
a. Boudins
b. Mica fish
c. Pressure shadow
Chapter 16
1. A collection of thrust nappes that share common lithological and/or structural features and form a
single unit.
a. Nappe complex
b. Hinterland
c. Foreland
2. Erosional exposure of the rock unit underlying a nappe. (Window)

a. Fenster
b. Nappe
c. Ramp
d. Duplex
3. What is a Blind Thrust?
a. A thrust fault that reaches the surface
b. A thrust fault that never reaches the surface
c. A thrust fault that dip in the surface
d. A thrust fault that is parallel to the surface
Chapter 17
1. Pure shear model
a. Wernicke model
b. McKenzie model
2. A simple shear model discussed in terms of crustal stretching in shear zones

a. Wernicke model
b. McKenzie model
3. It is a soft (ductile) fault rotation model where rotation migrates through the footwall as it is
a. Wernicke model
c. McKenzie model
Chapter 18
1. In cross section, strike-slip faults frequently splay upward into outwardly branching segments that
exhibit _____.
a. Drag folds
b. Flower
c. Horst
d. Horse
2. A strike-slip fault that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
a. Transfer fault
b. Tear fault
c. Transform fault
3. Rhomb graben is to pull apart basin as rhomb horst is to?
a. Horses
b. Push up ranges
c. Pull inward basin
d. Push up basin
Chapter 19
1. Tectonic unit that has been transported too far for direct correlation with the substrate.
a. Autochthonous
b. Allochthonous
c. Aulocogen
2. Another name for salt removal

a. Salt expulsion
b. Salt eviction
c. Salt ejection
3. A concentration of salt caused by flow of salt into a sink where the salt has not intruded the
overburden.
a. Salt pillow
b. Salt roller
c. Salt stock
d. Salt sheet
Chapter 20
1. Another meaning of Retrodeform
a. Undeform
b. Restored
c. Underdeformed
2. Which of the following is/are conditions for balancing cross-sections?

I. Geologically sound interpretation
II. Plane strain deformation
III. The thin section must contain the tectonic transport section
a. I and II only
b. II and III only
c. All are true.
BASCO
CHAPTER 1
1. Which of the following statements are true?
I. Gravity tectonics is generally restricted to the downward sliding of large portions of
rocks and sediments.
II. Salt tectonics is solely primarily driven by gravity.
III. Neotectonics is concerned with recent and ongoing crustal motions and the
IV. Structural geology deals with structures created during rock deformation, not with
primary structures formed by sedimentary or magmatic processes.
A. All of the above
B. Both I and III
C. All except II
D. All except III
2. Which of the following sentences are false for Geometric Analysis?
I. Processes span thousands of years, and most structural data describe the final
product of a long deformation history
II. We can model things as stress field changes during faulting and fault interaction,
fracture formation in rocks, fold formation in various settings and conditions, and
microscale diffusion processes during plastic deformation.
III. It can be used to map large-scale faults and fault patterns in sedimentary basins,
covered crust, and subsea basin crust.
IV. Geometric description and analysis may form the basis for strain quantification.
A. All of the above
B. None of the above
C. All except IV
D. Both II and III
3. A spatial description of open or closed surfaces such as folded layer interfaces or fault
surfaces.
A. Structural associations
B. Orientations
C. Shape
D. Fracture
CHAPTER 2
1. The term come from the field of fluid dynamics, and the classic analogy is a paddle wheel
moving along with the flow.
A. Vorticity
B. Velocity field
C. Steady-state flow
D. Flow apophyses
2. The ISA and the fields of instantaneous stretching and shortening are symmetrically
arranged with respect to the principal strain axes.
A. Progressive Pure Shear
B. Subsimple Shearing
C. Dilating
D. Progressive Simple Shear
3. In the following statements, what is true for stress vs. strain?
I. In an idealized medium, there will be a simple relationship between stress and
strain and the ISA will parallel the principal stresses.
II. The orientation of the principal stresses does not predict the type of plane
strain caused by the stresses in a heterogeneous rock.
III. For a given state of stress, the deformation may be pure shear, simple shear
or subsimple shear, depending on the boundary conditions or heterogeneities
of the deforming material.
IV. For pure shearing the ISA and the fields of instantaneous stretching and
shortening are symmetrically arranged with respect to the principal strain
axes.
A. None of the above
B. All of the above
C. both I and IV
D. all except IV
CHAPTER 3
1. A method where a line of reference must be drawn and pairs of lines that were
orthogonal in the unstrained state are identified.
A. Fry Method
B. Breddin Graph
C. Wellman Method
D. Center-to-center method
2. What are examples of one-dimensional strain markers?
A. Pillow lavas
B. Reduction spots
C. Fossils
D. Pebbles
3. Overall strain is distributed unevenly in terms of intensity and/or geometry in a rock
volume
A. Strain Partitioning
B. Passive strain markers
C. Strain geometry
D. Fry Method
CHAPTER 4
1. It is controlled by burial depth and the density of the overlying rock column
A. Deviatoric stress
B. Differential stress
C. Lithostatic stress
D. Hydrostatic stress
2. A practical graphical way of representing and dealing with stress
A. Mohr Diagram
B. Stereographic projection
C. Coulomb criterion
D. None of the above
3. Which are the true trigonometric expressions for normal and shear stress
A. n = sin ; s= 2cos
B. n = cos2 ; s = 1/2sin2
C. n = 2sincos ; s= sin2
D. n = cos2 ; s= sin2
CHAPTER 5
1. A strain relaxation method where a sample is extracted from a rock unit, measured, and
then released so that it can freely expand.
A. Hydraulic fracturing
B. Bore breakouts
C. Earthquake focal mechanisms
D. Overcoring
2. The frictional resistance or shear force acting at the base of the lithosphere
A. Strain partitioning
B. Basal Drag
C. Ridge push
D. Slab pull
3. Match the following
(T) Tectonic Stress (1) Difference between maximum and minimum
(R) Residual Stress (2) can be locked in and preserved after external force is
changed or removed
(D) Differential Stress (3) difference between total stress tensor and mean stress
tensor
(V) Deviatoric Stress (4) relate to natural factors such as rock density, boundary
conditions, thermal effects and physical properties of a
rock
A. T2, R4, D1, V3
B. T4, R2, D1, V3
C. T1, R3, D2, V4
D. T1, R4, D3, V2
CHAPTER 6
1. One that flows as a perfectly viscous material, but only above a certain yield stress.
A. Prandtl material
B. Saint Venant Material
C. Bingham material
D. Newtonian fluid
2. The permanent change in shape or size or size of a body without fracture, accumulated
over time by a sustained stress beyond the elastic limit of the material
A. Plastic Strain
B. Strain Rate
C. Competency
D. Shear Strain Rate
3. One where the stress cannot rise above the yield stress and strain can continue to
accumulate without any change in the stress level.
A. Saint Venant Material
B. Linear elastic material
C. Bingham Material
D. Prandtl Material
CHAPTER 7
1. A consequence of the non-linear shape of the envelope is that the angle between 1
and the failure plane decreases with increasing value of 3
A. Trescas Criterion
B. Von Mises Criterion
C. Coulomb criterion of Failure
2. Develop by shear-related disaggregation of grains by means of grain rolling, grain
boundary sliding and breaking of grain bonding cements
A. Disaggregation bands
B. Shear bands
C. Dilation bands
D. Compaction bands
3. The vertical increase in critical shear stress through the frictional upper crust
A. Byerlees Law
B. Effective Stress
C. Poissons Ratio
D. Stress intensity factor
CHAPTER 8
1. The zone of microfractures ahead of the fracture tip zone
A. Damage Zone
B. Frictional breakdown zone
C. Deformation band zone
2. Any systematic change in the orientation of layers or markers adjacent to a fault in a way
that makes it clear that the change deflection is generally related to the fault
A. Reverse Drag
B. Drag Zone
C. Drag
D. Normal Drag
3. Zones with shortening in the displacement direction.
A. Ductile Shear Zone
B. Process Zone
C. Restraining overlap zones
D. Releasing Overlap zones
CHAPTER 9
1. Linear structures that formed at the initial stage of fracture growth and may be polished
and striated as slip accumulates
A. Corrugations
B. Ridge-in-groove lineations
C. Slickensides
D. Striations
2. Implies that the faults are planar, fault blocks are rigid, block rotations are negligible and
the faults were activated during a single phase of deformation under a uniform stress
field
A. Wallace-Bott hypothesis
B. Stress inversion
C. Fault slip inversion technique
D. Reduced stress tensor
3. The name often used for small extension fractures
A. T-fractures
B. M-surface
C. P-fractures
D. R-fractures
CHAPTER 10
1. Process where stress can result in mechanical bending or kinking of the crystal lattice of
some minerals, even at very low temperatures.
A. Twin Gliding
B. Mechanical Twinning
C. Diffusion Creep
D. Edge Dislocation
2. Accommodated by dry or wet diffusion can occur at high temperatures when diffusion is
quick enough to modify the shapes of the grains as they slide along each other
A. Cobble Creep
B. Grain Boundary Sliding
C. Volume Diffusion
D. Pressure Solution
3. Deformed grains can reduce their stored energy by the removal or rearrangement of
dislocations
A. Recovery
B. Dislocation glide
C. Climb
D. Migration recrystallization
CHAPTER 11
1. Characterized by the opening or interlimb angle, which is the angle enclosed by its two
limbs
A. Dip isogons
B. Tightness
C. Double plunging
D. Enveloping surface
2. Fold systems consisting of folds with a consistent asymmetry
A. Orthorhombic
B. Monoclinic
C. Vergence
D. Parasitic folds
3. Implies slip along layer interfaces or very thin layers during folding
A. Flexural shear
B. Flexural flow
C. Flexural slip
D. Forced folds
CHAPTER 12
1. Foliations that are products of stress and strain in response to tectonic stress
A. Planar Fabric
B. Tectonic Foliations
C. LS-Tectonites
D. Primary foliations
2. A series of microfolds at the centimeter scale or less with parallel axial surfaces
A. Crenulation cleavage
B. Schistosity
C. Phyllitic cleavage
D. Slaty cleavage
3. No pre-existing planar structures in magmatic rock, high strain, and particularly high non-
coaxial strain
A. Mylonitic foliation
B. Transposition foliation
C. Gneissic banding
D. Quartzitic banding
CHAPTER 13
1. Describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the
rock
A. Stretching lineations
B. Rodding
C. Mullion
D. Crenulation lineation
2. Occurs as a result of discrete interference between compaction cleavage and a
subsequent tectonic cleavage
A. Fiber lineations
B. Striations
C. Pencil Structures
D. Fault Grooves
3. Found on fractures where the main slip plane is intersected by secondary fractures such
as Reidel fractures or tensile fractures
A. Geometric striae
B. Intersection lineations
C. Groove lineation
D. Mineral lineations
CHAPTER 14
1. Stress concentrations is largest parallel to the boudins
A. Barrel-shaped boudins
B. Fish-mouth boudins
C. None of the above
D. Both a and b
2. Separated by brittle shear fractures or by ductile shear bands showing relative movement
along the fracutures/bands
A. Asymmetric foliation boudins
B. Symmetric foliation boudins
C. Foliation boudinage
D. Asymmetric boudins
3. Process where regularly spaced areas of thinning in many extended competent layers
without the separation into isolated fragments
A. Buckling
B. Necking
C. Pinching
D. Stretching
CHAPTER 15
1. Contains no internal discontinuities, so that layers crossed by the shear zone can be
traced continuously through the zone at the mesoscopic scale
A. Semi-brittle shear zone
B. Perfectly ductile shear zone
C. Plastic shear zone
D. Brittle-plastic shear zone
2. Shear zones that show internal sharp discontinuities in the form of slip surfaces,
extension fractures, veins or pressure solution seams
A. Semi-ductile
B. Perfectly ductile
C. Semi-brittle
D. Plastic
3. Shear bands where a set of slip surfaces or shear bands commonly forms parallel to the
walls of the shear zone
A. C-structures
B. S-structures
C. C-structures
D. S-structures
CHAPTER 16
1. Separates the entire stack of thrust nappes from a less deformed or undeformed
basement
A. Sole thrust
B. Detachment
C. Nappe
D. Authochthonous
2. Combination of two flat thrust segments at different stratigraphic levels connected
through a steeper reverse fault
A. Flat-ramp-flat fault
B. Oblique fault
C. Tear fault
D. Lateral ramps
3. A particular type of fold that develops ahead of a propagating thrust, but which can also
be used more generally for folds forming in front of any propagating fault tip
A. Fault bend fold
B. Rollover anticline
C. Detachment folds
D. Fault propagation fold
CHAPTER 17
1. The total combination of individual faults in the rift creates a symmetric thinning of the
crust
A. Mckenzie model
B. Wernicke model
C. Active rifting model
D. Ramp-flat-ramp geometry
2. When the detachment is exposed it will appear as a core of metamorphic and mylonitic
rocks overprinted by brittle structures in a window through upper plate rocks
A. Nappe complex
B. Imbrication zone
C. Metamorphic core complex
D. Extensional duplex
3. Results in an asymmetric rift. Controlled by a dipping detachment fault or shear zone that
transects the crust and possibly the entire lithosphere
A. Pure shear model
B. Domino model
C. Simple shear model
D. Active rifting model
CHAPTER 18
1. Large (kilometre-scale or longer) strike slip faults that segment plates or form plate
boundaries
A. Tear Fault
B. Transfer Fault
C. Transform Fault
D. Transcurrent Fault
2. Usually develop after the establishment of R-fractures, and their development is probably
related to temporal variations in the local stress field along the shear zone as offset
accumulates
A. P-shear fractures
B. R-shear fractures
C. T-fractures
3. Series of parallel extensional faults bounded on both sides by strike-slip faults
A. Extensional strike-slip duplexes
B. Fault stepover
C. Contractional strike-slip duplexes
D. Pull-apart basin
CHAPTER 19
1. Movement of subsurface salt and the formation of salt diapirs
A. Halokinesis
B. Salt tectonics
C. All of the above
2. Occurs when salt flows into a salt structure during the growth of a salt anticline or diapir
A. Boundary Drag
B. Poiseuille Flow
C. Salt expulsion
D. Salt withdrawal
3. Cause apparent drag along upward thinning salt structures
A. Differential Compaction
B. Displacement loading
C. Thermal loading
D. Halokinetic cycle
CHAPTER 20
1. Involves taking a section of a map and working back in time to undeform or retrodeform
it
A. Forward modelling
B. Restoration
C. Balancing

2. Constant-area deformation of the hanging wall of a listric fault was first modelled by
means of vertical shear. The technique is called_______
A. Chevron Construction
B. Constant displacement
C. Constant-area restoration
D. Trishear
3. A kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin
successively removing sedimentary sequences and balancing isostacy
A. Backstripping
B. Constant fault heave
C. Pinpoint
D. Synthetic shear
CHAPTER 21
1. Implies that two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so that
their relative age can be determined
A. Structural style
B. Deformation phases
C. Overprinting relations
D. Prograde metamorphism
2. Cases where growth can be shown to have occurred between two phases of deformation
A. Intertectonic
B. Syntectonic
C. Pretectonic
D. Posttectonic
3. Rocks undergoing tectometamorphism during an orogenic event experience a change in
metamorphic conditions that can be portrayed as a path
A. Clockwise path
B. Thermobarometry
C. P-T paths
D. Anticlockwise path
Tampus, Robert Michael 2013140129 GEO130 Quiz 3 Questions

Chapter 1
1. Match Group A with Group B:
Group A Group B
A. Neotectonics 1. is the deformation of sediments and
bedrock (generally sedimentary rocks)
at the toe of an advancing ice sheet.
B. Salt Tectonics 2. typically pertains to the observation,

description and interpretation of
structures that can be mapped in the
field.
C. Structural Geology 3. deals with the deformation caused by
the (mostly) vertical movement of salt
through its overburden
D. Glaciotectonics 4. is concerned with recent and ongoing
crustal motions and the
a) A2, B1, C4, D3 b) A3, B1, C2, D4 c) A4, B3, C2, D1 d) A2, B3, C4, D1
2. All of these are tools in obtaining structural data sets except:
a) Field observations b) Numerical Models c) InSAR

d) Geographical Information System e) None of the above f) All of the above
3. Which of these statements is/are false?
I. Structural geology covers deformation structures formed at the

Earths surface.
II. Structural geology covers deformation structures formed near the
Earths surface.
III. Structural geology covers deformation structures formed in the
hotter, lower part of the crust where rocks have a tendency to
fracture.
IV. Structural geology covers deformation structures formed in the
cool, upper crust where the deformation tends to be ductile.
a) I and II b) I and III c) III and IV d) None of the above e) All of the above
Chapter 2
4. Perfect coaxial deformation: pure shear is to perfect non-coaxial deformation:
_________
a) Simple shear b) Subsimple shear c) Angular shear d) None of the above
Group A Group B
A. Vorticity 1. describes the velocity of the particles
at any instance during the deformation
history
B. Velocity field 2. describes how fast a particle rotates
in a soft medium during deformation
C. Instantaneous Stretching Axes 3. apophyses separating domains of
different particle motion during
deformation
D. Flow apophyses 4. describe the directions of maximum
and minimum stretching at any time
during deformation
6. Which of these statements is/are true?
I. In a perfectly isotropic medium the deformation will be a pure shear.

II. Knowledge about the orientations of the principal stresses is
sufficient to predict the resulting deformation.
III. Deformed markers such as strained pebbles or ooids give no
information about the type of deformation.
IV. Pure and simple shear are scale-dependent concepts.
a) All except I b) All except II c) All except III d) All except IV
e) None of the above f) All of the above
Chapter 3
7. Which does not belong to the group?
a) Ooids b) Pebbles c) Fossils d) Vesicles e) None of the above
8. _______ involves construction of the strain ellipse by drawing parallelograms

based on the orientation of originally orthogonal pairs of lines.
a) Center-to-center method b) Fry Method c) Wellmans Method

d) Rf/-method e) None of the above
9. 1-D strain: changes in length is to 2-D strain: _______
a) Rotation b) Changes in angle c) Linear markers d) None of the above
Chapter 4
10. ______ describes the normal and shear stress acting on planes of all possible
orientations through a point in the rock.
a) Mohrs Circle b) Mohrs Circle c) Mohrs Circle d) Mohr Circle
Group A Group B
A. Deviatoric stress 1. affects the entire volume of a rock,
the outside as well as the inside (gravity
and magnetic forces).
B. Hydrostatic pressure 2. is the difference between the mean
stress and the total stress.
C. Body Force 3. state of stress where stress is the
same in all directions
D. Lithostatic pressure 4. mean stress at the lithosphere
12. The center of the Mohr circle is expressed as _________.
a) ((1-3)/2, 0) b) (0, (1+3)/2) c) ((1+ 3)/2, 0) d) (0, (1-3)/2)

Chapter 5

Group A Group B
A. Slab pull 1. is the frictional resistance or shear
force acting at the base of the
lithosphere
B. Ridge push 2. is the gravitational pull exerted by the
sinking slab on the rest of the plate.
C. Tectonic stresses 3. is simply the push from the
topographically high oceanic ridge that
marks divergent plate boundaries.
D. Basal drag 4. are those parts of the local stress
state that deviate from the reference
state of stress as a consequence of
tectonic processes.
14. Stress can be locked in and preserved after the external force or stress field has
been changed or removed, and is then referred to as _________
a) residual stress b) tectonic stress c) pore fluid pressure d) hydrostatic

pressure e) None of the above
15. Pore fluid pressure _______ the effective stress, which is the stress at grain
contacts in porous rocks.
a) increases b) reduces c) remains the same d) None of the above
Chapter 6
I. An increase in temperature lowers the yield stress or weakens the

rock.
II. Increasing the strain rate makes the rocks stronger and harder to
flow.
III. The presence of fluids tends to weaken the rock and enhance
crystal-plastic deformation.
IV. Reduction of grain size imply strain weakening.
a) I only b) III only c) I and III d) III and IV e) None of the above
f) All of the above
17. _______ is the study of the mechanical properties of solid materials as well as
fluids and gases.
a) rock mechanics b) continuum mechanics c) rheology d) None of the above
18. Elastic deformation: non-permanent strain is to ________: permanent strain
a) viscous b) plastic c) elastic-plastic d) either a or b e) either b or c

f) None of the above
Chapter 7
Group A Group B
A. Mode I 1. Sliding mode
B. Mode II 2. Tearing mode
C. Mode III 3. Opening or extension
D. Mode IV 4. Closing mode
20. _______ are locations of minimum propagation velocity and form parabolic
(elliptic in massive rocks).
a) arrest lines b) plumose structure c) wing crack d) splay

e) horsetail
21. Which of these statements is/are true about deformation bands?
I. Restricted to highly porous granular media; notably porous

sandstones
II. Shear deformation band is a wider zone of deformation than regular
shear fractures of comparable displacement.
III. Develops large offsets
IV. Occur as single structures, as clusters, or in zones associated with
slip surfaces.
a) All except I b) All except II c) All except III d) All except IV
e) None of the above f) All of the above
Chapter 8
22. Who coined the traditional classification of tectonic stress regimes into normal,
thrust, and strike-slip regimes?
a) E.M. Anderson b) Otto Mohr c) M.E. Anderson d) None of the above
Group A Group B
A. Horst 1. Dips toward the master fault
B. Graben 2. Downthrown block created by two

separate normal faults dipping toward
each other
C. Antithetic 3. Dips in the same direction as the
master fault
D. Synthetic 4. Upthrown block created by normal
faults dipping away from each other
I. Stick-slip is where displacement accumulates at a constant rate.

II. Aseismic slip is where slip accumulates at very sudden seismic slip
events, separated by periods of no slips.
III. Drag formation can be explained by the trishear model.
IV. A single fault in the seismogenic zone shows evidence of both
stick-slip and stable sliding.
a) I and II b) II and III c) I and IV d) I and III e) None of the above
f) All of the above
Chapter 9
25. Polished fault surfaces are called __________.
a) Slickensides b) Slickenlines c) Slickenfibers d) None of the above
26. The striations on polished fault surfaces are called __________.
27. Aligned fibrous minerals on a movement surface are __________.

Chapter 10
Group A Group B
A. NabarroHerring creep 1. vacancies move along grain
boundaries (temperature and stress
controlled).
B. Coble creep 2. vacancies move through crystals
(temperature and stress controlled)
C. Pressure solution 3. ions move in fluid films and pore
fluid (chemically and stress controlled).
D. Superplastic creep 4. dominated by grain boundary sliding
and fine grain size.
I. Brittle deformation is sudden and violent.

II. Plastic deformation is more complicated and sluggish.
III. Temperature is the single most important factor that influences the
atomic-scale response of a crystal to stress.
IV. Deformation can take place at the microscale.
a) I and II b) II and III c) I and IV d) I and III e) None of the above
f) All of the above
30. Intercrystalline: More than one grain is to _________: Individual mineral grains.
a) deformation b) intracrystalline c) microstructure d) None of the above
Chapter 11
31. _________ is a fold process that can initiate when a layer is shortened parallel
to the layering.
a) active folding b) faulting c) buckling d) both a and c e) None of the above
32. Symmetric folds: M-folds is to asymmetric folds: __________.
a) S-folds b) W-folds c) Z-folds d) both a and c e) None of the above

33. Which of these statements is/are true?
I. An anticline is an antiform where the rock layers get younger

toward the axial surface of the fold.
II. Syncline is a trough-shaped fold where layers get younger away
from the axial surface
III. A synformal anticline is an anticline because the strata get younger
away from its axial surface.
IV. An antiformal syncline is a syncline because of the stratigraphic
younging direction, but it has the shape of an antiform.
a) I and II b) II and III c) I and IV d) III and IV e) None of the above
f) All of the above
Chapter 12
Group A Group B
A. Linear fabric 1. is one where its elements show no
preferred orientation.
B. Planar fabric 2. is characterized by elongate elements
with a preferred orientation.
C. Random fabric 3. contains tabular or platy minerals or
other flat objects with a common
orientation.
a) A1, B2, C3 b) A2, B1, C3 c) A2, B3, C1 d) A3, B1, C2
35._________ is generally used for any fabric-forming planar or curviplanar

structure in a metamorphic rock, but may also include primary sedimentary
bedding or magmatic layering.
a) foliation b) cleavage c) fold d) None of the above
36._________ refers to the ability of a rock to split or cleave into more or less
parallel surfaces.
a) foliation b) cleavage c) fold d) None of the above
Chapter 13
37._________ describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily
distinguished from the rest of the rock.
a) rodding b) strain shadow c) lineation d) None of the above
38. Folds can form with axes at _________ angle to the transport direction and
typically rotate toward this direction as strain accumulates and folds tighten.
a) right b) acute c) obtuse d) any
39. _________ relate to the irregular or corrugated shape of a slip surface.
a) Geometric striae b) Intersection lineation c) slickolites d) none of the above

Chapter 14
40._________ are more or less regularly shaped and spaced fragments formed by
stretching of competent layers or foliations.
a) boudinage b) boudins c) both a and b d) none of the above
I. Asymmetric boudins may indicate co-axial deformation.

II. Necking is the process by which pinch-and-swell structures are
formed.
III. Typical sense of rotation of boudins during simple shear is
against the sense of shear, sometimes referred to as back-rotation.
IV. Foliation boudinage occurs where there is a weak planar anisotropy
(foliation) in deformed rocks.
f) All of the above
42._________ is the process that leads to the formation of boudins from originally
continuous layers.
a) boudinage b) boudins c) both a and b d) none of the above
Chapter 15
43. All of these are deformation mechanisms for shear zone except:
a) Temperature b) Pressure c) Stress rate d) Cementation e) None of the

above
44. _________ is mica grains with pointed and oppositely bent tails, typically
delimited by shear bands.
a) mica fish b) mica bird c) mica dogs d) none of the above
45. _________ are larger relict mineral grains, typically feldspar or other
resistant minerals, in a strongly sheared finer-grained mylonitic matrix.
a) porphyroblasts b) porphyroclasts c) either a or b d) none of the above
Chapter 16
Group A Group B
A. Horse 1. Overlies a thrust nappe

B. Decollement 2. the smallest unit in the thrust nappes
C. Roof thrust 3. the sole thrust which separates the
entire stack of thrust nappes from a less
deformed or undeformed basement.
a) A1, B2, C3 b) A2, B1, C3 c) A2, B3, C1 d) A3, B1, C2
47. _________ is an erosional hole through a nappe that exposes the underlying
rock unit or nappe.
a) outlier b) fenster c) horse d) none of the above
48. _________ is lithologic unit that has not been tectonically transported.
a) autochthonous b) parautochthonous c) allochthonous d) none of the above
Chapter 17
49. What is the sequence of the stages of rifting?
I. Post-rift subsidence
II. Sedimentation
III. Early extension creating or rejuvenating deep-going fractures
IV. Stretching phase; formation of fault complexes and arrays
a) I, II, III, IV b) II, III, I, IV c) IV, I, III, II d) III, IV, I, II
50. What will be formed with a dextral strike slip with right stepovers?
a) graben b) horst c) rhomb-graben d) Rhomb-horst e) none of the above
51. What will be formed with a sinistral strike slip with left stepovers?
a) graben b) horst c) rhomb-graben d) Rhomb-horst e) none of the above

Chapter 18
52. Which of these statements is/are false about transform faults?
I. Once formed, displacement across can be constant along length of

the fault.
II. Displacement across can be much greater than length of the active
fault.
III. Its length can be constant, increase or decrease with time.
IV. It terminates at another fault (e.g. plate boundary)
f) All of the above
53. Which of these statements is/are false about transcurrent faults?
I. It dies out along its length.

II. The displacement across is greater than the length of the fault.
III. The length of the fault increases with time and continued
movement.
IV. Displacement is greatest at center of fault trace.
a) I only b) II only c) III only d) IV only e) None of the above
f) All of the above
54. ___________ are the upward-splitting and widening pattern of strike-slip faults
as seen in cross-section.
a) flower structures b) pull-apart basins c) rhomb-graben d) Rhomb-horst

e) none of the above
Chapter 19
55. ___________ is the movement of subsurface salt and the formation of salt
diapirs.
a) salt tectonics b) salt diapirism c) halokinesis d) none of the above
56. ___________ is a mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly
pierced the overburden.
a) salt diapir b) salt pillows c) Poiseuille flow d) none of the above
57. ___________ is a special type of rock that deforms viscously by means of

plastic deformation mechanisms under most geologic conditions.
a) salt b) pseudotachylite c) obsidian d) none of the above

Chapter 20
58. ___________ adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it not only seems
geologically reasonable in its present state, but also is restorable to its pre-
deformational state according to some assumptions about the deformation.
a) restoration b) balancing c) geologic section d) none of the

above
59. ___________ is a kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the

subsidence history of a basin by successively removing sedimentary sequences
and balancing isostasy.
a) frontstriping b) Chevron construction c) backstripping d) none of the
above
I. A geologic section is not proven balanced until an acceptable

restored version is presented.
II. A balanced section or map is not necessarily correct, but is likely to
be more correct than a section that cannot be balanced.
III. We do not want to see overlaps, gaps, fault offsets, curved layers
and non-horizontal layers in the restored state.
IV. Section balancing generally does not require plane strain and
orientation in the main displacement direction.
a) I only b) II only c) III only d) IV only e) None of the above
f) All of the above
Chapter 21
61. ___________ is a time period during which structures formed continuously
within a region, with a common expression that can be linked to a particular
stress or strain field or kinematic pattern.
a) synthesis b) Polyphasal deformation c) deformation phase d) none of the

above
62.___________ implies discrete deformation phases, while progressive

deformation involves more continuous and gradual development at a local or
regional scale.
a) synthesis b) Polyphasal deformation c) deformation phase d) none of the

above
a) pretectonic b) syntectonic c) posttectonic d) antitectonic

e) none of the above
LURO, LEX MICHAEL
CHAPTER 1
1. Seismic data is to geophone. __________ is to aerial photos.

a. GIS
b. Geodesy
c. Experimental data
d. Numerical modeling
2. All are principal ways a structural geologist to learn about structural geology and rock deformation
except?
a. Field work
b. Numerical methods
c. Remote sensing
3. All are essential parameters in a scale model, except?

a. Geometry
b. Strain rate
c. Viscosity
CHAPTER 2
1. The deformed shape of an imaginary sphere with unit radius that is deformed along with the rock
volume under consideration.
a. Strain ellipsoid
b. Strain marker
c. Shear strain
d. Dilation
2. Theoretical lines that separate different fields of the flow.

a. Elongation
b. Simple shear
c. Apophyses
d. Translation
3. Shear strain is to tangent of the angular shear, while angular shear is to __________.
a. Angle between two originally parallel lines
b. Angle between two originally perpendicular lines
c. Tangent of the angle between two perpendicular lines
CHAPTER 3
1. Typically demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed state.
a. Center-to-Center Method
b. Rf/ Method
c. Wellman Method
d. Fry Method
a. There must be no viscosity contrast between strain markers and the matrix.
b. Strain must be heterogeneous at the scale of data collection.
c. None of the above.
d. All of the above.
3. Where the overall strain is distributed unevenly in terms of intensity and/or geometry in a rock
volume.
a. Passive strain marker
b. Active strain marker
c. Strain partitioning
d. Strain softening
CHAPTER 4
1. Pressure: low shear resistance, ________: minimum of shear resistance

a. Stress
b. Principal axes
c. Stress tensor
2. ____________________ is the founder of the Mohr diagram.
a. Robert Mohr
b. Otto Mohr
c. John Mohr
d. Oliver Mohr
3. If the diagonal entries in a diagonal stress matrix are equal, what does the stress ellipsoid look like,
and what do we call this state of stress?
a. The ellipsoid will be a sphere, and the start of stress is isotropic.
b. The ellipsoid will be a sphere, and then the state of stres s is anisotropic.
c. The ellipsoid will be a cirle eand the state stress is ansotropic
CHAPTER 5
1. Zones of failure of the well that give the borehole an irregular and typically dongated shape.
a. Breakouts
b. Overcoring
c. Fracturing
d. All of the above
2. All are forces related to plate tectonics can cause tectonic stress.
a. Slab pull
b. Collisional resistance
c. Ridge push
d. All the be above
3. All are stress measurments, except?
a. Overcoring
c. Geologic structures
CHAPTER 5
removed and is then referred to as:
a. Terrestrial stress
b. Total stress
c. Residual Stress
d. Non-tectonic stress
5. All are forces related to plate tectonics that can cause tectonic stress, except?
a. Slab pull
b. Ridge push
c. Collisional resistance
d. Drag fold
6. Lithostatic reference state is the ___________________.

a. Hardest general stress model for the interior of the Earth
b. Simplest general stress model for the interior of the Earth
c. Hardest general strain model for the interior of the Earth
d. Simplest general strain model for the interior of the Earth
CHAPTER 6
1. All are true for linear elastic behavior except for?

a. Non-permanent strain
b. Linear stress-strain relationship
c. Linear stress-strain rate relationship
d. Instant response to stress
2. When a rock layer is more competent than its neighboring layers,

a. It means that it has higher viscosity and is not resistive to flow.
b. It means that it has higher viscosity and is more resistive to flow.
c. It means that it has lower viscosity thus it is not resistive to flow.
d. It means it has lower viscosity thus is resistive to flow.
3. Varying mineralogical composition through the lithosphere can lead to several layers of alternating
brittle and plastic rheologies known as ________.
a. Rheological stratification
b. Frictional regime
c. Brittle regime
CHAPTER 7
1. One of the main reasons for fracture initiation

a. Fabric of the rock
b. Rheology of the material
c. Differential stress exceeding the strength of the rock
d. All of the above
2. It indicates that the shear stress required to initiate a shear fracture also depends on the normal
stress across the potential shear planes.
a. Amontons first law
b. Amontons second law
c. Coulomb criterion
3. Granular flow: Grain rotation, Cataclastic flow:__________.

a. Grain fracturing
b. Shallow deformation
c. Grain rotation
CHAPTER 8
1. It is the amount of apparent offset of a faulted surface.

a. Net slip
b. Rake
c. Throw
d. Separation
2. All are used in stratigraphic correlations, except ___________.

a. Gamma ray logs
b. Neuron logs
c. Density logs
3. Which of the following is not true about faults?

a. It is a discontinuity
b. It is a tabular volume of rock
c. It is dominated by ductile deformation mechanisms
d. All of the above
CHAPTER 9
1. Formed from the irregularities along a fault that can result in room for mineral growth.
a. Septarians
b. Reduction spots
c. Stylolites
d. Cone-in-cone structures
2. These are extension structures that initiate perpendicular to the smallest stress axis and are useful
paleostress indicators.
a. Fractures and veins
b. Joints and veins
c. Joints and fractures
d. All of the above
3. It is the most commonly used type of kinematic criterion based on the acute angle between R and
M.
a. P-criteria
b. M-criteria
c. R-criteria
d. F-criteria
CHAPTER 10
1. It is a type of recrystallization that tends to produce larger and more equant grains, typically
forming a polygonal pattern.
a. Dynamic
b. Annealing
c. Hydraulic

2. It is a mobile line defectthat contributes to intracrystlline deformation by a mechanism called slip.
a. Dislocation glide
b. Dislocation creep
c. Dislocation
3. Process where strained and dislocation-rich grains are replaced by unstrained grains with few or
no dislocations.
a. Dislocation
b. Subgrain formation
CHAPTER 11
1. A structure where the limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone.
a. Synform
b. Antiform
c. Recumbent fold
d. Aberrant fold
2. Occurs when forces act across layers at a high angle.

a. Buckling
b. Kink bands
c. Bending
d. Forceful intrusion
3. A fold classification with an interlimb angle of 120 to 70.

a. Steep
b. Gentle
c. Closed
d. Open
CHAPTER 12
1. Typically found in shear zones or thrust zones that involve large displacements.
a. Cataclasite zones
b. Mylonite zones
c. Active zones
d. Passive zones
2. There is a sharp discontinuity.

a. Domainal cleavage
b. Slaty cleavage
c. Descrete crenulation cleavage
d. Disjunctive cleavage
3. It is characterized by elongate elements with preferred orientation.
a. Planar fabric
b. Random fabric
c. Linear fabric
CHAPTER 13
1. It marks the x-axis of the strain ellipsoid.

a. Intersection lineation
b. Stretching lineations
c. Mineral lineations
d. Crenulation axes
2. It describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of the rock.
a. Slickenlines
b. Slickenfibers
c. Boudinage
3. A term used to describe linear elements that occur in a rock.
a. Lineation
b. Lineament
c. Striation
CHAPTER 14
1. During deformation, the shape of the boudins reflects ___________.

a. Temperature gradient
b. Fluid pressure
c. Hardness
d. Viscosity contrast
2. Asymmetric boudins form by _______.
a. Compression
b. Transpression
c. Extension
d. Tension
3. Symmetric foliation boudins: tensile fractures, asymmetric foliation boudins: ________.

a. Brittle shear fractures
b. Ductile shear fractures

c. Tensile shear fractures
CHAPER 15
1. Angle between S and C can vary but is typically _________.

a. 30 to 60 deg
b. 20 to 40 deg
c. 25 to 45 deg
2. Zone that cover the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple and pure shear.
a. Simple shear zone
b. Subsimple shear zone
c. Ophiolite zone
d. Pure shear zone
3. A type of shear zone that develops a fixed thickness, and the entire zone keeps deforming without
any sign of internal localization.
a. Type I
b. Type II
c. Type III
d. Type IV
CHAPTER 16
1. Separates the entire stack of thrust nappes from a less deformed or undeformed basement.
a. Detachment
b. Klippe
c. Roof thrust
d. All of the above
2. Central area: Hinterland; Marginal Area: _______.

a. Roof thrust
b. Duplex
c. Foreland
d. Nappe
3. A series of similarly oriented reverse faults that are connected through a low-angle floor thrust.
a. Horse
b. Duplex
c. Klippe
d. Imbricate zones
CHAPTER 17
1. Process where new faults successively form in the footwall.

a. Fault collapse
b. Wall collapse
c. Footwall collapse
2. Mckenzie: pure shear model; _________: simple shear model.

a. Anderson
b. Wernicke
c. Webster
d. Smith
3. Extensional structure that is a series of lenses that form together.

b. Imbrication zones
c. Extensional duplex
CHAPTER 18
1. Form where a sinistral strike-slip fault steps to the left.

b. Releasing bends
c. Active margins
d. Passive margins
2. Makes a low angle with the overall shear zone and show the same sense of slip.
a. T-fractures
b. P-shear fractures
c. Riedel shear fractures
d. Strike-slip fractures
3. Faults that form within plates.

a. Intraplate faults
b. Transcurrent faults
c. Transfer faults
Chapter 19
1. A process of developing structures where in the overburden is intruded by a body usually of salt,
magma, or water-saturated mud or sand.
a. Diapirism
b. Intrusion
c. Uplifting
d. Unconformity
2. When a local subsidence occurred at overlying layers due to salt withdrawal this formation
happens around the salt structure
a. Overpumping
b. Horst
c. Rim syncline
d.Fault
3. Mechanism I which exposed salt sheets advance.
a. Drag fold advance
b. Extrusive advance
c. Syncline
d. Graben advance
Chapter 20
1.Technique that uses classic simple shear in extensional deformation is hanging-wall

deformation above non-planar normal faults.
a. Chevron Fold
b. Chevron construction
c. Chevon Fold
d. Chevon construction
2.A kind os isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
successively removing sedimentary sequences an balancing isostasy.
a. Backstripping
b. Restoration of folds
c.Frontbinding
d.None of the above
3. Section balancing generally requires _____ and orientation in the main displacement direction.
a.Plane shear
b.Plane strain
c.Pressure
d.Diapir
Chapter 21
1. The time period during which structures formed continuously within a region, with common
a. Formation stage
b. Creation phase
c. Building state
d. Deformation Phase
2.Deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases.

a. Multi-deformation
b. Deformities
d. Polyphasal
3. Large metamorphic crystals that are common in mica-bearing schists and gneisses.
a. Porphyritic
b. Porphyroblasts
c. Cataclast
d. Mylonite
PLENOS
Chapter 1
1. Pertains to the observation, description and interpretation of structures that can be

mapped in the field.
A. Plate tectonics
B. Structural Geology
C. Rheology
D. Deformation
E. Neotectonics
2. Match
A. A: Mesoproterozoic, B: Archaean, C: Stratigraphic Thinning, D:Topography, E: Rim

Syncline, F: Granodiorite, G: Neoproterozoic
B. A: Archaean, B: Mesoproterozoic, C: Neoproterozoic, D: Rim syncline, E: Granodiorite,
F: Topography, G: Stratigraphic Thinning.
C. A: Stratigraphic Thinning, B: Topography, C: Mesoproterozoic, D:Neoproterozoic, E:
Granodiorite,F: Rimmed Syncline, G: Archaean
D. A: Cambrian, B: Mesoproterozoic, C: Neoproterozoic, D: Rim Syncline, E:
Granodiorite, F: Topography, G: Stratigraphic Thinning.
3. Concerns changes in shape from the initial state to the very end result of deformation.
A. Ductile Deformation
B. Finite Strain Stress
C. Incremental Strain Stress
D. Brittle Deformation
E. Brittle Strain
Chapter 2
1.
A. 1: Pure shear , 2: Subsimple Shear, 3: Simple Shear

B. 1: Simple Shear, 2: Subsimple Shear, 3: Pure Shear
C. 1:Subsimple shear, 2: Pure Shear, 3: Simple Shear
D. 1: Simple Shear, 2: Pure shear, 3: Subsimple Shear.
2. Deformation in which the originally straight and parallel lines will be straight and parallel also
after the deformation.
A. Heterogeneous Deformation
B. Homogenous Deformation
C. Homogenous Strain
D. B and C
E. None of the above.
3. Strain that can be found where objects of known initial angular relations occur. Where a
number of such objects occur within a homogeneously strained area, the strain eclipse can be
found.
A. Angular Shear.
B.Shear Strain
C. Elongation
D.Natural Strain
Chapter 3
1. A method that dates back to 1962, is a geometric construction for finding strain in two
dimensions. It is typically demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in
the undeformed state.
A. Center to Center Method
B. Wellman Method
C. Rf/ Method
D. Fry Method
E. None of the Above
2. Method thats based on center-to-center method. is most easily dealt with using one of
several available computer programs. It can be done manually by placing a tracing
overlay with a coordinate origin and pair of reference axes on top of a sketch or picture
of the section.
A. Center-to-Center Method
B. Fry Method
C. Wellman Method
D. Rf/ Method
3. Method wherein the strain markers are assumed to have an approximately elliptical
shapes in the deformed (and undeformed state) and they must show a significant
variation in orientations for the method to work.
A. Wellman Method
B. Rf/ Method
C. Center-to Center-Method
D. Fry Method
Chapter 4
1. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface.
A. Shear Stress
B. Normal Stress
C. Principal Stress
D. Angular Stress
2. 3.) Refer to the image
(2) A. Biaxial(planar), Uniaxial Compression, Triaxial State of Stress

B. Triaxial State of Stress, Biaxial(planar), Uniaxial Compression
C. Triaxial State of Stress, Uniaxial Compression, Biaxial(Planar)
D. Uniaxial Compression, Biaxial(planar), Triaxial Compression
(3) A. Biaxial, Hydrostatic (lithostatic), Uniaxial Tension

B. Uniaxial Tension, Biaxial, Hydrostatic(lithostatic)
C. Hydrostatic(Lithostatic), Uniaxial Tension, Biaxial
D. Biaxial, Uniaxial Tension, Hydrostatic(Lithostatic)
Chapter 5
1. Reference state that is based on the boundary condition that no elongation (+ or -)

occurs in horizontal direction.
A. Constant horizontal stress reference state
B. Uniaxial strain reference state
C. Stress Varations
D. Residual Stress
2. Stress can be locked in and preserved after external force or stress field has been
changed or removed.
A. Stress Variations
B. Residual Stress
C. Tectonic Stress
D. Non-Tectonic Residual Stress
3. ___________ Stress are those parts of the local stress state that deviate from the
reference state of stress as a consequence of tectonic processes.
A. Residual
B. Tectonic
C. Non-Tectonic Residual
D. Variation
Chapter 6
1. The study of mechanical properties of solid materials as well as fluids and gases?
A. Rock mechanics
B. Rheology
C. Geology
D. Field Relations
2. Materials that resists a change in shape, but strains as more stress is applied.
A. Brittle Materials
B. Elastic Materials
C. Linear Elasticity
D. Non-Linear Elasticity
E. Linear Elasticity
3. Implies the dependence of stress on strain rate: Higher stress means faster flow or rapid
strain accumulation
A. Poissons Ratio
B. Viscous deformation
C. Permanent Strain
D. Permanent deformation
E. Plasticity
Chapter 7
1.
A. 1: Extension Fracture-Joint 2: Extension Fracture Fissure 3: Shear Fracture

B. 1: Shear Fracture 2: Extension Fracture-Joint 3: Extension Fracture-Fissure
C. 1: Extension Fracture Fissure 2: Extension Fracture-Joint 3: Shear Fracture
D. 1: Shear Fracture 2: Extension Fracture- Fissure 3: Extension Fracture Joint
2.
A. 1: Sliding 2: Tearing 3: Opening 4: Closing

B. 1: Opening 2: Sliding 3: Tearing 4: Closing
C. 1: Tearing 2: Sliding 3: Opening: 4: Closing
D. 1: Opening 2: Tearing 3: Sliding 4: Closing
3. One of the main reasons of fracture initiation
A. Rocks Fabric
B. Differential Stress that exceeds the strength of the rock
C. Rheology of the Material
D. Frictional Sliding
Chapter 8
1. A fault that dips toward the master fault

A. Synthetic fault
B. Antithetic Fault
C. Main Fault
2. An upthrown block that is produced when normal faults dips away from each other
A. Graben
B. Horst
C. Synthetic Fault
D. Antithetic Fault
3. The separation of layers observed on a horizontal exposure or map.
A. Stratigraphic Separation
B. Horizontal Separation
C. Dip Separation
D. Slip Field
Chapter 9
1. Refer to the image above

A. 1: Reverse 2: Strike Slip 3: Normal
B. 1: Reverse 2: Normal 3: Strike Slip
C. 1: Normal 2: Reverse 3: Strike Slip
D. 1:Strike Slip 2: Normal 3: Reverse
2. A polish slip surface that have striations

A. Slickenfibers
B. Slickenslide
C. Slickenline

3. Criteria that comprise extension fractures (T) that intersect the striated fault slip surface
(M).
A. R-Criteria
B. T-Criteria
C. P- Criteria
D. M-Criteria
Chapter 10
1. A type of recrystallization that tends to produce larger and equant grains, that typically
forms a polygonal pattern.
A. Grain boundary diffusion
B. Annealing
C. Chemical Compaction
D. Wet Diffusion
2. It is accommodated by dry or wet diffusion can occur at high temperatures when
diffusion is quick enough to modify the shapes of the grains as they slide along each
other.
A. Grain boundary diffusion
B. Grain Boundary Sliding
C. Volume diffusion
D. Pressure Solution
3. The Process whereby strained and dislocation-rich grains are replaced by unstrained
grains with few or no dislocations
A. Grain Boundary Diffusion
B. Recrystallization
C. Cobble Creep
D. Grain Boundary Sliding
Chapter 11
1. A. 1: Chevron Folds 2: Concentric Folds 3: Kink Band 4:Box Fold

B. 1: Kink Band 2: Chevron Fold 3: Concentric Folds 4: Box Fold
C. 1: Concentric Folds 2: Box Fold 3: Chevron Fold 4: Kink Fold
D. 1: Kink Band 2: Box Fold 3: Concentric Folds 4: Chevron Folds
2. A structure that limbs dip down and away from the hinge zone.
A. Anticline
B. Antiforms
C. Synform
D. Recumbent folds
3. The ______ is called a/an ______ when the rock layers get younger away from the axial
surface of the fold
A. Synform; Antiform
B: Aniform; Anticline
C. Antiform; Recumbent folds
D. Synform; Anticline
Chapter 12
1. Fabric that contains tabular or platy minerals or other flat objects with common
orientation
A. Linear Fabric
B. Planar Fabric
C. Random Fabric
D. Tectonic Fabric
2. Planar structure formed by tectonic processes, and includes cleavages, schistosity and
mylonitic foliations
A. Planar Fabric
B. Tectonic Foliation
C. Tectonic Fabric
D. Random Fabric
3.
A. 1: Pencil Cleavage 2: Phylittic Cleavage 3: Crenulation Cleavage

B. 1:Pencil Cleavage 2: Crenulation Cleavage 3: Phylittic Cleavage
C. 1: Phyllittic Cleavage 2: Crenulation Cleavage 3: Pencil Cleavage
D. 1: Crenulation Cleavage 2: Phylittic Cleavage 3: Pencil Cleavage
Chapter 13
1. These are competent rock layers that have been stretched into segments.
A. Mullions
B. Boudins
C. Cataclasite
D. Tectonites
2. This describes elongated mineral aggregates that are easily distinguished from the rest of
the rock.
A. Shape Fabric
B. Rodding
C. Cataclasis
D. Strain Shadows
3. _______ is a fabric element in which one dimension is considerably longer than the other
two.
A. Rodding
B. Lineation
C. Lineament
D. Rotation
Chapter 14
1. These are separated by tensile fractures. The fractures are filled with quartz or other
hydrothermal minerals, and/or by flow of adjacent rock layers.
A. Asymmetric foliation boudins
B. Symmetric Foliation boudins
C. Foliation bouldinage
D. Rectangular Bouldinage
2. These are separated by brittle shear fractures or by ductile shear bands showing relative
movement along the fractures/bands. It appears that mineral fill is less common than for
symmetric foliation boudins.
A. Symmetric Foliation boudins
B. Asymmetric Foliation Boudins
C. Rectangular Boudins
D. Chocolate Tablet boudins
3. Classic boudins form where single competent layers are extended into separate pieces
through?
A. Plastic Deformation
B. Brittle Deformation
C. A Combination of Plastic and Brittle deformation
D. All of the above
Chapter 15
1. Shear zone that contains no internal discontinuities, so that marker layers crossed by the
shear zone can be traced continuously through the zone at the mesoscopic scale
A. Plastic Shear Zone
B. Perfectly ductile shear zone

C. Fractured Shear Zone
D. None of the Above
2. Shear zone that cover the plane strain spectrum of simultaneous simple shear and pure
shear.
A.Perfectly ductile shear zone
B.Subsimple Shear Zone
C. Simple shear zones
D. Pure Shear Zones
3. Shear zones forming predominantly by brittle deformation mechanisms are called?
A. Pure Shear Zone
B. Brittle Shear Zones
C. Frictional Shear Zones
D. Both B and C
Chapter 16
1. An erosional remnant of a nappe is called a?
A. Fenster
B. Klippe
C. Window
2. Slices of basement and perhaps its sedimentary cover thrust only a few kilometers or so
are called?
A. Nappe
B. Paraauthochthonous units
C. allochthonous units.
D. Window
3. The sole thrust, which separates the entire stack of thrust nappes from a less deformed
or undeformed basement, is also called a?
A. Klippe
B. Detachment
C. Decollement
D. Both B and C
Chapter 17
1. Extensional collapse is driven by?
A. Hydraulic Forces
B. Gravity
C. Stress
D. Strain
2. Cause extension of the crust or of some reference layering in deformed rocks?
A. Reverse Faults
B. Extensional Faults
C. Strike Slip Fault
D. Thrust Fault
3. In this type of rifting the rift is generated by rising hot mantle material or plumes in
the asthenospheric mantle, causing doming and adding tensile stresses to the domed
area. The result is a rift dominated by magmatism and not necessarily
so much extension.
A. Passive rifting model
B. Active Rifting model
C. Both A and B
Chapter 18
1. is a term preferentially used for strike-slip faults in continental crust that have free tips,
i.e. they are not constrained by other structures
A. Interplate Faults
B. Transcurrent Faults
C. Intraplate Faults
D. Transform Faults
2. Are strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another. In general, any
kind of fault that is connected to at least one other fault is involved in displacement
transfer
A. Intraplate Faults
B. Transfer Faults
C. Transform Faults
D. Interplate Faults
3. are faults where the displacement vector is parallel to the strike of the fault and thus
parallel to the surface of the Earth
A. Transform Faults
B. Strike-Slip Faults
C. Intraplate Faults
D. Interplate Faults
Chapter 19
1. _____________ is the name of the one who published the limitations of centrifuge.
A. James Hutton
B. Hans Ramberg
C. Niccolo Steno
2. where material is dissolved and transported along grain boundaries by means of a thin
fluid film.
A. Dislocation Creep
B. Wet Diffusion
C. Salt Anticlines
D. Both A and B
3. _________ is a mass of salt that has flowed ductilely upward and discordantly pierced the
overburden.
A. Salt Expulsion
B. Salt Diapir
C. Salt Anticline
D. Salt Dike
Chapter 20
1. Flexural slip and flexural shear preserve

A. Shear
B. Bed Thickness
C. Viscosity
D. Temperature
2. _____ involves taking a section or map and working back in time to undeform or
retrodeform it
A. Forward Modelling
B. Restoration
C. Balancing
D. Constant length restoration
3. ______________ is convenient when modeling or balancing contractional structures
such as fault-bend folds and fault propagation folds
A. Flexural Shear
B. Flexural Slip
C. Both A and B
Chapter 21
1. _______ implies that two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so
that their relative age can be determined.
A. Progressive deformation
B. Overprinting Relations
C. Field Relations
2. _________________ implies discrete deformation phases, while progressive deformation
involves more continuous and gradual development at a local or regional scale.
A. Progressive Deformation
B. Polyphasal deformation
C. Structural Style
3. ______________ are likely to be considerably larger than other fans developing along
active faults.
A. Listric Faults
B. Relay Zone fans
C. Fault Relay Zones
ZOLINA, ERNESTINE GABRIEL F.
Chapter 1
1. The application of physics to the study of rock characteristics.

a. Strength of materials
b. Structural Analysis
c. Geophysics
d. Rock Mechanics
2. States that small structures are a key to and mimic the styles and orientations of
larger structures of the same generation within a particular area.
a. Uniformitarianism
b. Pumpellys Rule
c. Geocronology
d. Law of Faunal Succession
3. What is the Wilson Cycle?

a. Essentially the rock cycle
b. Succession of rock voids
c. Opening and closing of oceans
d. Essentially the water cycle
Chapter 2
1. Sedimentary structures produced by a small grain or fragment of organic matter or

other materials that is chemically different from the surrounding mass of sediment.
a. Flute Casts
b. Reduction Spots
c. Scour Marks
d. Melanges
2. Which of the following nontectonic structure cannot be used for determining facing
direction?
a. Trails
b. Rain Imprints
c. Graded Beds
d. Lamina
3. The secondary minerals found in vesicles are called ________ .

a. Stylolites
b. Mylonites
c. Olistostromes
d. Amygdules
Chapter 3
1. Stress vectors acting across planes of zero shear stress.

a. Shear Stress
b. Principal Stress
c. Hydrodynamic Stress
d. Normal Stress
2. Line separating stable from unstable regions on a Mohr diagram.

a. Mohrs Circle
b. Mohrs Envelope
c. Mohrs Theory of Relativity
d. Mohrs Proposal of Probability
3. This occurs when normal stress is same in all directions.

a. Constant State
b. Hydrostatic Pressure
c. Deviatoric Stress
d. Lithostatic State of Stress
Chapter 4
1. A displacement field for tectonically driven particle motions and involves the
processes by which the particle motions are achieved.
a. Deformation
b. Incremental Strain
c. Strain
d. Pure Shear
2. Strain that occurs during an event in the deformation history of rock body.
a. Deformation
c. Strain
d. Pure Shear
3. The result from Homogeneous deformation in which the principle axis do not rotate.
a. Deformation
c. Strain
d. Pure Shear
Chapter 5
1. What is false about strain?

a. May dilate and distort
b. May have volume and/or shape change
c. A simple geometric technique for determining orientation and shape
d. It is a permanent deformation
2. A strain marker commonly formed in carbonate rocks and ironstone and are good
finite strain indicators.
a. Ooids
b. Vesicles
c. Pebbles
d. Load Casts
3. Which of the following statements are true about infinitesimal strain?

a. It is restricted to very large strain relative to any reference condition
b. It is restricted to very medium relative to any reference condition
c. It is restricted to very small strain relative to any reference condition
d. It is restricted to small distortion relative to any reference condition
Chapter 6
1. Which is not a combination of deformation in terms of three end member types?

a. Viscoplastic
b. Elasticoviscous
c. Viscoelastic
d. Elastic-Plastic
2. How does permanent strain occur in ideal elastic material?

a. Through reaching its yield point
b. By rupture
c. When it exceeds the elastic limit
d. By the increase of stress
3. Viscous behavior is to fluid-like behavior as ideal plastic behavior is to?

a. Elastic behavior
b. Saint-Venant behavior
c. Linear viscous behavior
d. Plastic behavior
Chapter 7
Where the slip sense across the crystallographic slip plane is normal to the dislocation.
a. Screw dislocation
b. Burgers circuit
c. Edge dislocation
d. Interstitial defects
It is slow but may result in large strains if it occurs over a long time interval.
a. Cataclasis
b. Creep
c. Cataclasite
d. Pressure Solution
Recrystallization driven by reduction in strain energy and a reduction of surface energy.

a. Dynamic
b. Static
c. Grain-boundary
d. Recovery
Chapter 8
What is a joint system?

a. Parallel joints with regular spacing
b. Joints that do not share a common orientation
c. Joints that share a similar orientation
d. Two or more joint sets in the same area
Which of the following statements are true about the types of fractures?
a. Mode 1 - sliding; mode 2 opening; mode 3 tearing
b. Mode 1 - tearing; mode 2 - sliding; mode 3 opening
c. Mode 1 - opening; mode 2 - sliding; mode 3 tearing
d. Mode 1 - opening; mode 2 tearing; mode 3 sliding
Forms when a highly symmetrical cylindrical stress field is formed and jointing begins as
the magma contracts.
a. Unloading joints
b. Columnar joints
c. Hydraulic joints
d. Release joints
Chapter 9
This may occur on thrust faults, so that the layers appear to have been pulled down-slip
in the hanging wall or up-dip in the footwall toward the fault plane.
a. Fault
b. Reverse fault
c. Joints
d. Drag
This forms where a topographic surface is offset by dip-slip motion along a fault and
directly indicate the movement sense of the fault.
a. Slickensides
b. Slickenlines
c. Obsequent fault-line scarp
d. Fault scarp
Striations on the fault plane that indicate direction of movement

a. Hanging Wall
b. Slickensides
c. Slickensides
d. Fault Plane
Chapter 10
Microscopic to megascopic irregularities and imperfections

a. Creep
b. Asperities
c. Dislocation
d. Griffith Cracks
The observation that maximum principal stress bisects the acute angle between the
conjugate shear planes of the stress is ellipsoid is called ____.
a. Pumpellys Rule
b. Amontons first law
c. Pumpelly
d. Hartmans Rule
Involves extension in one horizontal direction, with maximum principal stress vertical.
a. Oblique fault
b. Normal fault
c. Strike-Slip fault
d. Thrust fault
Chapter 11
These are fragments of rock surrounded on all sides by faults that is transported
beneath a thrust sheet or within a strike-slip or normal zone.
a. Allochton
b. Duplex
c. Klippe
d. Horse
It results from folding of the thrust sheet, where the preserved part remains in a
synform, but erosional dissection of a nearly flat thrust sheet may also preserve
parts of the sheet.
a. Allocthon
b. Klippe
c. Windows
d. Duplex
Feature produced when footwall rocks are complete surrounded by the hanging wall.
a. Ramp
b. Fenster
c. Nappe
d. Duplex
Chapter 12
These are strike-slip faults that form segments of lithospheric plate boundaries.
Transcurrent faults
Tear faults
Wrench faults
Transform faults
What could happen to strike-slip faults at depth?

Terminate at depth
Become transfer faults
Become plastic shear zones
None of the above
It is the internal decomposition of the total strain across a deformed zone into zones or
domains of different types of strain.
Transfer
Transpression
Transcurrent
Transform
Chapter 13
1. Which of the following statements are true growth faults?

a. Involve simultaneous deposition of sediment and plates.
b. Involve simultaneous disposition of sediment and fault motion.
c. Involve simultaneous deposition of sediment and fault motion.
d. Involve simultaneous disposition of sediment and plates.
2. The best example of gravity faults because they can move only under the influence
of gravity.
a. Down-to-basin faults
b. Listric reverse growth faults
c. Growth faults
d. Listric normal growth faults
3. Are tectonics troughs, bounded by normal faults and formed within continental crust
at a high angle to a nearby continental margin.
a. Aulocogen
b. Allochton
c. Rifts
d. Failed arm
Chapter 14
1. This was first identified in Australia which contain minable concentrations of sulfide
minerals localized in the hinges of folds.
a. Ore deposits
b. Mineral deposits
c. Ore and mineral deposits
d. Saddle-reef deposits
2. ___ folds have horizontal axes and axial surfaces while ____ folds have vertical axial
surfaces.
a. Isoclinal overturned
b. Recumbent upright
c. Upright reclined
d. Upright recumbent
3. ____ : open parallel folds

____ : tighter parallel folds
a. Ptygmatic folds similar folds
b. Fault-bend fault-propagation
c. Similar folds Ptygmatic folds

d. Fault-propagation fault-bend
Chapter 15
1. A mechanism that involves application of force across layers.

a. Bending
b. Banding
c. Blending
d. Bonding
2. Folds formed by buckling or bending of massive sandstone or limestone layers

represent and ideal example of-
a. Recumbent folds
b. Parallel folds
c. Circular folds
d. Perpendicular folds
3. This are folds formed by _________ where the force is applied parallel to layering in
rocks.
a. Banding
b. Bonding
c. Bending
d. Buckling
Chapter 16
1. A fold interference pattern produced from early-formed isoclinal folds which are
refolded about the same axis.
A. Hook
B. Dome and basin
C. Sheath
D. Boomerang
2. The best place for formation of noncylindrical and sheath folds

A. Asthenosphere
B. Upper crust
C. Brittle shear zones
D. Ductile shear zones
3. Produced by two generations of folds that overprint each other at high angles
A. Boomerang
B. Dome and basin
C. Sheath
D. Hook
Chapter 17
1. It pervades the rock mass, but space cleavage can be resolved into domains of
uncleaved rock.
a. Penetrative
b. Continuous
c. Noncontinuous
d. Nonpenetrative
2. Present on all scales of observation, but some structures, such as joints, are not
present on all scales.
a. Nonpenetrative
b. Penetrative
c. Continuous
d. Noncontinuous
3. Fracture cleavage consists of parallel to subparallel fractures, generally spaced _

to _ cm apart.
a. 1 5
b. 1 3
c. 1 4
d. 0.5 2
Chapter 18
1. They result from contrast in competence or ductility from layer to layer.

a. Rotated minerals
b. Natural strain ellipsoid
c. Rodding
d. Mullions
2. It consists of lenticular segments of a layer that has been pulled apart and
flattened in such a way that the layer is segmented.
a. Mullions
b. Boudinage
c. Rotated minerals
d. Chocolate-block
3. This indicate movement sense by the direction of their lines and steps.
a. Boudinage
b. Chocolate-block
c. Mullions
d. Slickensides
Chapter 19
1. An intriguing modification of sheet intrusions called _____.

a. Fingers
b. Mullions
c. Boudinage
d. Chocolate-block
2. They employed the Rainy Lake and Irene-Eltrut Lakes Plutons.

a. Simon and Luna
b. Simon and Lumbers
c. Luna and Schwerdtner
d. Lumbers and Schwerdtner
3. _____ and ______ concluded that magma fracture is the most efficient
mechanism for intrusion into a cold crust, because of the heat-exchange
requirements of other mechanisms.
a. Turcotte and Emerman
b. Turcotte and Patterson
c. Patterson and Emerman
d. Patterson and Anderson
Chapter 20
1. This is should undertaken to provide the database essential for any geologic
study.
a. Mesoscopic structural analysis
b. Fracture analysis
c. Microtextural studies
d. Geologic mapping
2. If a single set of structures is dominant, cross sections _____ and _____ to strike
make a useful tool.
a. Parallel and perpendicular
b. Normal and parallel
c. Perpendicular and normal
d. Parallel and vertical
3. Study of rocks in an area deformed penetratively.

a. Mesoscopic structural analysis

b. Finite- and incremental- strain studies
c. Fracture analysis
d. Megascopic analysis
Chapter 21
1. To record transmitted and reflected waves, an array of ______ is aid out as in

conventional seismic surveys.
a. Geoload
b. Geomobile
c. Geolab
d. Geophones
2. A check called a ___ test is performed on all samples to determine if

paleomagnetic measurements can be used.
a. Fold test
b. Fault test
c. Shear test
d. Joint test
3. Seismic reflection is best suited to recognition of nearly horizontal structures that

dip less than ____.
a. 45 degrees
b. 30 degrees
c. 90 degrees
d. 60 degrees
LINDO
Chap 1.
1. Which of the following is/ are true?
I. The part of dynamics related to the flow of rocks is referred to as rheology
II. Strain analysis commonly involves finite strain analysis
III. Neotectonism and may be linked with in measurements by means of strain gauges
IV. Geometric analysis is the classic descriptive approach to structural geology
a. I only b. I, II and IV c. II, III and IV d. I and IV
2. It is the study of forces that cause motion of particles.
a. Kinematics b. Dynamics c. Physics d. Tectonics
3. Neotectonics is concerned with recent and on-going crustal motions and the contemporaneous stress
field. Neotectonic structures are the surface expression of faults in the form of?
a. Thrust faults b. Fault Scarps c. Normal Faults d. All except b
Chap 2.
1. What happens in homogeneous deformation?
I. Straight lines remain straight
II. Parallel lines become straight
III. Parallel lines become perpendicular
IV. Perpendicular remain perpendicular
a. I and IV b. II and III c. I only d. I and II
2. The extension of a line is identical to elongation. Where is it used?
a. Structural analysis b. Analysis of continental margins c. Analysis of layers by faulting

d. Analysis of extensional basins
3. A uniaxial strain is a contraction or extension along one of the principal strain axes without any change
in length along the other two. Which of the following is/ are true?
I. Uniaxial contraction: X=Y>Z, X=1
II. Uniaxial extension: X>Y=Z, Z=1
III. Uniaxial contraction: X=Y>Z, Z=1
IV. Uniaxial extension: X=Y>Z, Z=1
a. I & II b. I & IV c. II & IIId. III & IV
Chap 3.
1. This method dates back to 1962 and is a geometric construction for finding strain in two dimensions (in
a section). It is typically demonstrated on fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed
state.
a. Elliptical objects method b. Center-to-center method c. Fry method d. Wellman method
2. Which of the following does not belong to the group?
a. Boudinage b. Graptolites c. Belemnites d. Stalanites
3. This method is based on the assumption that circular objects have a more or less statistically uniform
a. Elliptical objects method b. Fry method c. Wellman method d. Center-to center method
Chap 4.
1. Which of the following is/ are true?
I. The stress tensor is composed of the three principal stress vectors.
II. Stress tensors represent the same state of stress regardless of our choice of coordinate system.
III. The difference between the maximum and minimum principal stresses is called the differential
stress
IV. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface is called the normal vector
a. I and III b. I only c. I, II and III d. I, III, and IV
2. The stress ellipsoid and its orientation tell us everything about the state of stress at a given point in a
rock, or in a rock volume in which stress is?
a. perpendicular to strain b. parallel to strain c. heterogenous d. homogenous
3.Which does not belong to the group?
a. Extension b. Strain c. Stress d. none of the above
Chap 5
1. A strain relaxation method where, in principle, a sample (block) is extracted from a rock unit,
measured, and then released so that it can freely expand.
a. Overcoring b. Hydrofracking c. Blocking d. Meandering
2 .Choose the false statement.
a. Temperature changes occur as rocks are buried, uplifted or exposed to local heat sources (intrusions
and lavas) and must be added to the three reference states of stress discussed above.
b. The constant-horizontal-stress reference state is based on the assumption that the average stress in
the lithosphere is everywhere the same to the depth of isostatic compensation under the thickest
lithosphere.
c. In principle, any kind of stress cannot be locked into a rock.
d. On a large scale, tectonic stress in many cases means stress related to plate movements and plate
tectonics.
3. The constant-horizontal-stress reference state is based on the assumption that?
a. the average stress in the lithosphere is everywhere the same to the depth of isostatic compensation
under the thinnest lithosphere
b. the average stress in the asthenoshpere is everywhere the same to the depth of isostatic
compensation under the thickest asthenosphere
c. the average stress in the lithosphere is everywhere the same to the depth of isostatic compensation
under the thickest lithosphere
d. the average stress in the asthenoshpere is everywhere the same to the depth of isostatic
compensation under the thinnest asthenosphere
Chap 6
1. It primarily deals with the way rocks respond to stress by brittle faulting and fracturing.
a. Continuum mechanics b. Rock mechanics c. Rheology d. Petrology
2. Shortening in one direction is perfectly balanced by elongation in the plane perpendicular to the
shortening direction holds true for?
a. Perfectly elastic materials b. Incompressible Materials c. Elastic materials d. All of the above
3. This means that the stress necessary to deform the rock must be increased for strain to accumulate,
because the rock becomes stronger and harder to deform.
a. Strain junction b. Strain deformation c. Strain strength d. Strain hardening
Chap 7
1. It is where the physical conditions promote brittle deformation mechanisms such as frictional sliding
along grain contacts, grain rotation and grain fracture.
a. Particulate flow b. Frictional regime c. Frictional sliding d. Brittle deformation
2. Which one does not belong to the group
a. Joints b. Fissure c. Dikes d. Veins
3. Which of the following is/are true?
I. Microscopic cracks, pores and other flaws weaken rocks.
II. The deeper into the brittle part of the crust, the stronger the rock, and the larger the
differential stress required to fracture it.
III. A fracture criterion describes the critical condition at which a rock fractures.
IV. Increasing the confining pressure makes it necessary to increase the differential stress in order
to fracture a rock.
a. I only b. I and III c. All of these d. None of these
Chap 8
a) Fault are single structure, commonly referred to as surfaces but with a very small thickness.
b) Shear fractures is more composite structure with a thicker zone of strongly deformed rocks in
which there may be one or more slip surfaces.
c) Dipmeter data can show the abrupt changes in strike and dip that occur as we drill through
faults.
d) Mylonite is the result of cataclasis.
2. About fault sealing in terms of petroleum exploration and production, which of following are true?
I. Large sealing faults are generally good because they can contribute to a trap.
II. Many traps rely on sealing faults.
III. However, small sealing faults within an oil field can cause trouble during water injection and
hydrocarbon production because they compartmentalize the reservoir and necessitate more wells
and better knowledge of smaller faults and their properties.
IV. Such knowledge is extremely difficult to get if the faults are subseismic.
a) I, II, III and IV
b) I only
c) II and IV only
d) I and III only
3. A damage zone grow during faulting, why does it happen?
a) Tends to grow during faulting due to geometrical complications such as interlocking of
faults, fault bends, lense formation in the fault, and extensive cementation.
b) May pick up fracture and deformation band orientations and show a concentration of those in the
damage zone
c) Alters the velocity structure of the rock
d) May yield a seismic response strong enough formations

Chap 9
1. A geometric way of extracting stress from fault slip data is to construct?
a. tangent-lineation diagrams b. relative magnitudes c. paleostress diagram d. stress-tensor diagram
2. What bisects the acute angle of conjugate faults?
a. minimum stress b. maximum stress c. maximum principal stress d. minimum principal

stress
3. What is expressed in terms of conjugate fault systems?
a. Slickenslides b. Slickenlines c. Plane Strain d. ridge-in-groove lineations
Chap 10
1. The controlling deformation mechanism determines whether the deformation belongs to what
regime?
a. Elastic b. Marcos c. Viscous d. Plastic
2. Select which does not belong
a. Volume diffusion b. Magma diffusion c. Grain boundary diffusion d. Pressure solution
3. It is driven by differences in dislocation density across grain boundaries, which again depend on
differential stress.
a. Bulging b. Recrystallization c. Plastic deformation d. Fault dislocation
Chap 11
1. Straight : Fold axis Curved : _______
a. hinge point b. hinge line c. lineation axis d. hinge shape
2. It is an anticline because the strata get younger away from its axial surface.
a. antiformal b. synformal c. stratiformal d. uniformal
3. It is a fold process that can initiate when a layer is shortened parallel to the layering
a. Faulting b. Buckling c. Heating d. Shortening
Chap 12
1.What is a planar structure formed by tectonic processes, and includes cleavages, schistosity and
mylonitic foliations?
a. Mud cracks b. Mylonite c. Tectonic Foliation d. Fault drifting

2.The low-temperature version of foliation and is best developed in rocks with abundant platy minerals is
called?
a. Foliation b. Schistosity c. Fracture d. Cleavage
3. An occurrence that reveals layer competence contrasts, location on the fold structure and is
influenced by pre-folding layer-parallel shortening and flexural shear during folding is called?
a. Cleavage refraction b. Cleavage reflection c. Mapped Cleavage d. Strain
Chap 13
Mullions and buckle folds form in or along a competent layer emebedded in a less viscous matrix,
they form by layer-parallel shortening and both develop a characteristic wavelength that is related to the
viscosity contrast.
a) False.
b) True.
c) Maybe.
d) I dont know.
2. This mark the X-axis of the strain ellipsoid.
a) Intersection lineations
b) Folds axes and crenulation axes
c) Mineral lineations
d) Stretching lineations
a) Penetrative cracks are defined by linear elements that penetrate a rock volume.
b) Mineral lineations are defined by aligned elongated minerals.
c) Stretching lineations are composed of objects that have been stretched in preferred direction.
d) Intersection lineations are lineations defined by the line of intersection between two planar
structures.
Chap 14
1. The following statements are true for pinch-and-swell structures except:
I. Examples of regularly spaced areas of thinning in many extended competent layers

II. Structures like boudin-like elements
III. Barely connected
IV. Controlled by temperature, strain rate and viscosity contrast
a. I and II
b. III only
c. IV only
d. None of the given choices
2. A boudin has a certain ________ and _________, and have measurable __________.
a. Thickness, Width, Separation
b. Size, Orientation, Separation
c. Length, Height, Angle
d. Amplitude, Width, Extension
3. Asymmetric boudins can form by ___________.
a. Extension
b. Tension
c. Compression
d. Transpression
Chapter 15
1. A _______ contains no internal discontinuities, so that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be
a. perfectly ductile shear zone b. ductile shear zone c. perfectly brittle shear zone d. shear zone
a. No shortening or stretching along or normal to the zone.
b. ISA1 oriented at 45degrees to the shear plane (walls).
c. The strain ellipsoid X-axis initiates at 90 degrees to the walls
d. The strain ellipsoid progressively rotates toward parallelism with the shear plane
Chap 16
1. a tabular zone in which strain is notably higher than in the surrounding rock.
a. Shear zone
b. Strain Zone
c. Force Zone
d. All of the above
2. another commonly used term in this context, applied to brittle shear zones influenced by plastic
b. plastic shear zones
c. brittleplastic shear zones
d. Shear zone
3. Shear zones that involve a combination of simple shear and compaction are known
a. Compational
b. Dilational
c. Conssuptional
d. Additional
Chap 17
1. Active rifting is controlled by _______ while passive rifting is controlled by _____.
a. Mantle plumes.plate tectonic stress
b. Plate tectonic stress..mantle plumes
c. Brittle deformation.plastic deformation
2. Which of the following is true about rigid domino model?
I. Faults have unequal offset
II. Has block internal strain
III. Faults and layers rotate simultaneously and at the same rate
IV. Layers and faults are not planar

a. I
b. II
c. III
d. IV
3. It is common where huge fault blocks form and rotate in rift systems, and the
elevated crests of these blocks collapse under the influence of gravity and
tectonic forces.
a. Hanging wall collapse
c. Gravitational collapse
Chap 18
1.) Free strike-slip faults form within plates and are defined as _____.
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
2.) Which of the following refers to as large strike-slip faults that segment plates form plate
boundaries?
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
3.) These faults have free tips and grow in length as they accumulate strike-slip displacement.
a. Interplate fault
b. Intraplate fault
c. Transform fault
Chap 19
1. What can cause salt diapirs to form, and can also stretch and widen them so that they collapse
vertically.
a. Compression b. Faulting c. Extension d. Folding
2. Salt that has been emplaced onto its stratigraphic overburden is known as?
a. Salt sheet b. Allochtonous c. Salt glacier d. Salt overburden
3. Any faulting or fracturing weakens the overburden and eases the formation of?
a. Salt diapirs b. Salt sheet c. Salt glacier d. Graben
Chap 20
1. What preserve layer length and bed thickness, and therefore also area?
a. Shear b. Slip c. Flexural shear d. Salt diapirs
JAPSON, MICHAEL JASON
CHAPTER 1: STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
It is the surface expression of faults in the form of fault scarps and important data sets stem from
seismic information from earthquakes and changes in elevation of regions detected by repeated
satellite measurements.
a. Salt tectonics b. Neotectonics c. Glaciotectonics
It seeks to reconstruct the orientation and magnitude of the stress field by studying a set of
structures, typically faults and fractures.
a. Kinematic Analysis b. Tectonic Analysis c. Dynamic Analysis
How can a geometric analysis lead to a kinematic model?
a. relative movement can be determined if layer rotation can be observed close to the
fault
b. a fault where stratigraphy cannot be correlated across the fault
c. both a and b
d. either a or b
CHAPTER 2: DEFORMATION
The displacement field can be decomposed into various components, depending on the purpose
of the decomposition. What is the classic way of decomposing displacement field?
a. separating rigid body deformation in the form of rigid translation and rotation from
change in shape and volume
b. putting together the rigid body deformation and rotation from change in shape and
volume
c. separating rigid body deformation in the form of rigid rotation and translation from
change in shape and volume
What is translation?
a. any change in shape, with or without change in volume
b. moves every particle in the rock in the same direction and the same distance, and its
displacement field consists of parallel vectors of equal length
c. involves a uniform physical rotation of rock volume relative to an external coordinate

system
What is the difference between a strain and a three-dimensional strain?
a. A strain is said to be plane where in it produces two planes in deformation which the
rock appears unstrained. A three-dimensional strain the surfaces of no finite strain are
non planar
b. The surfaces found in strain are connecting points along the lines of intersection
between the ellipsoid and the unit sphere it was deformed from, while for three-
dimensional strain, where the intermediate principal strain axis has unit length, these
surfaces happen to be planar
c. The rotation of the strain that occurs from non-coaxial deformations does not take
into consideration and is therefore best suited for coaxial deformations. The three-
dimensional strain means that physical lines and particles move through the theoretical
planes during progressive deformation
CHAPTER 3: STRAIN IN ROCKS
What is strain markers?

a. only revealed by means of new deformation structures or by means of preexisting

markers that have changed shape during deformation
b. requires knowledge about the shape or geometry of strain before the deformation
initiated
c. it is very useful when trying to understand what has happened to a deformed region
and when searching for a model for the deformation and it also reveals the information
about the nature of the deformation
These are important source of strain data in deformed rocks because conglomerates are
relatively common and contain large numbers of objects.
a. deformed conglomerates
b. deformed quartzite conglomerate
c. dextral shear
A geometric construction for finding strain in two dimensions. It is typically demonstrated on

fossils with orthogonal lines of symmetry in the undeformed state.
a. The Fry Method
b. The Wellman Method
c. center-to-center method
CHAPTER 4: STRESS
They are both related to the external forces that affect the rock volume.
a. stress and shear resistance
b. body forces and surface forces
c. pore pressure and stress
The difference between the maximum and minimum principal stress is the diameter of the circle
and is important in fracture mechanics.
a. Deviatoric stress
b. Differential stress
c. Hydrostatic stress
What is the difference between a scalar and a vector?

a. A scalar is a real number, reflecting temperature, mass, density, speed or any other
physical magnitude that has no direction. A vector has both magnitude and direction
such as force, traction or velocity.
b. a scalar is a two-dimensional array of numbers while a vector can represent the state
of a stress or a strain in a medium.
c. A scalar is composed of three principal stress vectors. A vector represents the same
state of stress regardless of our choice of coordinate system.
CHAPTER 5: STRESS IN THE LITHOSPHERE
Is a strain relaxation method where in principle, a sample is extracted from a rock unit, measured,
and then released so that it can freely expand.
a. overcoring
b. dipmeter tools
c. borehole breakouts
When does overpressure form?
a. overpressure forms when the pour fluid pressure reduces the effective stress, which
is the stress at grain contacts in porous rocks
b. overpressure forms when the density contrast between water and rock operate with
two different stress situations, the hydrostatic pressure and lithostatic stress
c. overpressure forms when formation fluid in porous formations is trapped between

non-permeable layers
This reference state is based in the boundary condition that no elongation occurs in the
horizontal directions.
a. lithostatic reference state
b. uniaxial-strain reference state
c. hydrostatic reference state
CHAPTER 6: RHEOLOGY
Where does plastic or crystal-plastic mechanisms occur?

a. plastic or crystal-plastic mechanisms occur when there is a permanent change in

shape or size of a body without fracture
b. a plastic or crystal-plastic mechanisms occur when there is a sustained stress beyond

the elastic limit of the material due to dislocation movement
c. a plastic or crystal-plastic mechanisms occur at the atomic scale without breaking of

atomic bonds by means of creep processes such as dislocation migration
It is a simple model that subdivides the crust into an upper part dominated by brittle deformation
mechanisms and a lower part where plastic flow dominates.
a. the brittle-plastic transition
b. the crystal-plastic deformation
c. the frictional deformation
How does quartz deforms?
a. quartz deforms by non-frictional mechanisms up to about 300-350 degree Celsius,

which for typical continental temperature gradients corresponds to crustal depths of
around 10-12 km
b. quartz deforms by brittle mechanisms up to about 300-350 degree Celsius, which for
typical continental temperature gradients corresponds to crustal depths of around 10-
12 km
c. quartz deforms by brittle mechanisms up to about 300-350 degree Celsius, which for
typical continental temperature gradients corresponds to crustal depths of around 20-
22 km
CHAPTER 7: FRACTURE AND BRITTLE DEFORMATION
What is the difference between intragranular fractures and intergranular fractures?
a. In the case of porous rocks we often identify intragranular fractures which are
restricted to single grains. Intergranular fractures are fractures that extend across a
number of grains and is characterized brittlely deformed low-porosity or non-porous
rocks.
b. Intragranular fractures happens during brittle permanent deformation of non-porous

rocks. Intergranular fractures occurs in porous rocks if the stress on grain contact areas
becomes high enough.
c. Intragranular fractures typically occurs in relatively poorly consolidated porous rocks

and sediments. Intergranular fractures occurs along existing grain boundaries and
enable grains to move relative to their neighboring grains.
Any planar or subplanar discontinuity that is very narrow in one dimension as a result of external
or internal stress.
a. surface
b. fault
c. fracture
The stress that exits away from the local anomaly or the state of stress if the anomaly is not
there.
a. far-field stress
b. local stress
c. driving stress
CHAPTER 8: FAULTS
A series of subparallel faults or slip surfaces close enough to each other to define a zone.
a. fault zone
b. master faults
c. antithetic faults
It causes crystalline rocks to melt locally and temporarily, creating a glassy fault rock.
a. fault
b. friction
c. force
Consist of dark glass or microcrystalline, dense material. It forms by localized melting of the wall
rock during frictional sliding.
a. crush breccias
b. pseudotachylyte
c. fault breccia
CHAPTER 9: KINEMATICS AND PALEOSTRESS IN THE BRITTLE REGIME
The name often used for small extension fractures. They may be open, but are more commonly
mineralized with quartz or carbonates and do not show striations.
a. M-surface
b. P-fracture
c. T-fracture
These are linear structures That formed at the initial stage of fracture growth and may be
polished and striated as slip accumulates.
a. plane strain
b. lineation
c. corrugations
An arrangement where in two genetically related pairs of fractures coexists.
a. slickenlines
b. chatter marks
c. orthorhombic
CHAPTER 10: DEFORMATION AT THE MICROSCALE
Characterizes the deformation of highly porous sediments deforming in a shearing mode or in

response to vertical loading.
a. granular flow
b. particulate flow
c. frictional flow
It does not involve breaking of the crystal lattice and is therefore considered a plastic
deformation mechanism.
a. deformation twins
b. mechanical twinning
c. twin gliding
Recrystallization that occurs as the rock is being deformed .
a. static recrystallization
b. dynamic recrystallization
c. migration recrystallization
CHAPTER 11: FOLDS AND FOLDING
What do thick-layers produce?
a. It produces longer wavelength folds than thin layers
b. Thick-layers produce smaller-wavelength folds than thin layers
c. It produces small asymmetric folds
Folds modified by a later fold phase.

a. sheath folds
b. Christmas-tree folds
c. refolded folds
These are common in well-laminated and anisotropic rocks rich in phyllosilicate minerals and
some field occurrences.
a. chevron folds
b. kink bands
c. orthogonal flexure
CHAPTER 12: FOLIATION AND CLEAVAGE
A series of microfolds at the centimeter scale or less with parallel axial surfaces. Depending on
the angle between the existing foliation and secondary stress field it will be symmetric or
asymmetric.
a. axial plane cleavage
b. phyllitic cleavage
c. crenulation cleavage
Generally used for any fabric-forming planar or curviplanar structure in a metamorphic rock, bu
may also include primary sedimentary bedding or magmatic layering.
a. fabric
b. cleavage
c. foliation
Refers to the ability of rock to split or cleave into more or less parallel surfaces. It is found in very
low-grade and barely metamorphic rocks and in micaceous gneisses or schists in the form of late-
stage crenulation cleavage.
a. cleavage
b. cohesion
c. lithology
CHAPTER 13: LINEATIONS

A kind of lineation that is kinematically different from the other lineations.
a. kinematic axes
b. slickolites
c. strain axes
Its formation occurs as a result of discrete interference between compaction cleavage and a
subsequent tectonic cleavage or between two equally developed tectonic cleavages.
a. pencil structures
b. mineral lineations
c. striations
A term used to describe linear elements that occur in a rock, such as the linear structures seen in
the gneiss.
a. lineation
b. lineament
c. rotation
CHAPTER 14: BOUDINAGE

Commonly found in deformed metamorphic rocks. Separated by shear fractures or shear bands
that tend to die out once they leave the boudinaged layer.
a. foliation boudinage
b. asymmetric boudins
c. symmetric foliation boudins
The process that leads to the formation of boudins from originally continuous layers.
a. boudins
b. separation
c. boudinage
These are one or several orders of magnitude thicker than the microlayering represented by the
foliation but do in many ways resemble classic boudins.
a. foliation boudinage
b. chocolate tablet boudinage
c. folded boudins
CHAPTER 15: SHEAR ZONES AND MYLONITES

It contains no internal discontinuities so that marker layers crossed by the shear zone can be
traced continuously through the zone at mesoscopic scale.
a. plastic shear zone
b. perfectly ductile shear zone
c. frictional shear zone
Is limited by two perfectly planar boundaries separating it from completely undeformed wall
rocks. Are also ductile so that slip surfaces or other discontinuities are non-existent.
a.semi-ductile
b. ideal shear zone
c. brittle shear zone
Its characteristics vary with temperature, pressure, mineralogy, grain size, presence of fluids and
strain rate. In general these are more fine-grained than its host rockwith well defined foliation
and lineation.
a. porphyroclasts
b. cataclasite
c. mylonites
CHAPTER 16: CONTRACTIONAL REGIMES

A low angle fault or shear zone where the hanging wall has been transported over the foot wall.
a. thrust
b. klippe
c. fenster
A series of similarly oriented reverse faults that are connected through a low-angle floor thrust.
a. duplex structure
b. hinterland
c. imbrication zone
It show dip-slip movements with striations in the dip direction.
a. oblique ramps
b. frontal ramps
c. lateral ramps
CHAPTER 17: EXTENSIONAL REGIMES

Is controlled by the geometry of fault blocks and thermal subsidence after cessation of extension
a. synrift sequence
b. postrift sequence
c. prerift sequence
The extrusion of light and hot basement material in the hinterland by means of low-viscous flows
toward the foreland.
a. channel flow
b. gravitational orogenic collapse
c. oceanic metamorphic core complex
This is common where huge fault blocks form and rotate in rift systems and the elevated crests of
this blocks collapse under the influence of gravity and tectonic forces.
a. footwall collapse
b. hanging-wall collapse
c. extensional duplex
CHAPTER 18: STRIKE-SLIP, TRANSPRESSION, AND TRANSTENSION

It releases-bend basins along strike-slip faults.
a. releasing bends
b. restraining bends
c. pull-apart basins
These are strike-slip faults that transfer displacement from one fault to another.
a. strike-slip faults
b. strike-slip shear zones
c. transfer faults
It makes a low angle with the overall shear zone and show the same sense of slip.
a. P-fractures
b. T-fractures
c. Riedel shear fractures or R-fractures
CHAPTER 19: SALT TECTONICS

This term is used when salt is involved in deformation to the extent that it significantly influences
the type, geometry, localization, and/or extent of deformation structures that form.
a. halokinesis
b. salt tectonics
c. wet diffusion
Occurs when salt flows into a salt structure during the grow of salt anticline or diaper.
a. diapirism
b. poiseuille flow
c. salt expulsion
Elongated salt structures that appear as stocks in perpendicular cross-sections.
a. salt stocks
b. salt walls
c. salt weld
CHAPTER 20: BALANCING AND RESTORATION

Adjusts a geologic interpretation so that it only seems geologically reasonable in its present state
but also is restorable to its pre-deformational state according to some assumptions about the
deformation.
a. restoration
b. retrodeform
c. balancing
Commonly and conveniently applied during section restoration, very useful when a quick
restoration is needed.
a. constant area restoration
b. constant length restoration
c. restoration
a kind of isostatic restoration where the focus is on the subsidence history of a basin by
a. constant displacement
b. constant fault heave
c. backstripping
CHAPTER 21: A GLIMPSE OF A LARGER PICTURE

Implies that two or more structures are found in the same outcrop or sample so that their
a. overprinting relations
b. structural style
c. deformation phases
A characteristic for cases where relatively cold continental crust is rapidly subducted and
therefore reaches peak pressure before the rock warms up to achieve the temperature peak of
the P-T path.
a. clockwise path
b. P-T paths
c. anticlockwise path
Deformation that represents the combined effect of two or more phases.
a. porphyroblasts
b. thermobarometry
c. polyphasal

Structural Geology Compiled

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Structural Geology Compiled

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY QUIZ 3 QUESTIONS

1. Any change in shape, with or without change in volume, is referred to as:

3. When flow parameters remain constant throughout the deformation history

1. A fault where the vertical stress is the maximum stress

1. Which of the following is true

b. Ductile deformation preserves continuity of originally continuous structures and

1. Choose the correct statement

1. Choose the correct statement

1. Choose the best and correct statement:

3. One where its elements show no preferred orientation

1. Choose the correct statement

1. Transfers displacement between two extensional or contractional faults by means of a strike-slip

1. Which of the following salt properties are true

CANDIDATO, VINCE RABIN S.

III. Numerical and magnetic data

3. A deformation where originally continuous structures such as bedding or dikes remain

1. When the applied stress is removed it returns to its original shape

c. III and IV only

2. This is the polished slip surfaces in striations

2. Which is not a mechanism for creep processes?

3. A specific plane along which offset occurs

2. Where do foreland fold thrust belt formed?

IV. Formed at the beginningof Geochemical cycle

c) Lower competence contrast and more brittle deformation than barrel-shaped

2. Normal Fault is to Dip-Slip Faults as Wrench Fault is to?

c) Dextral Strike slip fault

2. What is the motion of the San Andreas fault?

e) None of the above

1. The word structure is derived from the Latin word?

1. The following are components of Deformation. Which is not?

1. A stress vector oriented perpendicular to a surface is called?

1. Is a measure of how fast a rock object changes length or shape?

2. Mineral-lled extension fractures are called?

2. Determine which statement is not true?

3. A linear stylolitic structures sometimes form?

1. Migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices is called?

1. Is characterized by elongate elements with a preferred orientation?

3. Determine which statement is false?

1. He was the first person used the term Boudins/Mullions?

3. Which is not a type of boudin geometry?

2. Determine which statement is false?

1. Determine which statement is false?

1. Determine which is not a condition for balancing of cross sections?

3. Large metamorphic crystals

IV. Rain imprints

c. II and III only

e. All of the above

a. Prolate spheroid ; biaxial elongation

b. Oblate spheroid; axial elongation

c. Prolate spheroid; axial elongation

d. Oblate spheroid; triaxial elongation

1. A stress tensor for zero shear stresses may be written as:

c. Lithostatic focal pint

d. none of the above

What are in the figure?

1. One set of folds that overprints another.

3. The type of cleavage in the figure below is ___________.

2. What is the orientation of the fault?

d. None of the above

8.) Which of the following statement is incorrect?

30.) The migration of vacancies in crystallographic lattices is called _______.

38.) A process that reshapes minerals and mineral aggregates.

50.) It is a series of faults or fault blocks similar to contractional regime.

2. The characteristic feature of brittle deformation is _ and _____.